MODEL T360/T360M
CARBON DIOXIDE ANALYZER
Operation Manual
Also supports operation of:
T360U/GFC 7000E CO2 Analyzer
(when used in conjunction with T360U/GFC 7000E Addendum, PN 07273)
© Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI)
9480 Carroll Park Drive
San Diego, CA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Copyright 2011-2012
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation
07272B DCN6552
13 December 2012
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation, Inc. (TAPI) is a worldwide market
leader in the design and manufacture of precision analytical instrumentation used
for air quality monitoring, continuous emissions monitoring, and specialty process
monitoring applications. Founded in San Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI
introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring (AQM) instrumentation,
which comply with the United States Environmental Protection Administration
(EPA) and international requirements for the measurement of criteria pollutants,
including CO, SO2, NOX and Ozone.
Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring
principles, stringent quality assurance systems and world class after-sales
support to deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in the business.
For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the
applications that they serve, please visit www.teledyne-api.com or contact
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2011-2012 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing
in this document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein
for identification purposes only.
07272B DCN6552
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Teledyne API
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
ii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal
injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully. Each safety message is associated
with a safety alert symbol, and are placed throughout this manual; the safety symbols are also located
inside the instrument. It is imperative that you pay close attention to these messages, the
descriptions of which are as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for
specific information.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without
protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the
instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.
CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner
described in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other tha
That for which it was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with
possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!
For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any
other Teledyne API product, contact Teledyne API’s Technical Support Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or access any of the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/
07272B DCN6552
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Teledyne API
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans le but d’éviter
des blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes.
Chaque consigne de sécurité est représentée par un pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes
se retrouvent dans ce manuel et à l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux
consignes suivantes :
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique
DANGER : Oxydant puissant
AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL
/
MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne
complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques
MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude
Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou
sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l’instrument.
Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent
être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central
de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite dans
ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter de façon imprévisible
et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz
combustibles!
07272B DCN6552
iv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
WARRANTY
Warranty Policy (02024 F)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should
equipment failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support
will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready
to provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other
manufacturers in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field
troubleshooting are to be performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired
to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective
equipment manufacturer’s warranty.
Product Return
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center.
After the repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and packing instructions
and Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures when returning parts for repair or
calibration may void your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions please refer to
“Packing Components for Return” in the Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section of this manual,
and for RMA procedures please refer to our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com under
Customer Support > Return Authorization.
07272B DCN6552
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Teledyne API
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
vi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This manual, PN 07272, provides operation instructions for Models T360 and T360M,
and supports operation of the Model T360U (when used in conjunction with the
T360U/GFC7000E Addendum, PN 07273). This manual is comprised of multiple
documents as listed below.
Part No.
07272
05233
06879
05235
Rev
Name/Description
T360 Carbon Dioxide Analyzer Operation Manual
Menu trees and software documentation (inserted as Appendix A of this manual)
Spare Parts List (located in Appendix B, this manual)
Repair Request Questionnaire (inserted as Appendix C of this manual)
Interconnects and Schematics included in Appendix D of this manual
Interconnect Wire List (located in Appendix D of this manual)
Interconnect Wiring Diagram (located in Appendix D of this manual)
PCA, 03296, IR Photodetector Preamp and Sync Demodulator
PCA, 03631, 0-20mA driver
B
C
1/4/2011
C
0691201
06912
03297
03632
04003
04089
04136
04468
05803
06698
06882
06731
B
B
K
C
N
A
B
B
B
D
B
B
PCA, 04003, Pressure/Flow Transducer Interface
PCA, 04088, Opto Pickup Interface
PCA, 04135 Rev A, Relay
PCA, 04467, Analog Output Series Res
SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
SCH, PCA 06697, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,
SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
SCH, AUXILLIARY-I/O BOARD
NOTE
Please read this manual in its entirety before making any attempt made to operate the instrument.
REVISION HISTORY
T360 Manual PN 07272
Date
2012 Dec 13
2011 Jan 12
Rev
B
DCN
Change Summary
6552 Administrative updates; minor technical updates
5950 Initial Release
A
07272B DCN6552
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Teledyne API
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
viii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABOUT TELEDYNEADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI).................................................................i
SAFETY MESSAGES .............................................................................................................................................. iii
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ................................................................................................................................... iv
WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................................................v
ABOUT THIS MANUAL........................................................................................................................................... vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................... ix
1. INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................................17
1.1. Features...........................................................................................................................................................17
1.2. Using This Manual............................................................................................................................................17
1.3. Options.............................................................................................................................................................18
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS...................................................................................................................21
2.1. Specifications ...................................................................................................................................................21
2.2. Approvals and Certifications.............................................................................................................................23
2.2.1. Safety .......................................................................................................................................................23
2.2.2. EMC..........................................................................................................................................................23
3. GETTING STARTED ...............................................................................................................................................25
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Set Up............................................................................................................................25
3.2. Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................................27
3.3. Rear Panel .......................................................................................................................................................31
3.4. Internal Layout .................................................................................................................................................33
3.5. Electrical Connections......................................................................................................................................35
3.5.1. Power Connection ....................................................................................................................................35
3.5.2. Connecting Analog Inputs (Option 64B) ...................................................................................................36
3.5.3. Connecting Analog Outputs......................................................................................................................36
3.5.4. Connecting the Status Outputs.................................................................................................................38
3.5.5. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41) ................................................................................................39
3.5.6. Connecting the Control Inputs ..................................................................................................................40
3.5.7. Connecting the Alarm Relay Option (OPT 61)..........................................................................................42
3.5.8. Connecting the Communications Interfaces .............................................................................................43
3.6. Pneumatic Connections ...................................................................................................................................44
3.6.1. Basic Pneumatic Connections ..................................................................................................................44
3.6.2. Connections with Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valve...............................................................................48
3.6.3. Connections with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valve Option .............................................................50
3.6.4. Pneumatic Connections in Multipoint Calibration Applications..................................................................53
3.6.5. Setting the Internal Purge Air Pressure ....................................................................................................53
3.7. Initial Operation ................................................................................................................................................54
3.7.1. Startup......................................................................................................................................................54
3.7.2. Warm Up...................................................................................................................................................55
3.7.3. Warning Messages...................................................................................................................................55
3.7.4. Functional Checks ....................................................................................................................................57
3.8. Initial Calibration Procedure .............................................................................................................................58
3.8.1. Initial O2 Sensor Calibration Procedure ....................................................................................................61
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................................................................67
4.1. Overview of Operating Modes..........................................................................................................................67
4.2. Sample Mode ...................................................................................................................................................68
4.2.1. Test Functions ..........................................................................................................................................69
4.2.2. Warning Messages...................................................................................................................................70
4.3. Calibration Mode ..............................................................................................................................................72
4.4. Setup Mode......................................................................................................................................................73
4.5. Setup CFG: Viewing the Analyzer’s Configuration Information....................................................................74
4.6. SETUP ACAL: Automatic Calibration ..........................................................................................................74
4.7. SETUP DAS: Using the Data Acquisition System (DAS).............................................................................75
4.7.1. DAS Structure...........................................................................................................................................76
4.7.2. Default DAS Channels..............................................................................................................................78
4.7.3. Remote DAS Configuration.......................................................................................................................94
4.8. SETUP RNGE: Analog Output Reporting Range Configuration ..................................................................95
4.8.1. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges........................................................................96
4.8.2. Reporting Range Modes...........................................................................................................................96
4.8.3. Single Range Mode (SNGL) .....................................................................................................................98
07272B DCN6552
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.8.4. Dual Range Mode (DUAL)........................................................................................................................99
4.8.5. Auto Range Mode (AUTO)......................................................................................................................100
4.8.6. Range Units............................................................................................................................................101
4.8.7. Dilution Ratio ..........................................................................................................................................102
4.9. SETUP PASS: Password Feature .............................................................................................................103
4.10. SETUP CLK: Setting the Internal Time-of-Day Clock ..............................................................................105
4.11. SETUP MORE COMM: Using the Analyzer’s Communication Ports....................................................107
4.11.1. Machine ID............................................................................................................................................107
4.11.2. COM Port Default Settings....................................................................................................................108
4.11.3. RS-485 Configuration of COM2............................................................................................................111
4.11.4. DTE and DCE Communication .............................................................................................................111
4.11.5. COM Port Communication Modes ........................................................................................................112
4.11.6. Remote Access via the Ethernet...........................................................................................................114
4.11.7. USB Port Setup ....................................................................................................................................120
4.11.8. Multidrop RS-232 Setup .......................................................................................................................122
4.11.9. MODBUS Setup....................................................................................................................................125
4.11.10. COM Port Baud Rate..........................................................................................................................127
4.11.11. COM Port Testing...............................................................................................................................128
4.12. SETUP MORE VARS: Internal Variables (VARS)...............................................................................129
4.13. SETUP MORE DIAG: Using the Diagnostics Functions.....................................................................131
4.13.1. Accessing the Diagnostic Features.......................................................................................................132
4.13.2. Signal I/O..............................................................................................................................................133
4.13.3. Analog Output Step Test ......................................................................................................................134
4.13.4. Analog I/O Configuration ......................................................................................................................135
4.13.5. Electric Test..........................................................................................................................................146
4.13.6. Dark Calibration Test............................................................................................................................147
4.13.7. Pressure Calibration .............................................................................................................................148
4.13.8. Flow Calibration....................................................................................................................................149
4.13.9. Test Channel Output.............................................................................................................................150
4.14. SETUP MORE ALRM: Using the Gas Concentration Alarms...............................................................151
4.14.1. Setting the Concentration Alarm Limits.................................................................................................151
4.15. Remote Operation of the Analyzer ...............................................................................................................152
4.15.1. Remote Operation Using the External Digital I/O..................................................................................152
4.15.2. Remote Operation Using the External Serial I/O ..................................................................................155
4.15.3. Additional Communications Documentation .........................................................................................161
4.15.4. Using the T360 with a Hessen Protocol Network..................................................................................162
5. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................................169
5.1. Before Calibration...........................................................................................................................................169
5.1.1. Zero Air and Span Gas...........................................................................................................................169
5.1.2. Calibration Gas Traceability....................................................................................................................170
5.1.3. Data Recording Devices.........................................................................................................................170
5.2. Manual Calibration without Zero/Span Valves................................................................................................170
5.3. Manual Calibration Checks ............................................................................................................................173
5.4. Manual Calibration with Zero/Span Valves.....................................................................................................173
5.5. Manual Calibration Checks with Zero/Span Valves........................................................................................178
5.5.1. Zero/Span Calibration on Auto Range or Dual Ranges ..........................................................................179
5.5.2. Use of Zero/Span Valves with Remote Contact Closure ........................................................................180
5.6. Automatic Zero/Span Cal/Check (AutoCal)....................................................................................................180
5.6.1. AutoCal with Auto or Dual Reporting Ranges Modes Selected ..............................................................183
5.7. Calibration Quality..........................................................................................................................................184
6. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURES.............................................................................................185
6.1. Maintenance Schedule...................................................................................................................................185
6.2. Predicting Failures Using the Test Functions.................................................................................................189
6.3. Maintenance Procedures ...............................................................................................................................190
6.3.1. Replacing the Sample Particulate Filter..................................................................................................190
6.3.2. Rebuilding the Sample Pump .................................................................................................................191
6.3.3. Performing Leak Checks ........................................................................................................................191
6.3.4. Performing a Sample Flow Check ..........................................................................................................192
6.3.5. Cleaning the Optical Bench ....................................................................................................................192
6.3.6. Cleaning the Chassis..............................................................................................................................192
7. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION .............................................................................................................................193
7.1. Measurement Method ....................................................................................................................................193
07272B DCN6552
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.1.1. Beer’s Law..............................................................................................................................................193
7.1.2. Measurement Fundamentals ..................................................................................................................194
7.1.3. Gas Filter Correlation..............................................................................................................................194
7.1.4. Interference and Signal to Noise Rejection.............................................................................................197
7.2. Oxygen Sensor (OPT 65)...............................................................................................................................198
7.2.1. Paramagnetic Measurement of O2..........................................................................................................198
7.3. Pneumatic Operation......................................................................................................................................200
7.3.1. Sample Gas Flow ...................................................................................................................................200
7.3.2. Flow Rate Control...................................................................................................................................201
7.3.3. Purge Gas Pressure Control...................................................................................................................202
7.3.4. Particulate Filter......................................................................................................................................202
7.3.5. Pneumatic Sensors.................................................................................................................................202
7.3.6. Pneumatic Operation of the O2 Sensor...................................................................................................203
7.4. Electronic Operation.......................................................................................................................................204
7.4.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................................204
7.4.2. CPU........................................................................................................................................................206
7.4.3. Optical Bench & GFC Wheel ..................................................................................................................207
7.4.4. Synchronous Demodulator (Sync/Demod) Assembly.............................................................................210
7.4.5. Relay Board............................................................................................................................................212
7.4.6. Motherboard ...........................................................................................................................................215
7.4.7. I2C Data Bus...........................................................................................................................................217
7.4.8. Power Supply/ Circuit Breaker................................................................................................................218
7.5. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface ...................................................................................................219
7.5.1. LVDS Transmitter Board.........................................................................................................................219
7.5.2. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface PCA....................................................................................219
7.6. Software Operation ........................................................................................................................................220
7.6.1. Adaptive Filter.........................................................................................................................................220
7.6.2. Calibration - Slope and Offset.................................................................................................................221
7.6.3. Measurement Algorithm..........................................................................................................................221
7.6.4. Temperature and Pressure Compensation.............................................................................................222
7.6.5. Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS) .................................................................................................222
8. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE .................................................................................................................223
8.1. General Troubleshooting Hints.......................................................................................................................223
8.1.1. Interpreting WARNING Messages..........................................................................................................224
8.1.2. Fault Diagnosis with TEST Functions.....................................................................................................228
8.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function ...............................................................................................230
8.1.4. Internal Electronic Status LEDs ..............................................................................................................231
8.2. Gas Flow Problems........................................................................................................................................235
8.2.1. T360 Internal Gas Flow Diagrams ..........................................................................................................236
8.2.2. Typical Sample Gas Flow Problems.......................................................................................................238
8.2.3. Poor or Stopped Flow of Purge Gas.......................................................................................................240
8.3. Calibration Problems......................................................................................................................................241
8.3.1. Miscalibrated...........................................................................................................................................241
8.3.2. Non-Repeatable Zero and Span.............................................................................................................242
8.3.3. Inability to Span – Touchscreen SPAN Button Not Visible .....................................................................242
8.3.4. Inability to Zero – Touchscreen ZERO Button Not Visible ......................................................................243
8.4. Other Performance Problems.........................................................................................................................244
8.4.1. Temperature Problems...........................................................................................................................244
8.4.2. Excessive Noise .....................................................................................................................................246
8.5. Subsystem Checkout .....................................................................................................................................247
8.5.1. AC Mains Configuration..........................................................................................................................247
8.5.2. DC Power Supply ...................................................................................................................................247
8.5.3. I2C Bus....................................................................................................................................................248
8.5.4. Touchscreen Interface............................................................................................................................248
8.5.5. LCD Display Module...............................................................................................................................249
8.5.6. Relay Board............................................................................................................................................249
8.5.7. Sensor Assembly....................................................................................................................................249
8.5.8. Motherboard ...........................................................................................................................................252
8.5.9. CPU........................................................................................................................................................254
8.5.10. RS-232 Communications......................................................................................................................255
8.6. Repair Procedures .........................................................................................................................................256
8.6.1. Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly..............................................................................................256
07272B DCN6552
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.6.2. Removing/Replacing the GFC Wheel.....................................................................................................257
8.6.3. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure ..............................................................................................259
8.7. Frequently Asked Questions ..........................................................................................................................260
9. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE.................................................................................................263
9.1. How Static Charges are Created....................................................................................................................263
9.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage .................................................................................................264
9.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage.............................................................................................................265
9.4. Basic Principles of Static Control....................................................................................................................266
9.4.1. General Rules.........................................................................................................................................266
9.4.2. Basic anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance ........................................................268
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
07272B DCN6552
xii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 3-9:
Figure 3-10:
Figure 3-11:
Figure 3-12:
Figure 3-13:
Figure 3-14:
Figure 3-15:
Front Panel Layout......................................................................................................................27
Display Screen and Touch Control .............................................................................................28
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts.............................................................30
Rear Panel Layout.......................................................................................................................31
Internal Chassis Layout...............................................................................................................33
Optical Bench Layout ..................................................................................................................34
Analog In Connector....................................................................................................................36
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard.....................................................................39
Control Inputs Power Connections..............................................................................................41
Alarm Relay Output Pin Assignments.........................................................................................42
Basic Internal Gas Flow ..............................................................................................................45
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas ....................................46
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator ............................46
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves (Opt 50A) and
External Zero Air Scrubber..........................................................................................................48
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span ............................................................49
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (Opt 50B) and
Figure 3-16:
Figure 3-17:
Figure 3-18:
External Zero Air Scrubber..........................................................................................................51
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves...........................................52
Example of Pneumatic Set up for Multipoint Calibration.............................................................53
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up.....................................................................................................61
Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65 ..........................................................................62
Front Panel Display.....................................................................................................................67
Viewing TEST Functions.............................................................................................................70
Viewing and Clearing T360 WARNING Messages .....................................................................72
Default DAS Channels Setup......................................................................................................80
APICOM User Interface for DAS Configuration ..........................................................................94
Analog Output Connector Pin Out...............................................................................................95
Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for COM1 & COM2 in RS-232 Mode.....................................109
CPU Connector Pin-Outs for COM1 & COM2 in RS-232 Mode ...............................................110
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode....................................................................................123
RS-232-Multidrop Host-to-Analyzer Interconnect Diagram.......................................................124
Setup for Calibrating Analog Voltage Outputs ..........................................................................141
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs.......................................................................................142
Status Output Connector...........................................................................................................152
Control Inputs ............................................................................................................................154
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface............................................................................161
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas ..................................170
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator ..........................171
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves ........................................174
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves and External Zero Air
Scrubber....................................................................................................................................174
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves...............................................175
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves with External Zero Air
Figure 3-19:
Figure 3-20:
Figure 3-21:
Figure 3-22:
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 4-4:
Figure 4-5:
Figure 4-6:
Figure 4-7:
Figure 4-8:
Figure 4-9:
Figure 4-10:
Figure 4-11:
Figure 4-12:
Figure 4-13:
Figure 4-14:
Figure 4-15:
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2:
Figure 5-3:
Figure 5-4:
Figure 5-5:
Figure 5-6:
Scrubber....................................................................................................................................175
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly ..........................................................................................190
Measurement Fundamentals.....................................................................................................194
GFC Wheel................................................................................................................................194
Measurement Fundamentals with GFC Wheel .........................................................................195
Affect of CO2 in the Sample on CO2 MEAS & CO2 REF.........................................................196
Effects of Interfering Gas on CO2 MEAS & CO2 REF..............................................................197
Figure 6-1:
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2:
Figure 7-3:
Figure 7-4:
Figure 7-5:
07272B DCN6552
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 7-6:
Figure 7-7:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-9:
Figure 7-10:
Figure 7-11:
Figure 7-12:
Figure 7-13:
Figure 7-14:
Figure 7-15:
Figure 7-16:
Figure 7-17:
Figure 7-18:
Figure 7-19:
Figure 7-20:
Figure 8-1:
Figure 8-2:
Figure 8-3:
Figure 8-4:
Figure 8-5:
Figure 8-6:
Figure 8-7:
Figure 8-8:
Figure 8-9:
Figure 8-10:
Figure 8-11:
Figure 8-12:
Figure 9-1:
Figure 9-2:
Chopped IR Signal ....................................................................................................................197
Oxygen Sensor - Principle of Operation....................................................................................199
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Basic Configuration ........................................................................200
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice..........................................................................201
Gas Flow with O2 Sensor Option..............................................................................................203
T360 Electronic Block Diagram.................................................................................................205
CPU Board ................................................................................................................................206
GFC Light Mask ........................................................................................................................208
Segment Sensor and M/R Sensor Output.................................................................................209
T360 Sync / Demod Block Diagram..........................................................................................210
Sample & Hold Timing...............................................................................................................211
Location of relay board Status LED’s........................................................................................214
Power Distribution Block Diagram.............................................................................................218
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram ....................................................................219
Basic Software Operation..........................................................................................................220
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages ................................................................................226
Example of Signal I/O Function.................................................................................................231
CPU Status Indicator.................................................................................................................232
Sync/Demod Board Status LED Locations ...............................................................................233
Relay Board Status LEDs..........................................................................................................233
T360 – Basic Internal Gas Flow................................................................................................236
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves.........................................237
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span ..........................................................237
T360 – Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65A ..........................................................238
Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly ........................................................................257
Opening the GFC Wheel Housing.............................................................................................258
Removing the GFC Wheel ........................................................................................................258
Triboelectric Charging ...............................................................................................................263
Basic anti-ESD Work Station.....................................................................................................266
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1:
Table 2-2:
Table 3-1:
Table 3-2:
Table 3-3:
Table 3-4:
Table 3-5:
Table 3-6:
Table 3-8:
Table 3-9:
Table 3-10:
Table 3-11:
Table 3-12:
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 4-6:
Table 4-7:
Table 4-8:
Table 6-9:
Table 4-9:
Model T360 Basic Unit Specifications.........................................................................................21
Model T360M Basic Unit Specifications......................................................................................22
Display and Touchscreen Control Description............................................................................29
Rear Panel Description ...............................................................................................................32
Analog Input Pin Assignments ....................................................................................................36
T360 Analog Output Pin Outs .....................................................................................................37
Status Output Pin-outs ................................................................................................................38
Control Input Pin-outs..................................................................................................................41
Concentration Alarm Relay Output Operation.............................................................................42
Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valve Operating States.................................................................49
Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valve Operating States...........................................................52
Front Panel Display During System Warm-Up............................................................................55
Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up ....................................................................................56
Analyzer Operating Modes..........................................................................................................68
Test Functions Defined ...............................................................................................................69
List of Warning Messages...........................................................................................................71
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions.............................................................................73
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions........................................................................73
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions........................................................................75
DAS Data Channel Properties.....................................................................................................76
DAS Data Parameter Functions..................................................................................................77
Password Levels .......................................................................................................................103
Com Port Communication Modes .............................................................................................112
07272B DCN6552
xiv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 4-10: Ethernet Status Indicators ................................................................................................................114
Table 4-11: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties..............................................................................................115
Table 4-12: Internet Configuration Touchscreen Functions.................................................................................119
Table 4-13: Variable Names (VARS)...................................................................................................................129
Table 4-14: T360 Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions...................................................................................................131
Table 4-15: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions ............................................................................................................135
Table 4-16: Analog Output Voltage Ranges ........................................................................................................135
Table 4-17: Analog Output Current Loop Range.................................................................................................136
Table 4-18: Analog Output Pin Assignments.......................................................................................................136
Table 4-19: Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration...........................................................................140
Table 4-20: Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor.................................................................................143
Table 4-21: Test Parameters Available for Analog Output A4.............................................................................150
Table 4-22: CO2 Concentration Alarm Default Settings......................................................................................151
Table 4-23: Status Output Pin Assignments........................................................................................................153
Table 4-24: Control Input Pin Assignments .........................................................................................................154
Table 4-25: Terminal Mode Software Commands...............................................................................................155
Table 4-26: Command Types ..............................................................................................................................156
Table 4-27: Serial Interface Documents ..............................................................................................................161
Table 4-28: RS-232 Com Parameters for Hessen Protocol.................................................................................162
Table 4-29: Teledyne API Hessen Protocol Response Modes............................................................................165
Table 4-30: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments...........................................................................................166
Table 5-1: AUTOCAL Modes.............................................................................................................................180
Table 5-2: AutoCal ATTRIBUTE Setup Parameters..........................................................................................180
Table 5-3 : Calibration Data Quality Evaluation.................................................................................................184
Table 6-1: T360 Maintenance Schedule............................................................................................................187
Table 6-2: T360 Test Function Record ..............................................................................................................188
Table 6-3: Predictive Uses for Test Functions...................................................................................................189
Table 7-1: Sync/Demod Status LED Activity......................................................................................................212
Table 7-2: Relay Board Status LED’s ................................................................................................................214
Table 8-1: Warning Messages - Indicated Failures .............................................................................................227
Table 8-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures.....................................................................................................229
Table 8-3: Sync/Demod Board Status Failure Indications...................................................................................232
Table 8-4: I2C Status LED Failure Indications.....................................................................................................233
Table 8-5: Relay Board Status LED Failure Indications ......................................................................................234
Table 8-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes...................................................................................247
Table 8-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels.................................................................................................248
Table 8-8: Relay Board Control Devices..............................................................................................................249
Table 8-9: Opto Pickup Board Nominal Output Frequencies...............................................................................250
Table 8-10: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs ......................................................252
Table 8-11: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Current Outputs.......................................................253
Table 8-12: Status Outputs Check.........................................................................................................................253
Table 9-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities................................................................................264
Table 9-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD.........................................................................264
07272B DCN6552
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
xvi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. INTRODUCTION
The Models T360 and T360M differ only in specifications; unless clearly
differentiated, both models in this manual are referred to as the T360 for
simplification. The T360/T360M measures carbon dioxide CO2 by comparing
infrared energy absorbed by a sample to that absorbed by a reference according to
the Beer-Lambert law. This is accomplished by using a Gas Filter Wheel which
alternately allows a high energy infrared (IR) light source to pass through a CO2
filled chamber and a chamber with no CO2 present.
The IR light then travels through the sample cell, which has a folded path. Energy
loss through the sample cell is compared with the zero reference signal provided
by the gas filter to produce an output proportional to concentration, with little effect from
interfering gases within the sample. A nitrogen purge system is pro-vided for the
GFC wheel assembly to eliminate the effects of ambient CO2, if necessary.
This design produces superior zero and span stability and a high signal-to-noise
ratio, allowing excellent sensitivity. Multi-tasking software gives real time
indication of numerous operating parameters and provides automatic alarms if
diagnostic limits are exceeded.
1.1. FEATURES
The Models T360 and T360M include the following features:
Ranges,T360: 0-2 ppm to 0-2000 ppm, T360M: 0-4 ppm to 0-4000 ppm, user
selectable
Gas Filter Wheel for CO2 specific measurement
LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen
Multi-tasking software allows viewing of test variables during operation
Continuous self checking with alarms
Bi-directional RS-232 and 10/100Base-T Ethernet (optional USB and RS-
485) ports for remote operation
Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices
Digital status outputs to indicate instrument operating condition
Adaptive signal filtering to optimize response time
Temperature & Pressure compensation
Internal data logging with 1 min to 24 hour averages
1.2. USING THIS MANUAL
The flowcharts in this manual contain typical representations of the analyzer’s
display during the various operations being described. These representations are
not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display of your
instrument.
07272B DCN6552
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
1.3. OPTIONS
Option
Option
Description/Notes
Number
Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting same
pneumatic performance.
Pumps
11
No pump (If one is standard either internal or external)
External Pump 100V – 120V/60Hz
10A
10B
10C
10D
10E
External Pump 220V – 240V/50H
External Pump 220V – 240V/60Hz
External Pump 100V – 120V/50Hz
External Pump 100V /60Hz
13
Rack Mount Kits
20A
High Voltage Internal Pump 240V/50Hz
Options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
Rack mount brackets with 26 in. (660 mm) chassis slides
Rack mount brackets with 24 in. (610 mm) chassis slides
Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29)
20B
21
23
Rack mount for external pump pack (no slides)
Carrying Strap/Handle
Side-mounted strap for hand-carrying analyzer
Extends from “flat” position to accommodate hand for carrying.
Recesses to 9mm (3/8”) dimension for storage.
Can be used with rack mount brackets, Option 21.
Cannot be used with rack mount slides.
29
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
THE T360 OR T360M ANALYZER WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS).
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND THAT TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY
THE ANALYZER. DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE ANALYZER BEFORE
MOVING IT.
Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such as
meteorological instruments).
Analog Input and USB port
64B
Current Loop Analog
Outputs
Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzer’s internal DAS
Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s analog
outputs.
Can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA.
May be ordered separately for any of the analog outputs.
41
Can be installed at the factory or retrofitted in the field.
Parts Kits
Spare parts and expendables
Expendables Kit for analyzer includes a recommended set of expendables for one
year of operation.
42A
43
Expendables Kit for Internal Zero/Span, one year of operation.
Used to control the flow of calibration gases generated from external sources,
rather than manually switching the rear panel pneumatic connections.
Calibration Valves
AMBIENT ZERO AND AMBIENT SPAN VALVES
Zero Air and Span Gas input supplied at ambient pressure.
Gases controlled by 2 internal valves; SAMPLE/CAL & ZERO/SPAN.
50A
50B
AMBIENT ZERO AND PRESSURIZED SPAN VALVES
Zero Air supplied at ambient pressure. Span gas supplied from pressurized bottle of cal gas.
07272B DCN6552
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Introduction
Option
Number
Option
Description/Notes
Communication Cables
For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about 1.8 m long.
Used to interface with older computers or code activated switches with
DB-25 serial connectors.
60A
RS-232
RS-232
60B
60C
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about 1.8 m length.
Ethernet Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN communications.
Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear panel USB port) and
personal computer.
60D
USB
USB Port
For remote connection
For connection to personal computer. (Separate option only when Option 64B, Analog
Input and USB Com Port, not elected).
64A
Concentration Alarm
Relays
Issues warning when gas concentration exceeds limits set by user.
Four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel of the instrument. This relay option is
different from and in addition to the “Contact Closures” that come standard on all
TAPI instruments.
61
RS-232 Multidrop
Enables communications between host computer and up to eight analyzers.
Multidrop card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card. Each instrument in the multidrop
network requres this card and a communications cable (Option 60B).
62
Other Gas Options
65A
Second gas sensor and gas conditioners
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
Special Features
Built in features, software activated
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places the analyzer in
maintenance mode where it can continue sampling, yet ignore calibration, diagnostic,
and reset instrument commands. This feature is of particular use for instruments
connected to Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.
N/A
N/A
N/A
Call Customer Service for activation.
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display messages in a
language other than the instrument’s default language.
Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing the second
language.
Dilution Ratio Option allows the user to compensate for diluted sample gas, such as
in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) where the quality of gas in a smoke stack is
being tested and the sampling method used to remove the gas from the stack dilutes
the gas.
Call Customer Service for activation.
07272B DCN6552
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1: Model T360 Basic Unit Specifications
T360 Parameter
T360 Specification
Ranges
Min: 0-2 ppm Full scale
Max: 0-2,000 ppm Full scale
(Physical Analog Output)
Selectable, dual ranges and auto ranging supported
Measurement Units
Zero Noise
ppb, ppm, µg/m3, mg/m3, % (user selectable)
< 0.1 ppm (RMS)
< 1% of reading (RMS)
< 0.2 ppm1
<0.25 ppm1
<0.5% of reading 1
Span Noise
Lower Detectable Limit
Zero Drift (24 hours)
Span Drift (24 hours)
Lag Time
10 seconds
Rise/Fall Time
Linearity
<60 seconds to 95%
1% of full scale
Precision
0.5% of reading
800cm3/min. ±10%
Sample Flow Rate
O2 Sensor option adds 110 cm³/min, ±20%, to total flow through when installed.
Temperature Coefficient
Voltage Coefficient
< 0.1% of Full Scale per oC
< 0.05% of Full Scale per V
AC Power Rating
100V-120V, 60 Hz, (142 W) ; 220V – 240 V, 50 Hz (147 W)
10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V (selectable)
1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage
±10%
Analog Output Ranges
Analog Output Resolution
Recorder Offset
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
Standard I/O
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs
6 opto-isolated digital control inputs (3 defined, 3 spare)
4 analog outputs
1 USB com port
Optional I/O
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
3 4-20mA current outputs
Environmental
Installation category (over-voltage category) II; Pollution degree 2
5-40oC
Temperature Range
Humidity Range
Dimensions H x W x D
Weight
0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
7" x 17" x 23.5" (178 mm x 432 mm x 597 mm)
40 lbs. (18.1 kg)
1 At constant temperature and voltage.
07272B DCN6552
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications and Approvals
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 2-2: Model T360M Basic Unit Specifications
T360M Specification
T360M Parameter
Ranges
(Physical Analog Output)
Min: 0-4 ppm Full scale
Max: 0-4000 ppm Full scale
Selectable, dual ranges and auto ranging supported
ppb, ppm, µg/m3, mg/m3, (selectable)
< 0.2 ppm (RMS)
Measurement Units
Zero Noise
Span Noise
< 1% of reading (RMS)
< 0.4 ppm1
<0.5 ppm1
Lower Detectable Limit
Zero Drift (24 hours)
Span Drift (24 hours)
Lag Time
<0.5% of reading1
10 seconds
Rise/Fall Time
Linearity
<60 seconds to 95%
1% of full scale
Precision
0.5% of reading
Sample Flow Rate
800cm3/min. ±10%
O2 Sensor option adds 110 cm³/min, ±20%, to total flow though when installed
Temperature Coefficient
Voltage Coefficient
< 0.1% of Full Scale per oC or 0.1 ppm per oC, whichever is greater
< 0.05% of Full Scale per V
AC Power Requirements
Analog Output Ranges
Recorder Offset
100V – 120V, 220V – 240V, 50/60 Hz
10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V
±10%
Analog Output Resolution
Standard I/O
1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS232 (300-115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 Status opto-isolated digital status outputs
6 Opto-isolated digital control inputs (3 defined, 3 spare)
4 Analog outputs
Optional I/O
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 Analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 Digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
3 4-20mA current outputs
Operating Temperature Range
Humidity Range
5-40oC
0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions H x W x D
Weight
7" x 17" x 23.5" (178 mm x 432 mm x 597 mm)
40 lbs. (18.1 kg)
Environmental
Installation category (over-voltage category) II; Pollution degree 2
1 At constant temperature and voltage.
07272B DCN6552
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Specifications and Approvals
2.2. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The Teledyne Instruments Model T360 Gas Filter Correlation CO2 Analyzer was
tested and certified for Safety and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This
section presents the compliance statements for those requirements and directives.
2.2.1. Safety
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
North American:
cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04
NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)
2.2.2. EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
07272B DCN6552
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications and Approvals
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. GETTING STARTED
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SET UP
CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, always use two persons to lift and carry the
Model T360.
WARNING
Never disconnect PCAs, wiring harnesses or electronic subassemblies
while the instrument is under power.
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage
resulting from failure to use ESD protection when working with
electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in this manual for more information
on preventing ESD damage.
NOTE
It is recommended that you store shipping containers/materials for future use if/when the instrument should
be returned to the factory for repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty page in this manual and
shipping procedures on our Website at:
http://www.teledyne-api.com under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
1. Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage. If damage has
occurred, please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne Instruments.
2. Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance
characterization performed on your instrument at the factory. This record,
titled Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04596) is an important
quality assurance and calibration record for this instrument. It should be
placed in the quality records file for this instrument.
3. Carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for internal
shipping damage.
Remove the set-screw located in the top, center of the Front panel.
Remove the 2 screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side
towards the rear).
Slide the cover backwards until it clears the analyzer’s front bezel.
Lift the cover straight up.
07272B DCN6552
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4. Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
5. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic
hoses to make sure they are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been
installed. These are listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer.
7. VENTILATION CLEARANCE: Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or
installed into an instrument rack, be sure to leave sufficient ventilation
clearance.
AREA
MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE
Back of the instrument
4 in.
1 in.
1 in.
Sides of the instrument
Above and below the instrument
Various rack mount kits are available for this analyzer – please see Section 1.3.
07272B DCN6552
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2. FRONT PANEL
Figure 3-1 shows the analyzer’s front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the
on the front panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:
plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the touchscreen
interface
thumb drive (not included) to download updates to instruction software
(contact TAPI Technical Support for information).
Figure 3-1:
Front Panel Layout
07272B DCN6552
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 3-2:
Display Screen and Touch Control
CAUTION – Avoid Damaging Touchscreen
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the
touchscreen.
The front panel liquid crystal display includes touch control. Upon analyzer start-
up, the display shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the
alarm). The LEDs on the display screen indicate the Sample, Calibration and
Fault states; also on the screen is the gas concentration field (Conc), which
displays real-time readouts for the primary gas and for the secondary gas if
installed. The display screen also shows which mode the analyzer is currently in
(Mode field), as well as messages and data (Param field). Along the bottom of the
screen is a row of touch control buttons; only those that are currently applicable
the screen.
07272B DCN6552
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
Table 3-1: Display and Touchscreen Control Description
Field
Description/Function
Status
LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name
Color
State
Off
Definition
Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.
On
Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data
being stored.
SAMPLE Green
Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,
DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled
Blinking
Off
Auto Cal disabled
Auto Cal enabled
Unit is in calibration mode
No warnings exist
Warnings exist
CAL
Yellow
Red
On
Blinking
Off
FAULT
Blinking
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the
currently selected units of measure
Conc
Mode
Displays the name of the analyzer’s current operating mode
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Param
Control Buttons
Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts
illustrated in this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas
concentration) fields in the display screen are represented across the top row of
each menu chart. The eight touchscreen control buttons along the bottom of the
display screen are represented in the bottom row of each menu chart.
07272B DCN6552
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3. REAR PANEL
Figure 3-4:
Rear Panel Layout
Table 3-2 provides a description of each component on the rear panel
07272B DCN6552
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 3-2: Rear Panel Description
Component
cooling fan
Function
Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer
AC power
connector
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power
specs on the analyzer’s rear panel Model number label
Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specs
Model/specs label
PURGE IN
Connect a source of dried air that has been scrubbed of CO2. This inlet supplies
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
Calibration gases are also inlet here on units without zero/span valve options installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside
the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument.
Span gas vent outlet for units with zero/span valve options installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here.
VENT SPAN
On units with zero/span valve options installed, connect a gas line to the source of
calibrated span gas here.
PRESSURE SPAN
IZS
Internal Zero Air: On units with zero/span valve options installed but no internal zero
air scrubber, attach a gas line to the source of zero air here.
LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.
RX TX
COM 2
RS-232
Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
during RS-232 communication.
DCE DTE
For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
STATUS
ANALOG OUT
CONTROL IN
ALARM
Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable.
ETHERNET
Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for logging these
signals.
ANALOG IN
Com port optional connector for direct connection to laptop computer, using USB cable.
Includes voltage and frequency specifications.
USB
Information Label
07272B DCN6552
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Sample Gas Outlet
fitting
Sample Gas Flow
Sensor
Sample Chamber
Sync/Demod PCA
Housing
Pressure Sensor(s)
Bench
Temperature
Thermistor
Shock Absorbing
Mounting Bracket
Opto-Pickup
PCA
Purge Gas
Pressure Regulator
IR Source
GFC Wheel
Heat Sync
GFC Wheel Motor
GFC Temperature
Sensor
Purge Gas
Inlet
GFC Heater
Figure 3-6:
Optical Bench Layout
07272B DCN6552
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.5. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
WARNING
Never disconnect PCAs, wiring harnesses or electronic subassemblies
while the instrument is under power.
NOTE
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable length be no greater than 3
meters for all I/O connections, which include Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN,
USB, RS-232, and RS-485.
3.5.1. Power Connection
WARNING
Power connection must have functioning ground connection.
Do not defeat the ground wire on power plug.
Turn off analyzer power before disconnecting or
connecting electrical subassemblies.
Do not operate with cover off.
CAUTION
Check the voltage and frequency specifications on the rear panel Model
Label for compatibility with the local power before plugging the analyzer
into line power.
Do not plug in the power cord if the voltage or frequency is incorrect.
The T360 analyzer can be configured for both 100-130 V and 210-240 V at either
50 or 60 Hz. To avoid damage to your analyzer, make sure that the AC power
voltage matches the voltage indicated on the rear panel serial number label and
that the frequency is between 47 and 63 Hz.
Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it into a power outlet capable of
carrying at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a
functioning earth ground.
07272B DCN6552
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.5.2. Connecting Analog Inputs (Option 64B)
The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from
other instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these
signals in the analyzer’s internal data acquisition system (DAS). The input
voltage range for each analog input is 0-10 VDC, and the input impedance is
nominally 20kΩ in parallel with 0.1µF.
Figure 3-7:
Analog In Connector
Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Analog Input Pin Assignments
PIN
DESCRIPTION
DAS
PARAMETER1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Analog input # 1
AIN 1
AIN 2
AIN 3
AIN 4
AIN 5
AIN 6
AIN 7
AIN 8
N/A
Analog input # 2
Analog input # 3
Analog input # 4
Analog input # 5
Analog input # 6
Analog input # 7
Analog input # 8
Analog input Ground
GND
3.5.3. Connecting Analog Outputs
The T360 is equipped with several analog output channels accessible through a
connector on the back panel of the instrument. The standard configuration for
these outputs is mVDC. An optional current loop output is available for each.
When the instrument is in its default configuration, channels A1 and A2 output a
signal that is proportional to the CO2 concentration of the sample gas. Either can
be used for connecting the analog output signal to a chart recorder or for
interfacing with a data logger.
Output A3 is only used if the optional O2 sensor is installed.
07272B DCN6552
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the
appropriate analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer.
ANALOG
A1
A2
A3
A4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
Table 3-4: T360 Analog Output Pin Outs
PIN
1
ANALOG OUTPUT
VDC SIGNAL
V Out
MADC SIGNAL
I Out +
A1
2
Ground
V Out
I Out -
3
I Out +
A2
4
Ground
V Out
I Out -
5
I Out +
A3
(Only used if O2 sensor
is installed)
6
Ground
I Out -
7
8
V Out
Not used
Not used
A4
Ground
The default analog output voltage setting of the analyzer is 0 – 5 VDC
with a range of 0 – 500 ppm.
07272B DCN6552
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.5.4. Connecting the Status Outputs
If you wish utilize the analyzer’s status outputs to interface with a device that
accepts logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers (PLC’s)
they are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the analyzer’s rear panel labeled
STATUS.
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
NOTE
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current the input will draw. When connecting
to a unit that does not have this feature, external resistors must be used to limit the current
through the individual transistor outputs to ≤50mA (120 Ω for 5V supply).
The pin assignments for the status outputs can be found in the table below:
Table 3-5: Status Output Pin-outs
STATUS
OUTPUT #
CONDITION
DEFINITION
1
2
SYSTEM OK
On if no faults are present.
On if CO2 concentration measurement is valid.
CONC VALID
If the CO2 concentration measurement is invalid, this bit is OFF.
On if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO range modes.
On whenever the instruments ZERO point is being calibrated.
On whenever the instruments SPAN point is being calibrated.
On whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
3
4
5
6
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
On whenever the measured CO2 concentration is above the set point for
ALM1
7
8
ALARM1
ALARM2
On whenever the measured CO2 concentration is above the set point for
ALM2
D
+
EMITTER BUS
DC POWER
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are bused together.
+ 5 VDC
Digital Ground
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies.
07272B DCN6552
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.5.5. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41)
This option adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the
analyzer’s analog outputs. This option may be ordered separately for any of the
analog outputs; it can be installed at the factory or added later. Call TAPI sales
for pricing and availability.
The current loop option can be configured for any output range between 0 and
combination of one current output and two voltage outputs configuration.
Information on calibrating or adjusting these outputs can be found in Section
Figure 3-8:
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard
07272B DCN6552
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.5.5.1. CONVERTING CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS TO STANDARD
VOLTAGE OUTPUTS
NOTE
Servicing or handling of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge protection, i.e. ESD
grounding straps, mats and containers. Failure to use ESD protection when working with
electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5
VDC output operation:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
2. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified,
disconnect it.
3. Remove the top cover
Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel
Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (four per side).
Slide the cover back and lift straight up .
4. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on
the motherboard (see Figure 3-8).
5. Place a shunt between the leftmost two pins of the connector (see
6. Reattach the top case to the analyzer.
7. The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage-sensing, recording device
attached to that output
3.5.6. Connecting the Control Inputs
If you wish to use the analyzer to remotely activate the zero and span calibration
modes, several digital control inputs are provided through a 10-pin connector
labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear panel.
There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V
available from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method. However, if
full isolation is required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used.
07272B DCN6552
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
Z
E
R
O
S
P
A
N
Z
E
R
O
S
P
A
N
5 VDC Power
Supply
+
-
External Power Connections
Local Power Connections
Figure 3-9:
Control Inputs Power Connections
The pin assignments for the digital control inputs can be found in the table below:
Table 3-6: Control Input Pin-outs
INPUT #
STATUS DEFINITION
ON CONDITION
The Analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of
the display will read ZERO CAL R.
REMOTE ZERO CAL
A
REMOTE
SPAN CAL
The Analyzer is placed in Span Calibration mode. The mode field of
the display will read SPAN CAL R.
B
SPARE
SPARE
C
D
E
F
SPARE
SPARE
Digital Ground
May be connected to the ground of the data logger/recorder.
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A – F. This can be from
an external source or from the “+” pin of the instruments STATUS
connector.
Pull-up supply for
inputs
U
Internal source of +5V which can be used to actuate control inputs
when connected to the U pin.
Internal +5V Supply
+
07272B DCN6552
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.5.7. Connecting the Alarm Relay Option (OPT 61)
Option 61 consists of a set of 2 concentration alarms. Each alarm can be
independently enabled or disabled as well as programmed with its own,
alarms).
The status of each alarm is available via a set of alarm relay outputs located in the
four relay outputs on the back of the analyzer, only two of the outputs correspond
to the instrument’s two concentration alarms.
Table 3-7:
Alarm Relay Output Assignments
RELAY NAME
AL1
AL2
AL3
AL4
ASSIGNED
ALARM
CONCENTRATION
ALARM 1
CONCENTRATION
ALARM 2
ST_SYSTEM_OK21
SPARE
1 ST_SYSTEM OK2 is a second system OK status alarm available on some analyzers.
ALARM OUT
AL1
AL2
AL3
AL4
NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC NO C NC
CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION
ALARM 1 ALARM 2
ST_SYSTEM_OK2
(Optional Alert)
SPARE
Figure 3-10:
Alarm Relay Output Pin Assignments
Each of the two concentration relay outputs has 3-pin connections that allow the
relay to be connected for either normally open or normally closed operation.
Table 3-8:
RELAY
Concentration Alarm Relay Output Operation
RELAY PIN
STATE 1
FUNCTION
COMMENTS
NO
C
NC
Gas concentration level is above the trigger limit set for CONC_ALARM_1
DAS Trigger CONCW1 ACTIVATED
CONC ALARM1 WARN appears on Analyzer Display
Concentration
Alarm 1 Active
AL2
Concentration
Alarm 1 Inactive
Gas concentration level is below the trigger limit set for CONC_ALARM_1
Gas concentration level is above the trigger limit set for CONC_ALARM_2
DAS Trigger CONCW2 ACTIVATED
CONC ALARM2 WARN appears on Analyzer Display
Concentration
Alarm 2 Active
AL3
Concentration
Alarm 2 Inactive
Gas concentration level is below the trigger limit set for CONC_ALARM_2
1
NO = Normally Open operation. C = Common. NC = Normally Closed operation.
07272B DCN6552
42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.5.8. Connecting the Communications Interfaces
For RS-232 or RS-485 (option) communications through the analyzer’s serial
configuration and usage.
3.5.8.1. CONNECTING TO A LAN OR THE INTERNET
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet
cable from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet
access port.
NOTE
The T360 firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP. If your network also supports
DHCP, the analyzer will automatically configure its LAN connection appropriately (Section
configuring the LAN connection. This is the recommended configuration.
3.5.8.2. CONNECTING TO A PERSONAL COMPUTER (PC)
If the USB port is configured for direct communication between the analyzer and
a desktop or a laptop PC, connect a USB cable between the analyzer (rear panel)
and the PC or laptop USB ports, and follow the set-up instructions in Section
4.11.7. (RS-485 communication is not available with the USB com port option)
3.5.8.3. CONNECTING TO A MULTIDROP NETWORK (OPTION 62)
The multidrop option is used with any of the RS-232 serial ports to enable
communications of up to eight analyzers with the host computer over a chain of
RS-232 cables via the instruments COM1 port (labeled RS232. It is subject to
the distance limitations of the RS 232 standard.
For information on using and setting up this option (See Section 4.11.8).
07272B DCN6552
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.6. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS
CAUTION!
Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from SAMPLE
and EXHAUST ports on the rear panel!
3.6.1. Basic Pneumatic Connections
NOTE
In order to prevent dust from getting into the gas flow channels of your analyzer, it was shipped
with small plugs inserted into each of the pneumatic fittings on the back panel. Remove these
plugs before operating the analyzer. It is recommended that they be stored for future use (moving,
storing or shipping the analyzer).
Figure 3-11 illustrates the internal gas flow of the instrument in its basic
exhaust lines to the Model T360 Analyzer.
for their descriptions.
NOTE
Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE (Teflon), FEP, glass,
stainless steel or brass.
07272B DCN6552
44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 3-12:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas
Figure 3-13:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator
1. Attach a sample inlet line to the sample inlet port. The SAMPLE input line
should not be more than 2 meters long.
NOTE
Ideally, the pressure of the sample gas should be at ambient pressure (0 psig).
Maximum pressure of sample gas should not exceed 1.5 in-Hg over ambient.
In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a vent
must be placed as shown to equalize the sample gas with ambient atmospheric
pressure before it enters the analyzer. This vent line must be:
At least 0.2m long
No more than 2m long and vented outside the shelter or
immediate area surrounding the instrument.
2. Attach sources of zero air and span gas (see Figures 3-3 through 3-8
inclusive).
Span Gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition
of the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired
measurement range.
In the case of CO2 measurements made with the Teledyne Instruments Model
T360 Analyzer it is recommended that you use a gas calibrated to have a CO2
content equaling 80% of the range of compositions being measured.
07272B DCN6552
46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppm, an
appropriate Span Gas would be 400 ppm. If the application is to measure
between 0 ppm and 100 ppm, an appropriate Span Gas would be 80 ppm.
Span Gas can be purchased in pressurized canisters or created using
Dynamic Dilution Calibrator such as the Teledyne Instruments Model
T700 and a source of dried air scrubbed of CO2 such as a bottle of N2.
Zero Air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but
scrubbed of all components that might affect the analyzer’s readings.
In the case of CO2 measurements this means less than 0.1 ppm of CO2 and Water
Vapor (when dew point <-15˚C). Zero Air can be purchased in pressurized
canisters.
3. Attach an exhaust line to the exhaust outlet port.
The exhaust from the pump and vent lines should be vented to
atmospheric pressure using maximum of 10 meters of ¼” PTEF tubing.
CAUTION
Venting should be outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding
the instrument.
4. Attach a source of dried air scrubbed of CO2 to the purge inlet port.
NOTE
The minimum gas pressure of the source of purge air should be 7.5 psig.
If the source of the purge air is shared by a Teledyne Instruments T700 (e.g., Figure 3-13) the
minimum gas pressure should be 25 psig and should not exceed 35 psig.
5. Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all
pneumatic fittings for leaks using a procedure similar to that defined in
Section 6.3.3.
07272B DCN6552
47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.6.2. Connections with Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valve
zero and ambient span valve option (Option 50A).
Figure 3-14:
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves (OPT 50A)
Figure 3-15:
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves (Opt 50A) and
External Zero Air Scrubber
07272B DCN6552
48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
This valve option is intended for applications where zero air is supplied by a zero
air generator like a bottle of N2 and span gas are being supplied by Gas Dilution
Calibrator like the Teledyne Instruments Model 700 or 702. Internal zero/span
and sample/cal valves control the flow of gas through the instrument, but because
the calibrator limits the flow of span gas no shutoff valve is required.
In order to ensure that span gas does not migrate backwards through the vent line
and alter the concentration of the span gas, a gas line not less than 2 meters in
length should be attached to the vent span outlet on the rear panel of the analyzer.
To prevent the buildup of back pressure, this vent line should not be greater than
10 meters in length.
Sample / Cal
Valve
NO
NC
COM
COM
NC
NO
Zero / Span
Valve
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
Sample Gas
Flow Control
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
Purge Gas
Pressure Control
Figure 3-16:
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span
The following table describes the state of each valve during the analyzer’s
various operational modes.
Table 3-9:
Mode
Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valve Operating States
Valve
Condition
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Open to IZS inlet
SAMPLE
(Normal State)
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO/SPAN valve
Open to IZS inlet
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO/SPAN valve
Open to PRESSURE SPAN inlet
The minimum span gas flow rate required for this option is 800 cm3/min.
07272B DCN6552
49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
The state of the zero/span valves can also be controlled:
Manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the Signal I/O controls
located under the Diag Menu (Section 4.13),
By activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (Section 5.6),
Remotely by using the external digital control inputs (Section 4.15.1.2)
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (Section 4.15.2).
3.6.3. Connections with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valve Option
zero and pressurized span valve option (Option 50B).
Figure 3-17:
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (OPT 50B)
07272B DCN6552
50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
SAMPLE
Calibrated
CO2 Gas
at span gas
EXHAUST
VENT SPAN
VENT
concentration
Chassis
PRESSURE SPAN
External
Zero Air
IZS
Scrubber
N2
PURGE LINE
Figure 3-18:
Pneumatic Connections with Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves (Opt 50B) and
External Zero Air Scrubber
This option requires that both zero air and span gas be supplied from external
sources. It is specifically designed for applications where span gas will be
supplied from a pressurized bottle of calibrated CO2 gas. A critical flow control
orifice, internal to the instrument ensures that the proper flow rate is maintained.
An internal vent line, isolated by a shutoff valve ensures that the gas pressure of
the span gas is reduced to ambient atmospheric pressure. Normally zero air
would be supplied from zero air modules such as a Teledyne Instruments Model
701.
In order to ensure that span gas does not migrate backwards through the vent line
and alter the concentration of the span gas, a gas line not less than 2 meters in
length should be attached to the vent span outlet on the rear panel of the analyzer.
To prevent the buildup of back pressure, this vent line should not be greater than
10 meters in length.
07272B DCN6552
51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 3-19:
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves
The following table describes the state of each valve during the analyzer’s
various operational modes.
Table 3-10:
MODE
Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valve Operating States
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Open to IZS inlet
Closed
SAMPLE
(Normal State)
Shutoff Valve
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO/SPAN valve
Open to IZS inlet
Closed
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
Shutoff Valve
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to ZERO/SPAN valve
Open to SHUTOFF valve
Shutoff Valve
Open to PRESSURE SPAN Inlet
The minimum span gas flow rate required for this option is 800 cm3/min.
The state of the zero/span valves can also be controlled:
Manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O controls
By activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (Section 5.6)
Remotely by using the external digital control inputs (Section 4.15.1.2)
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (see Appendix A-6 for the
appropriate commands).
07272B DCN6552
52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.6.4. Pneumatic Connections in Multipoint Calibration Applications
Some applications may require multipoint calibration checks where span gas of
several different concentrations is needed. We recommend using high-
concentration, certified, calibration gas supplied to the analyzer through a Gas
Dilution Calibrator such as a Teledyne Instruments Model T700. This type of
calibrator precisely mixes Span Gas and Zero Air to produce any concentration
level between 0 ppm and the concentration of the calibrated gas.
Figure 3-20 depicts the pneumatic set up in this sort of application of a Model
T360 CO2 Analyzer with ambient zero/ambient span valve option installed (a
common configuration for this type of application).
Figure 3-20:
Example of Pneumatic Set up for Multipoint Calibration
3.6.5. Setting the Internal Purge Air Pressure
In order to maintain proper purge air flow though the GFC wheel housing, a
regulator includes two output ports. One is used to supply purge air to the GFC
wheel. The other may be used to attach a pressure gauge.
To adjust the internal purge air pressure of the T360:
1. Turn off the instrument.
2. Remove the source of zero air attached to the purge line inlet port at the
back of the analyzer.
3. Remove the analyzer’s top cover.
07272B DCN6552
53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4. Remove the cap from the second, unused, output port on the pressure
regulator.
5. Attach a pressure gauge capable of measuring in the 5-10 psig range with
0.5 psig resolution to the port.
6. Turn the instrument on.
7. Make sure the zero air supply to the analyzer’s purge line inlet is supplying
gas at a stable pressure above 7.5 psig.
8. Adjust the T360’s pressure regulator until the attached gauge reads 7.5 psig.
9. Turn off the instrument.
10. Remove the source of zero air attached to the purge line inlet port at the
back of the analyzer.
11. Remove the pressure gauge and reattach the end cap removed in step 4
above.
12. Replace the analyzer’s top cover.
3.7. INITIAL OPERATION
If you are unfamiliar with the T360 principles of operation, we recommend that
menus, see the menu trees described in Appendix A.
NOTE
The analyzer’s cover must be installed to ensure that the temperatures of the GFC wheel and
absorption cell assemblies are properly controlled.
3.7.1. Startup
After electrical and pneumatic connections are made, and initial functional check
is required. Turn on the instrument. The pump, exhaust fan and PMT cooler fan
should start immediately. The display will briefly show a logo splash screen at
the start of initialization.
The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the
boot-up sequence and start monitoring CO2 gas. However, there is an
approximately one hour warm-up period before reliable gas measurements can be
taken. During the warm-up period, the front panel display may show messages in
the Parameters field.
07272B DCN6552
54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.7.2. Warm Up
During the warm-up period various portions of the instrument’s front panel may
behave as indicated in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11: Front Panel Display During System Warm-Up
NAME
COLOR
BEHAVIOR
SIGNIFICANCE
Displays current,
compensated CO2
Concentration
This is normal operation, but deemed inaccurate during the
warm-up period.
Conc field
N/A
Displays current
mode, e.g.,
SAMPLE”
Instrument is in Sample mode but is still in the process of
warming up. (DAS holdoff period is active)
Mode field
N/A
N/A
and messages.
Param field
messages.
STATUS LEDs
Unit is operating in sample mode; front panel display is
being updated.
Sample
Green
On
Flashes On/Off when adaptive filter is active
The instrument’s calibration is not enabled.
Cal
Yellow
Red
Off
The analyzer is warming up and hence out of specification
for a fault-free reading. Various warning messages appear
in the Param field.
Fault
Blinking
3.7.3. Warning Messages
Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified
limits during the analyzer’s warm-up period, the software will suppress most
warning conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist
after the 30 minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the
To view and clear warning messages, press:
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
CAL MSG
CO2 = 0.00
TEST deactivates warning
TEST
CLR SETUP
messages
MSG activates warning
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.000 PPM
MSG
CO2 = 0.00
messages.
<TST TST> keys replaced with
< TST TST > CAL
CLR SETUP
TEST key
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
CO2 = 0.00
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
NOTE:
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a
real problem and not an artifact
of the warm-up period
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE mode
Make sure warning messages are
not due to real problems.
07272B DCN6552
55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 3-12 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during
start up.
Table 3-12: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up
MESSAGE
MEANING
The instrument’s A/D circuitry or one of its analog outputs is not calibrated.
The optical bench Temperature is outside the specified limits.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
BENCH TEMP WARNING
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was set to
turned on.
BOX TEMP WARNING
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was set to
turned on.
CANNOT DYN SPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
Configuration was reset to factory defaults or was erased.
Concentration alarm 1 is enabled and the measured CO2 level is ≥ the set
point.
CONC ALRM1 WARNING
Concentration alarm 2 is enabled and the measured CO2 level is ≥ the set
point.
CONC ALRM2 WARNING
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.
DAS data storage was erased.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
DATA INITIALIZED
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of warning limits.
The temperature of the IR photometer is outside the specified limits.
The CPU is unable to communicate with the motherboard.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
Sample gas pressure outside of operational parameters.
The temperature of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
The IR source may be faulty.
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
PHOTO TEMP WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
SAMPLE TEMP WARN
SOURCE WARNING
The computer was rebooted.
SYSTEM RESET
The Gas Filter Correlation wheel temperature is outside the specified limits.
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
07272B DCN6552
56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.7.4. Functional Checks
1. After the analyzer’s components has warmed up for at least 30 minutes,
verify that the software properly supports any hardware options that were
installed.
2. Check to make sure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable
operating parameters. Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable
from the analyzer’s front panel as well as their expected values. These
functions are also useful tools for diagnosing performance problems with
your analyzer (Section11.1.2). The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data
sheet (part number 04307) lists these values before the instrument left the
factory.
To view the current values of these parameters press the following button
sequence on the analyzer’s front panel. Remember until the unit has completed
its warm up these parameters may not have stabilized.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 = XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
RANGE
RANGE11
RANGE21
O2 RANGE2
STABIL
Toggle <TST TST> buttons
to scroll through list of
MEAS
REF
MR RATIO
PRES
SAMP FL
SAMP TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
1 Only appears instrument is set
for DUAL or AUTO reporting
range modes.
OFFSET
TEST
TIME
2 Only appears if O2 Sensor
Option is installed.
3. If your network is running a dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)
software package, the Ethernet feature will automatically configure its
for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network. However, for
permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used. (See
Section 4.11.6.2).
07272B DCN6552
57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3.8. INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
The next task is to calibrate the analyzer.
To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and span
gas available for input into the sample port on the back of the analyzer. See
While it is possible to perform this procedure with any range setting we
recommend that you perform this initial checkout using the 500 ppm range.
The following procedure assumes that the instrument does not have any of
the available Zero/Span Valve Options installed. See Section 5.4 for
instructions for calibrating instruments with Z/S valve options.
1. Set the Analog Output Range:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET UNIT
Press this button to select the
concentration units of measure:
Press this button to set
the analyzer for SNGL
DUAL or AUTO ranges
PPB, PPM, UGM, MGM
SETUP X.X
RANGE: 500.000 CONC
0
0
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the RANGE CONTROL
MENU.
To change the value of the
reporting range span, enter the
number by pressing the key under
each digit until the expected value
appears.
ENTR accepts the new setting and
returns to the
SETUP X.X
RANGE: 500.000 Conc
.0
RANGE CONTROL MENU.
0
0
0
5
0
ENTR EXIT
07272B DCN6552
58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
2. Set the expected CO2 span gas concentration
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
This sequence causes the
analyzer to prompt for the
expected CO2 span
concentration.
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
The CO2 span
concentration values
automatically default to
400.0 Conc.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
display.
ENTR accepts the new setting
and returns to the
M-P CAL
CO2 SPAN CONC: 400.000 Conc
To change this value to
the actual concentration of
the span gas, enter the
number by pressing the
button under each digit
until the expected value
appears.
0
0
0
4
5
.0
ENTR EXIT
previous display..
NOTE
For this Initial Calibration it is important to independently verify the precise CO2 Concentration
Value of the SPAN gas.
If the source of the Span Gas is from a Calibrated Bottle, use the exact concentration value
printed on the bottle.
07272B DCN6552
59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
3. Perform the Zero/Span Calibration Procedure
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show the
STABIL test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the COx
< TST TST > CAL
measurement
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CONC
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
Press ENTR to changes the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ENTR
CONC
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
STABIL may jump
significantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 1.0 ppm
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
The SPAN button now
appears during the
transition from zero to
span..
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
SPAN CONC
If either the ZERO or
SPAN buttons fail to
appear see Section 11
for troubleshooting tips.
Press ENTR to change the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
< TST TST > ENTR SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
CONC EXIT
EXIT returns to the main
SAMPLE display
< TST TST > ENTR
07272B DCN6552
60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.8.1. Initial O2 Sensor Calibration Procedure
If your instrument includes the O2 sensor option, that should be calibrated as well.
3.8.1.1. O2 SENSOR CALIBRATION SETUP
The pneumatic connections for calibrating are as follows:
Figure 3-21:
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up
O2 SENSOR ZERO GAS: Teledyne Instruments’ recommends using pure N2
when calibration the zero point of your O2 sensor option.
O2 SENSOR SPAN GAS: Teledyne Instruments’ recommends using 21% O2 in
N2 when calibration the span point of your O2 sensor option.
07272B DCN6552
61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.8.1.2. O2 CALIBRATION METHOD
STEP 1 – SET O2 SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION :
Set the expected O2 span gas concentration.
This should be equal to the percent concentration of the O2 span gas of the
selected reporting range (default factory setting = 20.8%; the approximate O2
content of ambient air).
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CAL
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:CO2
CO2 O2
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
A1:NXCNC1 =100PPM
NOX=X.XXX
EXIT
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMPLE
GAS TO CAL:O2
NOX O2
ENTR EXIT
M-P CAL
0
O2 SPAN CONC:20.8%
.8
EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to
the previous display.
2
0
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to
the previous menu.
The O2 span concentration value automatically defaults to
20.8 %.
If this is not the the concentration of the span gas being
used, toggle these buttons to set the correct concentration
of the O2 calibration gases.
07272B DCN6552
63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
STEP 2 – ACTIVATE O2 SENSOR STABILITY FUNCTION
To change the stability test function from NOx concentration to the O2 sensor
output, press:
NOTE
Use the same procedure to reset the STB test function to CO2 when the O2 calibration procedure
is complete.
07272B DCN6552
64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Getting Started
STEP 4 – O2 Zero/Span Calibration perform by pressing:
The analyzer is now ready for operation.
07272B DCN6552
65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
NOTE
Once you have completed the preceding set-up procedures, please fill out the Quality
Questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and return it to Teledyne Instruments.
This information is vital to our efforts in continuously improving our service and our products.
THANK YOU.
07272B DCN6552
66
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
To assist in navigating the analyzer’s software, a series of menu trees can be
found in Appendix A-1 of this manual.
NOTES
The flow charts appearing in this contain typical representations of the analyzer’s display during the
various operations being described. These representations may differ slightly from the actual display of
your instrument.
The ENTR button may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that
parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an
allowable value, the ENTR button will re-appear.
4.1. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
The T360 software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly, the
analyzer will be operating in SAMPLE mode. In this mode, a continuous read-
out of the CO2 concentration is displayed on the front panel and output as an
analog voltage from rear panel terminals, calibrations can be performed, and
TEST functions and WARNING messages can be examined.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used
for performing certain configuration operations, such as for the DAS system, the
reporting ranges, or the serial (RS-232/RS-485/Ethernet) communication
channels. The SET UP mode is also used for performing various diagnostic tests
during troubleshooting.
Figure 4-1:
Front Panel Display
07272B DCN6552
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
The Mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating
mode the unit is currently running.
Besides SAMPLE and SETUP, other modes the analyzer can be operated in are:
Table 4-1:
Analyzer Operating Modes
MODE
DIAG
MEANING
M-P CAL
This is the basic, multi-point calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing
the CAL button.
SAMPLE
SAMPLE A
SETUP
Sampling normally, flashing indicates adaptive filter is on.
Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE Mode and AUTOCAL feature is activated.
SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer (CO2 sampling will continue during this
process).
SPAN CAL A
Unit is performing span cal procedure initiated automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL
feature.
SPAN CAL M
SPAN CAL R
Unit is performing span cal procedure initiated manually by the user.
Unit is performing span cal procedure initiated remotely via the RS-232, RS-4485 or digital i/o
control inputs.
ZERO CAL A
Unit is performing zero cal procedure initiated automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL
feature.
ZERO CAL M
ZERO CAL R
Unit is performing zero cal procedure initiated manually by the user.
Unit is performing zero cal procedure initiated remotely via the RS-232, RS-4485 or digital I/O
control inputs.
Finally, the various CAL modes allow calibration of the analyzer. Because of its
importance, this mode is described separately in Section 5.
4.2. SAMPLE MODE
This is the analyzer’s standard operating mode. In this mode the instrument is
analyzing the gas in the sample chamber, calculating CO2 concentration and
reporting this information to the user via the front panel display, the analog
outputs and, if set up properly, the RS-232/485/Ethernet ports.
NOTE
A value of “XXXX” displayed in the CO2 Concentration field means that the M/R ratio is invalid
because CO2 REF is either too high (> 4950 mVDC) or too low (< 1250 VDC).
07272B DCN6552
68
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.2.1. Test Functions
Test functions are shown on the front panel display while the analyzer is in
SAMPLE mode. They provide information about the present operating status of
the instrument and can be used troubleshooting and can be recorded in one of the
Table 4-2:
PARAMETER
Range
Test Functions Defined
DISPLAY
RANGE
UNITS
MEANING
The full scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzer is
currently set. THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument.
PPB, PPM,
UGM, MGM
RANGE11
RANGE21
O2 Range
Stability
O2 RANGE
STABIL
%
The range setting for the O2 Sensor
PPB, PPM
UGM, MGM
Standard deviation of CO2 concentration readings. Data points are
recorded every ten seconds using the last 25 data points.
CO2 Measure
The demodulated, peak IR detector output during the measure
portion of the GFC Wheel cycle.
MEAS
REF
MV
MV
CO2 Reference
The demodulated, peak IR detector output during the reference
portion of the GFC wheel cycle.
Measurement /
Reference Ratio
The result of CO2 MEAS divided by CO2 REF. This ratio is the
primary value used to compute CO2 concentration. The value
displayed is not linearized.
MR Ratio
PRES
-
Sample Pressure
Sample Flow
The absolute pressure of the Sample gas as measured by a
pressure sensor located inside the sample chamber.
In-Hg-A
cc/min
Sample mass flow rate. This is computed from the differential
between the pressures measured up-stream and down-stream of the
sample critical flow orifice pressures.
SAMPLE FL
Sample
Temperature
SAMP TEMP
The temperature of the gas inside the sample chamber.
Optical bench temperature.
C
Bench
Temperature
BENCH TEMP
C
Wheel
Temperature
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
Filter wheel temperature.
C
C
C
Box Temperature
The temperature inside the analyzer chassis.
O2 sensor cell temperature.
O2 Cell
O2 CELL
TEMP2
Temperature2
Photo-detector
Temp. Control
Voltage
The drive voltage being supplied to the thermoelectric coolers of the
IR photo-detector by the sync/demod Board.
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
mV
Slope
The sensitivity of the instrument as calculated during the last
calibration activity. The SLOPE parameter is used to set the span
calibration point of the analyzer.
-
-
Offset
The overall offset of the instrument as calculated during the last
calibration activity. The OFFSET parameter is used to set the zero
point of the analyzer response.
OFFSET
O2 Sensor Slope 2
O2 Sensor Offset 2
O2 SLOPE
-
-
O2 slope, computed during zero/span calibration.
O2 offset, computed during zero/span calibration.
O2 OFFSET
Test channel
output signal
Displays the signal level of the TEST analog output channel. Only
appears when the TEST channel has been activated.
TEST
mV, mA
Current Time
The current time. This is used to create a time stamp on DAS
readings, and by the AUTOCAL feature to trigger calibration events.
TIME
-
1 Only appears when the instrument’s reporting range mode is set for DUAL or AUTO
2 Only appears when the optional O2 sensor is installed.
07272B DCN6552
69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To view the TEST Functions press:
SAMPLE RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 = XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
RANGE
RANGE11
RANGE21
O2 RANGE
STABIL
Toggle <TST TST> buttons
to scroll through list of
MEAS
REF
MR RATIO
PRES
Refer to
Table 6-2 for
definitions of
these test
SAMP FL
SAMP TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
functions.
1 Only appears instrument is set
for DUAL or AUTO reporting
range modes.
OFFSET
TEST
TIME
2 Only appears if O2 Sensor
Option is installed.
Figure 4-2:
Viewing TEST Functions
NOTE
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an out-of-range reading or
the analyzer’s inability to calculate it.
All pressure measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure. Absolute, atmospheric
pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It decreases about 1 in-Hg per 300 m gain in altitude. A
variety of factors such as air conditioning and passing storms can cause changes in the absolute
atmospheric pressure.
4.2.2. Warning Messages
The most common instrument failures will be reported as a warning on the
and clear warning messages.
Table 4-3 lists warning messages for the current version of software.
07272B DCN6552
70
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Table 4-3:
List of Warning Messages
MEANING
MESSAGE
The instrument’s A/D circuitry or one of its analog outputs is not calibrated.
The Temperature of the optical bench is outside the specified limits.
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was set to turned on
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was set to turned on
Configuration was reset to factory defaults or was erased.
Concentration alarm 1 is enabled and the measured CO2 level is ≥ the set point.
Concentration alarm 2 is enabled and the measured CO2 level is ≥ the set point.
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.
DAS data storage was erased.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
BENCH TEMP WARNING
BOX TEMP WARNING
CANNOT DYN SPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CONC ALRM1 WARNING
CONC ALRM2 WARNING
CONFIG INITIALIZED
DATA INITIALIZED
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of warning limits.
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
PHOTO TEMP WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
SAMPLE TEMP WARN
SOURCE WARNING
The temperature of the IR photometer is outside the specified limits.
The CPU is unable to communicate with the motherboard.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
Sample gas pressure outside of operational parameters.
The temperature of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
The IR source may be faulty.
The computer was rebooted.
SYSTEM RESET
The Gas Filter Correlation wheel temperature is outside the specified limits.
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
07272B DCN6552
71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To view and clear warning messages:
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
CAL
CO2 = 0.00
TEST deactivates warning
TEST
MSG
CLR SETUP
messages
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.000 PPM
MSG
CO2 = 0.00
MSG displays warning messages.
< TST TST > CAL
CLR SETUP
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
CO2 = 0.00
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
NOTE:
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a
real problem and not an artifact
of the warm-up period
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE mode
Figure 4-3:
Viewing and Clearing T360 WARNING Messages
4.3. CALIBRATION MODE
Pressing the CAL button switches the T360 into multi-point calibration mode. In
this mode, the user can calibrate the instrument or check the instruments
calibration with the use of calibrated zero or span gases.
If the instrument includes either the zero/span valve option or IZS option, the
display will also include CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing either of these
buttons also puts the instrument into multipoint calibration mode.
CALZ is used to initiate a calibration of the zero point.
CALS is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer. It is recommended
that this span calibration is performed at 90% of full scale of the analyzer’s
currently selected reporting range.
Because of their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are
the valve options, see Section 3.6.
07272B DCN6552
72
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.4. SETUP MODE
The SETUP mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the
analyzer’s hardware and software features, perform diagnostic procedures, gather
information on the instruments performance and configure or access data from
the internal data acquisition system (DAS). For a visual representation of the
software menu trees, refer to Appendix A. The areas access under the Setup mode
Table 4-4:
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions
TOUCHSCREEN
BUTTON
MODE OR
FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
Analyzer
Configuration
CFG
Lists key hardware and software configuration information
Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature.
Auto Cal Feature
ACAL
Only appears if the analyzer has one of the internal valve
options installed
Internal Data
Acquisition (DAS)
DAS
Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data
Analog Output
Reporting Range
Configuration
Used to configure the output signals generated by the
instruments Analog outputs.
RNGE
Calibration
Password Security
PASS
CLK
Turns the calibration password feature ON/OFF
Used to Set or adjust the instrument’s internal clock
Internal Clock
Configuration
Advanced SETUP
MORE
This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu
Features
Table 4-5:
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions
TOUCHSCREEN
MODE OR FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
BUTTON
Used to set up and operate the analyzer’s various
external I/O channels including RS-232; RS-485,
modem communication and/or Ethernet access.
External Communication
Channel Configuration
COMM
VARS
DIAG
Used to view various variables related to the
instruments current operational status
System Status Variables
Used to access a variety of functions that are used to
configure, test or diagnose problems with a variety of
the analyzer’s basic systems
System Diagnostic Features
CO2 Concentration Alarms
Used to activate the analyzer’s two gas concentration
status alarms and set the alarm limits
ALRM
NOTE
Press ENTR to accept/apply changes made to a variable.
Press EXIT to ignore the change(s). (There will be an audible alert that the change has been lost).
07272B DCN6552
73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.5. SETUP CFG: VIEWING THE ANALYZER’S
CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument configuration information. This
display lists the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software
library revision, CPU type and other information. Use this information to
identify the software and hardware when contacting Technical Support. Special
instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
Press NEXT and PREV to scroll through the
following list of Configuration information:
MODEL NAME
PART NUMBER
SAMPLE
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Press EXIT at any
time to return to the
SAMPLE display
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION1
HESSEN PROTOCOL REVISION1
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
ACTIVE SPECIAL SOFTWARE
OPTIONS1
SAMPLE
T360 CO2 ANALYZER
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to SETUP
menu
CPU TYPE
DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION
SAVED
NEXT PREV
1Only appears if relevant option of Feature is active.
4.6. SETUP ACAL: AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION
Instruments with one of the internal valve options installed can be set to
automatically run calibration procedures and calibration checks. These automatic
procedures are programmed using the submenus and functions found under the
ACAL menu.
A menu tree showing the ACAL menu’s entire structure can be found in
Appendix A-1 of this manual.
07272B DCN6552
74
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7. SETUP DAS: USING THE DATA ACQUISITION
SYSTEM (DAS)
The T360 analyzer contains a flexible and powerful, internal data acquisition
system (DAS) that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data
as well as a host of diagnostic parameters. The DAS of the T360 can storeseveral
months worth of measurements, depending on how it is configured. The data are
stored in non-volatile memory and are retained even when the instrument is
powered off. Data are stored in plain text format for easy retrieval and use in
common data analysis programs (such as spreadsheet-type programs).
The DAS is designed to be flexible, users have full control over the type, length
and reporting time of the data. The DAS permits users to access stored data
through the instrument’s front panel or its communication ports. Using
APICOM, data can even be retrieved automatically to a remote computer for
further processing.
The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive
diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect
the functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis,
documentation and archival in electronic format.
To support the DAS functionality, Teledyne API offers APICOM, a program that
provides a visual interface for remote or local setup, configuration and data
with the program, contains a more detailed description of the DAS structure and
configuration.
The T360 is configured with a basic DAS configuration, which is enabled by
default. New data channels are also enabled by default but each channel may be
turned off for later or occasional use. Note that DAS operation is suspended
while its configuration is edited through the front panel. To prevent such data
loss, it is recommended to use the APICOM graphical user interface for DAS
changes.
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the
analyzer status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:
Table 4-6:
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions
LED STATE
DAS Status
OFF
BLINKING
ON
System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode.
Calibration data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods, concentration data are
typically not sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.
Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system exits calibrations. DAS
channels can be enabled or disabled for this period. Concentration data are typically disabled
whereas diagnostic should be collected.
Sampling normally.
The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data
channels.
07272B DCN6552
75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.1. DAS Structure
The DAS is designed around the feature of a “record”. A record is a single data
point of one parameter, stored in one (or more) data channels and generated by
one of several triggering event. The entire DAS configuration is stored in a
script, which can be edited from the front panel or downloaded, edited and
uploaded to the instrument in form of a string of plain-text lines through the
communication ports.
DAS data are defined by the PARAMETER type and are stored through different
triggering EVENTS in data CHANNELS, which relate triggering events to data
parameters and define certain operational functions related to the recording and
reporting of the data.
4.7.1.1. DAS CHANNELS
The key to the flexibility of the DAS is its ability to store a large number of
combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data
channels. Users may create up to 20 data channels; each channel can contain one
or more parameters. For each channel one triggering event is selected and up to
50 data parameters, which can be the same or different between channels. Each
data channel has several properties that define the structure of the channel and
allow the user to make operational decisions regarding the channel (Table 4-7).
Table 4-7:
DAS Data Channel Properties
PROPERTY
NAME
DESCRIPTION
The name of the data channel.
DEFAULT
“NONE”
SETTING RANGE
Up to 6 letters and digits
(more with APICOM,
but only the first six are
displayed on the front
panel).
TRIGGERIN The event that triggers the data channel to measure and
ATIMER
See Appendix A-5 For a
complete list.
G EVENT
store its data parameters. See APPENDIX A-5 for a list
of available triggering events.
NUMBER & A user-configurable list of data types to be recorded in
1 – DETMES See Appendix A-5 For a
PARAMET
ER LIST
any given channel. See APPENDIX A-5 for a list of
available parameters
complete list.
STARTING The starting date when a channel starts collecting data
01-JAN-03
000:01:00
Any actual date in the
past or future.
DATE
SAMPLE
PERIOD
The amount of time between each data point that is
averaged into one mean reported every REPORT
PERIOD.
000:00:01 to 366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
REPORT
PERIOD
The amount of time between each channel data point.
000:01:00
100
000:00:01 to
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
NUMBER
OF
The number of reports that will be stored in the data file.
Once the specified limit has been exceeded, the oldest
1 to 1 million, limited by
available storage space.
RECORDS data are over-written to make space for new data.
RS-232
REPORT
Enables the analyzer to automatically report channel
values to the RS-232 ports.
OFF
ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CHANNEL
ENABLED
Enables or disables the channel. Provides a convenient
means to temporarily disable a data channel.
07272B DCN6552
76
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
PROPERTY
DESCRIPTION
DEFAULT
OFF
SETTING RANGE
OFF or ON
CAL HOLD Disables sampling of data parameters while instrument is
OFF
in calibration mode.
(Section 4.7.2.13)
When enabled here – there is also a length of the DAS
HOLD OFF after calibration mode, which is set in the
VARS menu.
4.7.1.2. DAS PARAMETERS
Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the DAS.
For each Teledyne Instruments analyzer model, the list of available data
parameters is different, fully defined and not customizable. Appendix A-5 lists
firmware specific data parameters for the analyzer. DAS parameters include
things like CO2 concentration measurements, temperatures of the various heaters
placed around the analyzer, pressures and flows of the pneumatic subsystem and
other diagnostic measurements as well as calibration data such as slope and
offset.
Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppb,
cm³/min, etc., although some parameters have no units. With the exception of
concentration readings, none of these units of measure can be changed. To
Note
DAS does not keep track of the unit of each concentration value, and DAS data files may contain
concentrations in multiple units if the unit was changed during data acquisition.
Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are
recorded:
Table 4-8:
DAS Data Parameter Functions
FUNCTION
EFFECT
PARAMETER
Instrument-specific parameter name.
INST: Records instantaneous reading.
SAMPLE MODE
AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.
MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
SDEV: Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting interval.
Decimal precision of parameter value (0-4).
PRECISION
STORE NUM.
SAMPLES
OFF: stores only the average (default).
ON: stores the average and the number of samples in each average for a parameter. This
property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the number of samples
is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified only for one of the
parameters in that channel.
Users can specify up to 50 parameters per data channel (the T360 provides about
30 parameters). However, the number of parameters and channels is ultimately
limited by available memory.
07272B DCN6552
77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.1.3. DAS TRIGGERING EVENTS
Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any
given data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific and a complete list
of Triggers for this model analyzer can be found in Appendix A-5. The most
commonly used triggering events are:
ATIMER: Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer. Most
trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals, which can be
instantaneous or averaged.
EXITZR, EXITSP, SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change): Sampling at
the end of (irregularly occurring) calibrations or when the response slope
changes. These triggering events create instantaneous data points, e.g., for
the new slope and offset (concentration response) values at the end of a
calibration. Zero and slope values are valuable to monitor response drift and
to document when the instrument was calibrated.
WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several
warning messages appears such as WTEMPW (GFC wheel temperature
warning) or PPRESW (purge pressure warning). This is helpful for trouble-
shooting by monitoring when a particular warning occurred.
4.7.2. Default DAS Channels
A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzer’s software for
logging CO2 concentration and certain predictive diagnostic data. These default
channels include but are not limited to:
CONC: Samples CO2 concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average
every hour with a time and date stamp. Readings during calibration and
calibration hold off are not included in the data. By default, the last 800 hourly
averages are stored.
PNUMTC: Collects sample flow and sample pressure data at five minute
intervals and stores an average once a day with a time and date stamp. This data
is useful for monitoring the condition of the pump and critical flow orifice
(sample flow) and the sample filter (clogging indicated by a drop in sample
pressure) over time to predict when maintenance will be required. The last 360
daily averages (about 1 year) are stored.
CALDAT: Logs new slope and offset every time a zero or span calibration is
performed. This Data Channel also records the instrument readings just prior to
performing a calibration. This information is useful for performing predictive
diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule (see Section 8.1).
STBZRO: Logs the concentration stability, the electronic output of the IR
detector of the most recent measure phase and the measure/reference ratio every
time the instrument exits the zero calibration mode. Data from the last 200 zero
calibrations is stored. A time and date stamp is recorded for every data point
logged. This information is useful for performing predictive diagnostics as part
of a regular maintenance schedule (see Section 8.1).
STBSPN: Logs the electronic output of the IR detector of the most recent
measure phase and the measure/reference ratio every time the instrument exits
07272B DCN6552
78
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
span calibration mode. Data from the last 200 zero calibrations is stored. A time
and date stamp is recorded for every data point logged. This information is useful
for performing predictive diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule
(see Section 8.1).
TEMP: Samples the analyzer’s bench temperature, box temperature and PHT
cooler drive voltage every five minutes and records an average once every six
hours. Data from the last 400 averaging periods is recorded. A time and date
stamp is recorded for every data point logged. This information is useful for
performing predictive diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule (see
Section 8.1).
Note
The CALDAT, STBZRO and STBSPN channels collect data based on events (e.g. a calibration
operation) rather than a timed interval. This does not represent any specific length of time since it
is dependent on how often calibrations are performed.
07272B DCN6552
79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Triggering Events and Data Parameters/Functions for these default channels are:
LIST OF CHANNELS
LIST OF PARAMETERS
NAME: CONC
LIST OF PARAMETERS
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETER: CONC1
REPORT PERIOD: 000:01:00
MODE: AVG
NO. OF RECORDS: 800
PRECISION: 1
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
PARAMETER: SMPLFLW
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: PNUMTC
CAL HOLD OFF: ON
EVENT: ATIMER
REPORT PERIOD: 001:00:00
NO. OF RECORDS: 360
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
PARAMETER: SMPLPRS
MODE: AVG
PARAMETER: SLOPE1
MODE: INST
PRECISION:3
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: CALDAT
EVENT: SLPCHG
PARAMETER: OFSET1
REPORT PERIOD: N/A
MODE: INST
NO. OF RECORDS:200
PRECISION: 1
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
PARAMETER: STABIL
MODE: INST
PRECISION:2
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PARAMETER: ZSCNC1
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: STBZRO
EVENT: EXITZR
PARAMETER: DETMES
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
REPORT PERIOD: N/A
NO. OF RECORDS:200
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PARAMETER: DETMES
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
PARAMETER: RATIO
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 3
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: STBSPN
EVENT: EXITSP
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
REPORT PERIOD: N/A
NO. OF RECORDS:200
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PARAMETER: RATIO
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 3
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: BNTEMP
MODE: AVG
PRECISION:1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: TEMP
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETER: BOXTMP
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
REPORT PERIOD: 000:06:00
NO. OF RECORDS:400
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
PARAMETER: PHTDRV
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
Figure 4-4:
Default DAS Channels Setup
These default Data Channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized
from the front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be deleted to
make room for custom user-programmed Data Channels.
Appendix A-5 lists the firmware-specific DAS configuration in plain-text format.
This text file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded
to the instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent
to the analyzer.
NOTE
Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will replace the existing
configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up any existing data and the DAS configuration
before uploading new settings.
07272B DCN6552
80
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
These default Data Channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized
from the front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be deleted to
make room for custom user-programmed Data Channels.
Appendix A-5 lists the firmware-specific DAS configuration in plain-text format.
This text file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded
to the instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent
to the analyzer.
NOTE
Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will replace the existing
configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up any existing data and the DAS configuration
before uploading new settings.
4.7.2.1. DAS CONFIGURATION LIMITS
The number of DAS objects are limited by the instrument’s finite storage
capacity. For information regarding the maximum number of channels,
parameters, and records and how to calculate the file size for each data channel,
refer to the DAS manual downloadable from the TAPI website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/.
4.7.2.2. VIEWING DAS DATA AND SETTINGS
DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following
touchscreen buttons sequence.
07272B DCN6552
81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
TOUCHSCREEN BUTTON FUNCTIONS
BUTTON
FUNCTION
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
<PRM
PRM>
Moves to the next Parameter
Moves to the previous
Parameter
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
NX10
NEXT
PREV
PV10
Moves the view forward 10
data points/channels
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
Moves to the next data
point/channel
Moves to the previous data
point/channel
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
Moves the view back 10 data
points/channels
VIEW EDIT
Buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X
CONC : DATA AVAILABLE
NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 NXCNC1=0.0 PPM
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 <PRM PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PNUMTC: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 SMPFLW=000.0 cc / m
<PRM
PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CALDAT: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 NXSLP1=0.000
<PRM PRM>
PV10 PREV
EXIT
SETUP X.X
STBZRO: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 STABIL=0.000
<PRM PRM>
PV10 PREV
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
STBSPN: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 DETMES=0.000
<PRM PRM>
PV10 PREV
SETUP X.X
TEMP: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 BOXTMP=0.000
<PRM PRM>
PV10 PREV
07272B DCN6552
82
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.3. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNELS
DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote
control program. The following list of menu buttons shows how to edit using the
front panel.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT will return to the
previous SAMPLE
display.
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Main Data Acquisition Menu
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
8
1
ENTR EXIT
Edit Data Channel Menu
Moves the
display up &
down the list of
Data Channels
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
Exits to the Main
Data Acquisition
Menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Exports the
Inserts a new Data
Channel into the list
BEFORE the Channel
configuration of all
data channels to
RS-232 interface.
currently being displayed
Deletes The Data
Channel currently
being displayed
Moves the display
between the
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
Exits returns to the
previous Menu
PROPERTIES for this
data channel.
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
EXIT
Reports the configuration of current
data channels to the RS-232 ports.
Allows to edit the channel name, see next key sequence.
07272B DCN6552
83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters. For example, the display line:
0) CONC: ATIMER, 4, 800
translates to the following configuration:
Channel No.: 0
NAME: CONC
TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: Four parameters are included in this channel
EVENT: This channel is set up to record 800 data points.
To edit the name of a data channel, follow the above touchscreen button sequence
and then press:
From the end of the previous button sequence …
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
C
O
N
C
-
-
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT ignores thenew string
and returns to the previous
menu.
Press each button repeatedly to cycle through
the available character set:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ]
{ } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
07272B DCN6552
84
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.4. TRIGGER EVENTS
To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel, press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
Exits to the Main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT ignores the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<PREV NEXT>
ENTR
EXIT
Press each button repeatedly to cycle through
the list of available trigger events.
4.7.2.5. EDITING DAS PARAMETERS
Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting
other data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during
adding, deleting or editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be
lost, because the DAS can store only data of one format (number of parameter
columns etc.) for any given channel. In addition, a DAS configuration can only
be uploaded remotely as an entire set of channels. Hence, remote update of the
DAS will always delete all current channels and stored data.
07272B DCN6552
85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in Section
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(SETUP> DAS)
Edit Data Channel Menu
Exits to themain
Data Acquisition
menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> button until…
SETUP X.X
PARAMETERS:1
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)
YES will delete
all data in that
entire channel.
NO returns to
the previous
menu and
YES NO
retains all data.
Edit Data Parameter Menu
Moves the
display between
existing
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=CONC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT
EXIT
Parameters
Inserts a new Parameter
before the currently
displayed Parameter
Use to configure
the functions for
this Parameter.
Deletes the Parameter
currently displayed.
07272B DCN6552
86
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To configure a specific data parameter, press:
FROM THE EDIT DATA PARAMETER MENU
(see previous section)
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=CONC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS:CONC1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS: 1
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
If more than on parameter is active for
this channel, these cycle through list of
existing Parameters.
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE:AVG
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE: INST
INST AVG MIN MAX
EXIT
Press the button for the desired mode
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
SETUP X.X PRECISION: 1
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PRECISION: 1
1
EXIT
Set for 0-4
<SET Returns to
previous
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
Functions
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Turn ON or OFF
07272B DCN6552
87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.2.6. SAMPLE PERIOD AND REPORT PERIOD
The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken
and permanently recorded: Sample Period and Report Period.
SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a
sample reading of the parameter in volatile memory. The SAMPLE PERIOD
is set to one minute by default and generally cannot be accessed from the
standard DAS front panel menu, but is available via the instruments
communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data
protocol.
SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when the DAS parameter’s sample mode is
set for AVG, MIN or MAX.
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile
memory are processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated)
and the results stored permanently in the instruments Disk-on-Module as well
as transmitted via the analyzer’s communication ports. The REPORT
PERIOD may be set from the front panel.
If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports an
instantaneous reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen
REPORT PERIOD
In AVG, MIN or MAX sample modes, the settings for the SAMPLE PERIOD
and the REPORT PERIOD determine the number of data points used each time
the average, minimum or maximum is calculated, stored and reported to the com
ports. The actual sample readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen
REPORT PERIOD.
Also, the SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are
synchronized to the beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the
instruments internal clock.
If SAMPLE PERIOD were set for one minute the first reading would occur at
the beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument’s internal
clock.
If the REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour the first report activity
would occur at the beginning of the next full hour according to the
instrument’s internal clock.
EXAMPLE: Given the above settings, if DAS were activated at 7:57:35 the
first sample would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at
8:00 consisting of data points for 7:58, 7:59 and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00) the instrument will take a sample
reading every minute and include 60 sample readings.
When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument will
also store how many sample readings were used for the AVG, MIN or MAX
calculation but not the readings themselves.
07272B DCN6552
88
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.7. REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS POWERED OFF
If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the
samples accumulated so far during that period are lost. Once the instrument is
turned back on, the DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile
memory as part of the REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart.
At the end of this REPORT PERIOD only the sample readings taken since the
instrument was turned back on will be included in any AVG, MIN or MAX
calculation. Also, the STORE NUM. SAMPLES feature will report the number
of sample readings taken since the instrument was restarted.
To define the REPORT PERIOD, follow the instruction shown in Section
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 4.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
Use the PREV and NEXT
buttons to scroll to the
data channel to be edited.
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu.
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until you reach REPORT PERIOD …
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIOD:000:01:00
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
Set the number of days
between reports (0-366).
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Press buttons to set hours
between reports in the format :
HH:MM (max: 23:59). This is a
24 hour clock . PM hours are 13
thru 23, midnight is 00:00.
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:TIME:01:01
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
0
1
0
0
IIf at any time an illegal entry is selected (e.g., days > 366)
the ENTR button will disappear from the display.
Example 2:15 PM = 14:15
07272B DCN6552
89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.2.8. NUMBER OF RECORDS
Although the DAS can capture several months worth of data, the number of data
records in the T360 is limited by the total number of parameters and channels and
other settings in the DAS configuration. Every additional data channel,
parameter, number of samples setting etc. will reduce the maximum amount of
data points somewhat. In general, however, the maximum data capacity is
divided amongst all channels (max: 20) and parameters (max: 50 per channel).
The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from
specifying too many records at any given point. If, for example, the DAS
memory space can accommodate 375 more data records, the ENTR key will
disappear when trying to specify more tha That number of records. This check
for memory space may also make an upload of a DAS configuration with
APICOM or a Terminal program fail, if the combined number of records would
be exceeded. In this case, it is suggested to either try from the front panel what
the maximum number of records can be or use trial-and-error in designing the
DAS script or calculate the number of records using the DAS or APICOM
manuals. To set the number of records for one channel from the front panel,
press SETUP-DAS-EDIT-ENTR and the following touchscreen button sequence.
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 6.12.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1 2,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
NUMBER OF RECORDS:000
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT RECOPRDS (DELET DATA)
NO returns to the
previous menu.
YES will delete all data
in this channel.
YES
NO
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to theprevious
menu.
Toggle buttons to set
number of records
(1-99999)
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
ENTR EXIT
0
0
0
0
0
07272B DCN6552
90
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.9. RS-232 REPORT FUNCTION
The T360 DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where
they can be captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the
user.
To enable automatic COM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in Section
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 4.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
Toggle to turn
reporting ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
4.7.2.10. COMPACT REPORT
When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports.
Instead of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five
parameters are reported in one line.
4.7.2.11. STARTING DATE
This option allows to specify a starting date for any given channel in case the user
wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the Starting
Date is in the past, the DAS ignores this setting.
07272B DCN6552
91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.2.12. DISABLING/ENABLING DATA CHANNELS
Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear
on the disk-on-chip. The ALL_01 channel of the T360, for example, is disabled
by default.
press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 4.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> key until…
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
Toggle to turn
channel ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
07272B DCN6552
92
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.7.2.13. HOLDOFF FEATURE
The DAS HOLDOFF feature allows to prevent data collection during calibrations
and during the DAS_HOLDOFF period enabled and specified in the VARS
in Section 4.7.2.2 then press:
From the DATA ACQUISITION menu
(see Section 4.7.2.2)
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1,
900
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Exits to the main Data
Acquisition menu
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
Toggle to turn HOLDOFF
ON or OFF
ON
ENTR EXIT
07272B DCN6552
93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.7.3. Remote DAS Configuration
Editing channels, parameters and triggering events as described in this can be
performed via the APICOM remote control program using the graphic interface
T360 analyzer.
Figure 4-5:
APICOM User Interface for DAS Configuration
Once a DAS configuration is edited (which can be done offline and without
interrupting DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument
and can be stored on a computer for later review, alteration or documentation and
archival. Refer to the APICOM manual for details on these procedures. The
APICOM user manual (Teledyne Instruments part number 039450000) is
included in the APICOM installation file, which can be downloaded at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/. It is recommended that you start
by downloading the default DAS configuration, getting familiar with its
command structure and syntax conventions, and then altering a copy of the
original file offline before uploading the new configuration.
CAUTION
Whereas the editing, adding and deleting of DAS channels and parameters of one channel
through the front-panel touchscreen can be done without affecting the other channels, uploading
a DAS configuration script to the analyzer through its communication ports will erase all data,
parameters and channels by replacing them with the new DAS configuration. Backup of data and
the original DAS configuration is advised before attempting any DAS changes.
07272B DCN6552
94
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.8. SETUP RNGE: ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE
CONFIGURATION
The analyzer has three active analog output signals, accessible through a
connector on the rear panel.
ANALOG OUT
CO2 concentration
Test Channel
outputs
Not Used
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
LOW range when DUAL
HIGH range when DUAL
mode is selected
mode is selected
Figure 4-6:
Analog Output Connector Pin Out
All three outputs can be configured either at the factory or by the user for full
scale outputs of 0.1 VDC, 1VDC, 5VDC or 10VDC. Additionally A1 and A2
may be equipped with optional 0-20 mADC current loop drivers and configured
for any current output within that range (e.g. 0-20, 2-20, 4-20, etc.). The user
may also adjust the signal level and scaling of the actual output voltage or current
to match the input requirements of the recorder or data logger (See Section
The A1 and A2 channels output a signal that is proportional to the CO2
concentration of the sample gas. Several modes are available which allow them
to operate independently or be slaved together. The user may also select between
a variety of reporting range spans (see Section 4.8).
EXAMPLE:
A1 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0-5 VDC representing 0-1000 ppm concentration
values
A2 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0 – 10 VDC representing 0-500 ppm concentration
values.
Output A3 is only active if the O2 sensor option is installed. In this case a signal
representing the currently measured O2 concentration is output on this channel.
output several of the test functions accessible through the <TST TST> buttons of
the units sample display.
07272B DCN6552
95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.8.1. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges
Functionally, the Gas Filter Correlation CO2 Analyzer has one hardware Physical
Range that is capable of determining CO2 concentrations between 50 ppm and
2,000 ppm. This architecture improves reliability and accuracy by avoiding the
need for extra, switchable, gain-amplification circuitry. Once properly calibrated,
the analyzer’s front panel will accurately report concentrations along the entire
span of its 50 ppm and 2,000 ppm physical range.
Because, most applications use only a small part of the analyzer’s physical range,
the width of the Model T360’s physical range can create data resolution problems
for most analog recording devices. For example, in an application where the
expected concentration of CO2 is typically less than 500 ppm, the full scale of
expected values is only 25% of the instrument’s 2,000 ppm physical range.
Unmodified, the corresponding output signal would also be recorded across only
25% of the range of the recording device.
The T360 solves this problem by allowing the user to select a scaled reporting
range for the analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range
relevant to the specific application. Only the reporting range of the analog
outputs is scaled, the physical range of the analyzer and the readings displayed on
the front panel remain unaltered.
4.8.2. Reporting Range Modes
The T360 provides three analog output range modes to choose from.
Single range (SNGL) mode sets a single maximum range for the analog
slaved together and will represent the same measurement span (e.g. 0-50
ppm), however their electronic signal levels may be configured for different
Dual range (DUAL) allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with
electronic signal levels (see Section 4.13.4).
Auto range (AUTO) mode gives the analyzer to ability to output data via a
the T360 will automatically switch between the two ranges dynamically as the
concentration value fluctuates.
Range status is also output via the external digital I/O status outputs (see Section
07272B DCN6552
96
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To select the Analog Output Range Type press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
Only one of the
range modes may
be active at any
time.
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SAMPLE Display
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
NOTE
Upper span limit setting for the individual range modes are shared. Resetting the span limit in
one mode also resets the span limit for the corresponding range in the other modes as follows:
SNGL
Range
DUAL
Range1
Range2
AUTO
Low Range
High Range
07272B DCN6552
97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.8.3. Single Range Mode (SNGL)
This is the default reporting range mode for the analyzer. In single range mode
both A1 and A2 are set to the same reporting range. This reporting range can be
any value between 50 ppm and 2 000 ppm.
While the two outputs always have the same reporting range, the span, signal
offset and scaling of their electronic signals may be configured for differently
adjusting these parameters.
To select SNGL range mode and to set the upper limit of the range, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 X.XXX
SETUP C.3
RANGE MODE: SNGL
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SETUP C.3
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP C.3
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP C.3
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP C.3
RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
0
0
5
0
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP C.3
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP C.3
MODE SET UNIT
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
07272B DCN6552
98
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.8.4. Dual Range Mode (DUAL)
Selecting Dual Range mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with
different reporting ranges. The analyzer software calls these two ranges low and
high. The low range setting corresponds with the analog output labeled A1 on the
Rear Panel of the instrument. The high Range Setting corresponds with the A2
output. While the software names these two ranges low and high, they do not
have to be configured that way. For example: The low range can be set for a span
of 0-1000 ppm while the high range is set for 0-500 ppm.
In DUAL range mode the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will
be replaced by two separate functions:
RANGE1: The range setting for the A1 output.
RANGE2: The range setting for the A2 output.
To set the ranges press following menu button sequence
.
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: DUAL
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
LOW RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle the
numeral buttons
to set the upper
limit of each
range.
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
0
0
1
5
0
0
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
HIGH RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
0
0
0
0
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SAMPLE Display
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
When the instrument’s range mode is set to DUAL the concentration field in the
upper right hand corner of the display alternates between displaying the low
range value and the high range value. The concentration currently being
displayed is identified as follows: C1 = Low (or A1) and C2 = High (or A2).
NOTE
In DUAL range mode the LOW and HIGH ranges have separate slopes and offsets for computing
CO2 concentration.
The two ranges must be independently calibrated.
07272B DCN6552
99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.8.5. Auto Range Mode (AUTO)
In AUTO range mode, the analyzer automatically switches the reporting range
between two user-defined ranges (low and high). The unit will switch from low
range to high range when the CO2 concentration exceeds 98% of the low range
span. The unit will return from high range back to low range once both the CO2
concentration falls below 75% of the low range span.
In AUTO Range mode the instrument reports the same data in the same range on
both the A1 and A2 outputs and automatically switches both outputs between
ranges as described above. Also, the RANGE test function displayed on the front
panel will automatically switch to show which range is in effect.
The high/low range status is also reported through the external, digital status
outputs (Section 4.15.1).
To set individual ranges press the following menu button sequence.
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: AUTO
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
LOW RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle the numeral
buttons to set the
LOW and HIGH
range value.
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
0
0
5
5
0
0
MODE SET UNIT
ENTR accepts the
new setting, EXIT
ignores the new
setting.
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP X.X
HIGH RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
0
0
0
0
NOTE
In AUTO range mode the LOW and HIGH ranges have separate slopes and offsets for computing
CO2 concentration. The two ranges must be independently calibrated.
NOTE
Avoid accidentally setting the low range of the instrument with a higher span limit tha The high
range. This will cause the unit to stay in the low reporting range perpetually and defeat the
function of the AUTO range mode.
07272B DCN6552
100
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.8.6. Range Units
The T360 can display concentrations in parts per billion (109 mols per mol, PPB),
parts per million (106 mols per mol, PPM), micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m3,
UG), milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3, MG) or percent (volume CO2/volume
sample gas, %). Changing units affects all of the display, analog outputs, COM
port and DAS values for all reporting ranges regardless of the analyzer’s range
mode.
NOTE
Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and ug/m3 use 0C, 760 mmHg for Standard Temperature and
Pressure (STP). Consult your local regulations for the STP used by your agency.
Conversion factors from volumetric to mass units are:
CO2: ppb x 1.96 = µg/m3; ppm x 1.96 = mg/m3
To change the concentration units:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.00 PPB
CO2=X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main menu.
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS: PPM
Select the preferred
concentration unit.
PPM PPB UGM MGM
%
ENTER EXIT
ENTER EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new unit,
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
menu.
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS: %
PPM PPB UGM MGM
%
NOTE
Once the units of measurement have been changed the unit MUST be recalibrated, as the
“expected span values” previously in effect will no longer be valid. Simply entering new expected
span values without running the entire calibration routine is not sufficient.
07272B DCN6552
101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.8.7. Dilution Ratio
The dilution ratio is a software option that allows the user to compensate for any
dilution of the sample gas before it enters the sample inlet. Using the dilution
ratio option is a 4-step process:
that the SPAN value entered is the maximum expected concentration of the
undiluted calibration gas and that the span gas is either supplied through the
same dilution inlet system as the sample gas or has an appropriately lower
actual concentration. For example, with a dilution set to 100, a 10 ppm gas
can be used to calibrate a 1000 ppm sample gas if the span gas is not routed
through the dilution system. On the other hand, if a 1000 ppm span gas is
used, it needs to pass through the same dilution steps as the sample gas.
3. Set the dilution factor as a gain (e.g., a value of 20 means 20 parts diluting
gas and 1 part of sample gas):
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP C.3
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.3
RANGE CONTROL MENU
DIL only appears
if the dilution ratio
option has been
installed
MODE SET UNIT DIL
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
SETUP C.3
DIL FACTOR: 1.0 GAIN
.0 ENTR
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Toggle these buttons to set the
dilution factor.
0
0
0
1
EXIT
This is the number by which the
analyzer will multiply the CO2
concentrations of the gas passing
through the reaction cell.
SETUP C.3
DIL FACTOR: 20.0 GAIN
.0 ENTR
0
0
2
0
EXIT
The analyzer multiplies the measured gas concentrations with this dilution factor
and displays the result.
NOTE
Once the above settings have been entered, the instrument needs to be recalibrated using one of
the methods discussed in Section 5.
07272B DCN6552
102
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.9. SETUP PASS: PASSWORD FEATURE
The T360 provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to
prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been enabled in the
PASS menu item, the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a
password-protected function (e.g., SETUP) is selected. This allows normal
operation of the instrument, but requires the password (101) to access to the
menus under SETUP. When PASSWORD is disabled (SETUP>OFF), any
operator can enter the Primary Setup (SETUP) and Secondary Setup
(SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled, a
password (default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG menus in the
SETUP>MORE menu.
There are three levels of password protection, which correspond to operator,
maintenance, and configuration functions. Each level allows access to all of the
functions in the previous level.
Table 6-9:
Password Levels
Password
Null (000)
Level
Menu Access Allowed
Operation
All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate
SEQ , MSG, CLR
101
818
Configuration/MainteAccess to Primary Setup and Secondary SETUP
nance Menus when PASSWORD is enabled.
Configuration/MainteAccess to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and
nance DIAG whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.
To enable or disable passwords, press the following menu button sequence:
07272B DCN6552
103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following menu button sequence
would be required to enter the SETUP menu:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
prompts for password
number
See Table 6-8 for
Passwords and Levels
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 0
0
0
0
8
ENTR EXIT
Example: this
password enables the
SETUP mode
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 0
Press individual
buttons to set
numbers
8
1
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Note that the instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS
and DIAG menus, even if passwords are disabled, but it displays the default
password (818) upon entering these menus. The user only has to press ENTR to
access the password-protected menus but does not have to enter the required
number code.
07272B DCN6552
104
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.10. SETUP CLK: SETTING THE INTERNAL TIME-OF-DAY
CLOCK
The T360 has a time of day clock that supports the AutoCal timer, time of day
TEST function, and time stamps on most COM port messages. To set the time-
of-day, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
Enter Current
Time-of-Day
Enter Current
Date-of-Year
TIME DATE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
0
1
JAN
0
2
ENTR EXIT
1
2
: 0
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
JAN
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X3
: 0
TIME: 12:00
0
1
0
2
ENTR EXIT
1
2
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
07272B DCN6552
105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower, you can adjust
a variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed
amount every day. To change this variable, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUPX.X
1 ) CONC_PRECISION = 3
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Continue to press NEXT until …
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
4) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
PREV
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CLOCK_ADJ:0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
+
0
0
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Enter sign and number of seconds per
day the clock gains (-) or loses (+).
SETUP X.X
4) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
EDIT PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
3x EXIT returns
to the main SAMPLE display
07272B DCN6552
106
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11. SETUP MORE COMM: USING THE ANALYZER’S
COMMUNICATION PORTS
The T360 is equipped with an Ethernet port, a USB port and two serial
ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to communicate with, issue
commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an external computer
system or terminal.
By default, both com ports operate on the RS-232 protocol.
The RS232 port (used as COM1) can also be configured to operate in single
or RS-232 multidrop mode (option 62; see Section 4.11.8).
The COM2 port can be configured for standard RS-232 operation or half-
duplex RS-485 communication (For RS-485 communication, please contact
the factory).
A code-activated switch (CAS), can also be used on either port to connect
typically between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s) printers,
data loggers, analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one communications hub.
Contact Teledyne Instruments sales for more information on CAS systems.
4.11.1. Machine ID
Each type of Teledyne Instruments analyzer is configured with a default ID code.
The default ID code for all T360 analyzers is either 360 or 0. The ID number is
only important if more than one analyzer is connected to the same
communications channel such as when several analyzers are on the same Ethernet
operating over a RS-485 network. If two analyzers of the same model type are
used on one channel, the ID codes of one or both of the instruments needs to be
changed.
To edit the instrument’s ID code, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
ID INET COM1
EXIT
Toggle these keys to
cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.
MACHINE ID: 360 ID
settings
EXIT ignores the new
0
2
0
0
ENTR EXIT
settings
The ID number is only important if more than one analyzer is connected to the
same communications channel (e.g., a multi-drop setup). Different models of
07272B DCN6552
107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Teledyne Instruments analyzers have different default ID numbers, but if two
analyzers of the same model type are used on one channel (for example, two
T360’s), the ID of one instrument needs to be changed.
The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several analyzers attached to
the same network but situated in different physical locations.
4.11.2. COM Port Default Settings
Received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate a DCE or modem,
with pin 3 of the DB-9 connector designated for receiving data and pin 2
designated for sending data.
COM1: RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
COM2: RS-232 (configurable), DB-9 female connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 19200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
NOTE
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may incorporate internal
wiring that make the link inoperable. Check cables acquired from sources other tha Teledyne
Instruments for pin assignments before using.
In its default configuration, the T360 analyzer has two available RS-232 Com
ports accessible via 2 DB-9 connectors on the back panel of the instrument. The
COM1 connector is a male DB-9 connector and the COM2 is a female DB9
connector.
07272B DCN6552
108
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Figure 4-7:
Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for COM1 & COM2 in RS-232 Mode
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a
wiring harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12.
07272B DCN6552
109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 4-8:
CPU Connector Pin-Outs for COM1 & COM2 in RS-232 Mode
Teledyne Instruments offers two mating cables, one of which should be
applicable for your use.
Part number WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long.
Allows connection of COM1 with the serial port of most personal computers.
Also available as Option 60.
Part number WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows
connection to the most common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible)
and code activated switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no
additional adapters.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem,
there are activity indicators just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is
connected between the analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red and
green LEDs should be on. If the lights for COM 1 are not lit, use small switch on
wiring.
07272B DCN6552
110
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.3. RS-485 Configuration of COM2
As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications.
To configure this port for RS-485 communication, please contact the factory. If
COM2 is configured for RS-485, the USB com port is no longer enabled.
4.11.4. DTE and DCE Communication
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal
equipment (DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals
always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE
devices. The difference between the two is the pin assignment of the Data
Receive and Data Transmit functions. DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and
transmit data on pin 3; DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on
pin 2.
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and
computers (which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the
rear panel allows the user to switch between the two functions.
07272B DCN6552
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.11.5. COM Port Communication Modes
Each of the analyzer’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of
ID numbers. For example, quiet mode, computer mode and internet-enabled
mode would carry a combined mode ID of 11, the standard configuration on the
T360 COM2 port. Note that each COM port needs to be configured
independently.
Table 4-9:
Com Port Communication Modes
MODE1
QUIET
ID
1
DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (DAS reports, and warning
messages) to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating
with a computer program such as APICOM. Such feedback is still available but a
command must be issued to receive them.
COMPUTER
SECURITY
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer program, such as APICOM.
2
4
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
HESSEN
PROTOCOL
The Hessen communications protocol is used in some European countries. Teledyne
API’s part number 02252 contains more information on this protocol.
16
E, 7, 1
When turned on this mode switches the com port settings
from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit
to
2048
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit
RS-485
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over multidrop mode if both are enabled.
1024
32
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE
MODEM
Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
64
ERROR
Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING2
128
256
XON/XOFF
Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE2
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
protocols as well as by Teledyne API’s APICOM software.
8
HARDWARE
FIFO2
Improves data transfer rate when on of the com ports.
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
4096
1 Modes are accessed through the SETUP MORE COM COM[1 OR 2] MODE menu.
2 The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Technical Support
personnel.
07272B DCN6552
112
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Press the following touchscreen buttons to select a communication mode for one
of the com Ports, such as the following example where HESSEN PROTOCOL
mode is enabled:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT returns to
the previous
menu
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COMM
port to configure
ID INET COM1 COM2
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed here
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1MODE:0
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
NEXT OFF
Continue pressing next until …
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : OFF
Use PREV and NEXT to
move between available
modes.
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
A mode is enabled by
toggling the ON/OFF
button.
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : ON
settings
EXIT ignores the new
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
settings
07272B DCN6552
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.11.6. Remote Access via the Ethernet
When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard
10BaseT or 100Base T Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or
routers. The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on a user selectable
port, which otherwise defaults to port 3000. This allows a remote computer to
connect through the internet to the analyzer using APICOM, terminal emulators
or other programs.
The Ethernet connector has two LEDs that are on the connector itself, indicating
its current operating status.
Table 4-10: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED
Function
amber (link)
green (activity
On when connection to the LAN is valid.
Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
4.11.6.1. CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE USING DHCP
The Ethernet option for your analyzer uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) to automatically configure its interface with your LAN. This requires
your network servers also be running DHCP. The analyzer will do this the first
time you turn the instrument on after it has been physically connected to your
network. Once the instrument is connected and turned on it will appear as an
active device on your network without any extra set up steps or lengthy
procedures.
07272B DCN6552
114
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Table 4-11: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties
PROPERTY
DHCP
DEFAULT STATE
DESCRIPTION
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF.
Press EDIT and toggle ON for automatic configuration
after first consulting network administrator. (
ON
INSTRUMENT
IP ADDRESS
This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
192.168.76.55.) is the address of the analyzer itself.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP
address (e.g. 192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the
computer used by your LA To access the Internet.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that identifies the LA To which the device
is connected.
SUBNET MASK
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must
have the same subnet mask. Any transmissions sent to
devices with different subnets are assumed to be outside
of the LAN and are routed through the gateway computer
onto the Internet.
This number defines the terminal control port by which the
instrument is addressed by terminal emulation software,
such as Internet or Teledyne API’s APICOM.
3000
T100
TCP PORT1
The name by which your analyzer will appear when
addressed from other computers on the LAN or via the
HOST NAME
1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Technical Support
personnel.
NOTE
It is recommended that you check these settings the first time you power up your analyzer after it
has been physically connected to the LAN/Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully
downloaded the appropriate information from you network server(s).
If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g. “0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was
not successful.
You may have to manually configure the analyzer’s Ethernet properties.
See your network administrator.
07272B DCN6552
115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To view the above properties, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
INST IP: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
<SET SET>
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EDIT Key
Disabled
<SET SET>
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<SET SET>
COM1
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TCP PORT: 3000
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
<SET SET> EDIT
8
1
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T360
From this point on,
EXIT returns to
COMMUNICATIONS
MENU
<SET
EDIT
Do not alter unless
directed to by Teledyne
Instruments Customer
Service personnel
07272B DCN6552
116
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.6.2. MANUALLY CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET (STATIC IP ADDRESS)
To configure Ethernet communication manually:
1. Connect a cable from the analyzer’s Ethernet port to a Local Area Network
(LAN) or Internet port.
2. From the analyzer’s front panel touchscreen, access the Communications
Menu as shown below, turning DHCP mode to OFF.
07272B DCN6552
117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
configure the INSTRUMENT IP addresses by pressing:
07272B DCN6552
118
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.6.3. CHANGING THE ANALYZER’S HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network.
The default name for all TAPI Model T360 analyzers is T360. To change this
name (particularly if you have more than one Model T360 analyzer on your
network), press.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> UNTIL …
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:
<SET EDIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<CH CH> INS DEL [?]
ENTR EXIT
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
Use these buttons (See Table 6-
19) to edit HOSTNAME
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T360-FIELD1
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
Contact your IT Network
Administrator
EXIT
Table 4-12: Internet Configuration Touchscreen Functions
BUTTON FUNCTION
<CH
CH>
INS
DEL
[?]
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this button to cycle through the range of numerals and characters
available for insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { }
< >\ | ; : , . / ?
ENTR
EXIT
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Some buttons only appear as applicable.
07272B DCN6552
119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.11.7. USB Port Setup
The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the
TAPI USB driver and directly connecting their respective USB ports.
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable
from the Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads
(www.teledyne-api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer
and your analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable,
commonly used as a USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically
assigned to the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System →
Hardware → Device Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the
communications software, such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne
APIcom Manual, PN 07463.
07272B DCN6552
120
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
5. In the instrument’s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following
settings:
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode
ON
Computer Mode
MODBUS RTU
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
MODBUS ASCII
E,8,1 MODE
E,7,1 MODE
RS-485 MODE
SECURITY MODE
MULTIDROP MODE
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE FIFO
ON
COMMAND PROMPT
OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APIcom. Use the
COM port determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures
below show how these parameters would be configured in the Instrument
Properties window in APIcom when configuring a new instrument. See the
APIcom manual (PN 07463) for more details.
instrument and PC match. Also, using the USB port disallows use of the rear
panel COM2 port except for multidrop communications (Section 4.11.8).
07272B DCN6552
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.11.8. Multidrop RS-232 Setup
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides
instructions for the internal connection adjustments, then for external
connections, and ends with instructions for menu-driven configuration.
Note that because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2
DB9 connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of instruments,
COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or RS-485 operation.
CAUTION – Risk of Instrument Damage and Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be
felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection
when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty. See A Primer on
Electro-Static Discharge section in this manual for more information on preventing ESD
damage.
In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins
on the serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in
Figure 4-9. This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that
designated as last in the multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This
requires powering off and opening each instrument and making the following
adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel
open for access to the multidrop PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA’s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers
Pins
the chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21 22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (again
J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU’s COM1 connector
(Note that the CPU’s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD
07272B DCN6552
122
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Figure 4-9:
Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode
Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain,
remove the shunt between Pins 21 22 of the Multidrop PCA in the instrument
that was previously the last instrument in the chain.
4. Close the instrument.
to interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then
from the first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port;
from the second analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port,
etc., connecting in this fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance
limitations of the RS-232 standard.
6. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the
green and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled
RS232) are both lit. (Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables that are
internally wired specifically for RS232 communication).
07272B DCN6552
123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Female DB9
Male DB9
Host
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21
last instrument of
multidrop chain.
22 in
Figure 4-10:
RS-232-Multidrop Host-to-Analyzer Interconnect Diagram
7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check
menu, use SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID is typically the model
number or “0”; to change the 4-digit identification number, press the button
below the digit to be changed; once changed, press/select ENTER to accept
the new ID for that instrument.
8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2
menu for multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows:
press/select EDIT and set only QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and
MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not change any other settings.
9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1
MODE now shows 35.
10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it
reads the same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are
set at the same baud rate).
NOTES:
The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at a
time, each by its unique ID (see Step 7 above).
Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the
first analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
07272B DCN6552
124
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.9. MODBUS Setup
The following set of instructions assumes that the user is familiar with MODBUS
communications, and provides minimal information to get started. For additional
instruction, please refer to the Teledyne API MODBUS manual, PN 06276. Also
refer to www.modbus.org for MODBUS communication protocols.
1.1.1.1.1 Minimum Requirements
Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.
MODBUS-compatible software (TAPI uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see
www.modbustools.com)
Personal computer
Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)
Possibly a null modem adapter or cable
1.1.1.1.2 Actions
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm Ethernet:
Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – INET; scroll through
the INET submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is 502), then
continue to TCP PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle the menu
button to change the setting to ON, then press ENTR. (Change Machine ID if
needed: see “Slave ID”).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – COM2 – EDIT; scroll
through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2 MODBUS RTU:
OFF (press OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to COM2 MODBUS
ASCII and ensure it is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings. (If RTU is
not available with your communications equipment, set the COM2 MODBUS ASCII
setting to ON and ensure that COM2 MODBUS RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to
keep the new settings).
If your analyzer is connected to a network with at least one other analyzer of the same model, a
unique Slave ID must be assigned to each. Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE –
COMM – ID. The MACHINE ID default is either “0” or the same as the model number. Toggle the
menu buttons to change the ID.
Slave ID
Reboot analyzer
For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up the
analyzer.
Make appropriate cable
connections
Connect your analyzer either:
via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC; if so,
also install the software driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the computer if
required), or
via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).
Specify MODBUS software
settings
1. Click Setup / [Read / Write Definition] /.
a. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function (what you
wish to read from the analyzer).
(examples used here are for
MODBUS Poll software)
b. Input Quantity (based on your firmware’s register map).
c. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically Float
Inverse).
d. Click OK.
2. Next, click Connection/Connect.
a. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options based on
your computer.
b. Press OK.
Read the Modbus Poll
Register
Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example that
follows If desired, assign an alias for each.
07272B DCN6552
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Example Read/Write Definition window:
Example Connection Setup window:
Example MODBUS Poll window:
07272B DCN6552
126
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.11.10. COM Port Baud Rate
To select the baud rate of one of the COM Ports, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT returns to
the previous
menu
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COM port
to configure.
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1MODE:0
Press SET> until you
reach COM1 BAUD
RATE
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
Use PREV and NEXT to
move between available
baud rates.
EXIT
ignores the
new setting
<SET SET> EDIT
300
1200
4800
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
ENTR
9600
ENTR
accepts the
new setting
19200
38400
57600
115200
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:9600
ENTR
NEXT ON
07272B DCN6552
127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.11.11. COM Port Testing
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the com menu.
This test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While
the test is running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker.
To initiate the test press the following touchscreen button sequence.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which
COM port to test.
ID INET COM1
COM2
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
COM1 : TEST PORT
TEST
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
TRANSMITTING TO COM1
TEST
EXIT returns to
COMM menu
EXIT
Test runs
automatically
07272B DCN6552
128
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.12. SETUP MORE VARS: INTERNAL VARIABLES
(VARS)
The T360 has several-user adjustable software variables, which define certain
operational parameters. Usually, these variables are automatically set by the
instrument’s firmware, but can be manually re-defined using the VARS menu.
Table 4-13 lists all variables that are available within the 818 password protected
level.
Table 4-13: Variable Names (VARS)
ALLOWED
VALUES
NO.
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Changes the internal data acquisition system (DAS) hold-off
time, which is the duration when data are not stored in the
DAS because the software considers the data to be
questionable. That is the case during warm-up or just after
the instrument returns from one of its calibration modes to
SAMPLE mode. DAS_HOLD_OFF can be disabled entirely
in each DAS channel.
Can be between 0.5
and 20 minutes
0
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Default=15 min.
Allows the user to set the number of significant digits to the
CONC_PRECISION right of the decimal point display of concentration and
AUTO, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default=AUTO
1
2
3
stability values.
Selects which gas measurement is displayed when the STABIL
test function is selected.
1
STABIL_GAS
CO2 & O2
Dynamic zero automatically adjusts offset and slope of the
CO2 response when performing a zero point calibration
during an AutoCal (Section 5).
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
CLOCK_ADJ
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Dynamic span automatically adjusts slope and slope of the
CO2 response when performing a zero point calibration
during an AutoCal (Section 5).
4
5
Note that the DYN_ZERO and DYN_SPAN features are not
allowed for applications requiring EPA equivalency.
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock. Choose the +
sign if the clock is too slow, choose the - sign if the clock is
too fast.
-60 to +60 s/day
7
7
7
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
ON resets the service interval timer.
ON/OFF
0–500000
0–100000
Time since last service (hours).
Sets the interval between service reminders (hours).
1 O2 gas measurement is only available in analyzers with O2 sensor options installed.
07272B DCN6552
129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following touchscreen button
sequence:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
EXIT ignores the new setting.
ENTR accepts the new s etting.
8
1
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
SETUP X.X
.0
0)DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
1
5
ENTR EXIT
Toggle each button to change setting
1) CONC_PRECUISION : 3
SETUP X.X
1) CONC_PRECISION : 3
PREV NEXT JU MP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
AUTO
0
1
2
3
4
ENTR EXIT
Toggle each button to change setting
SETUP X.X
3 ) DYN_ZERO=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
3) DYN_ZERO=ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggleto change setting
SETUP X.X
4) DYN_SPAN=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
4) DYN_SPAN=ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggleto change setting
SETUP X.X
5) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
5) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
+
0
0
Toggle to change setting
07272B DCN6552
130
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13. SETUP MORE DIAG: USING THE DIAGNOSTICS
FUNCTIONS
A
series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the
SETUPMOREDIAG menu. As these parameters are dependent on
firmware revision (see Menu Tree A-6 in Appendix A). The individual
parameters, however, are explained in more detail in the indicated in 6-15. These
tools can be used in a variety of troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and
are referred to in many places of the maintenance and trouble-shooting s.
Table 4-14: T360 Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions
Front Panel
Mode Indicator
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION AND MEANING
SECTION
SIGNAL I/O: Allows observation of all digital and analog signals in
the instrument. Allows certain digital signals such as valves and
heaters to be toggled ON and OFF.
DIAG I/O
ANALOG OUTPUT: When entered, the analyzer performs an analog
output step test. This can be used to calibrate a chart recorder or
to test the analog output accuracy.
DIAG AOUT
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION: the signal levels of the instruments
analog outputs may be calibrated (either individually or as a
group). Various electronic parameters such as signal span, and
offset are available for viewing and configuration.
DIAG AIO
ELECTRIC TEST: The analyzer is performing an electric test. This
test simulates IR detector signal in a known manner so that the
proper functioning of the sync/demod board can be verified.
DIAG OPTIC
DIAG ELEC
DIAG PCAL
DARK CALIBRATION: The analyzer is performing a dark
calibration procedure. This procedure measures and stores the
inherent dc offset of the sync/demod board electronics.
PRESSURE CALIBRATION: The analyzer records the current
output of the sample gas pressure sensor. This value is used by
the CPU to compensate the CO2 concentration.
FLOW CALIBRATION: This function is used to calibrate the gas flow
DIAG FCAL
DIAG TCHN
output signal. This setting is retained when exiting DIAG.
TEST CHAN OUTPUT: Configures the A4 analog output channel.
07272B DCN6552
131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.1. Accessing the Diagnostic Features
To access the DIAG functions press the following buttons:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.00 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT ENTR EXIT
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
DIAG
ELECTRICAL TEST
DARK CALIBRATION
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT returns
to the PRIMARY
SETUP MENU
DIAG
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
PREV
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
8
DIAG
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
NEXT
8
1
ENTR EXIT
PREV
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
From this point
forward, EXIT returns
to the
SECONDARY
SETUP MENU
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
NEXT
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
DIAG
ANALOG OUTPUT
DIAG
PREV
PREV
07272B DCN6552
132
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.2. Signal I/O
The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows reviewing and changing the digital and
analog input/output functions of the analyzer. See Appendix A-4 for a complete
list of the parameters available for review under this menu.
NOTE
Any changes of signal I/O settings will remain in effect only until the signal I/O menu is exited.
Exceptions are the ozone generator override and the flow sensor calibration, which remain as
entered when exiting.
To enter the signal I/O test mode, press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
Use NEXT & PREV to
move between signal
types.
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV NEXT JUMP
ENTR EXIT
DIAG I / O
Test Signals Displayed Here
Use JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal location
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
available SIGNALS
EXAMPLE
DIAG I / O
JUMP TO: 12
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXAMPLE:
Enter 12 to Jump to
12) ST_CONC_VALID
1
2
ENTR EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
DIAG I / O
ST_CONC_VALID = ON
Exit to return
to the
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
DIAG menu
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Pressing PRNT will send a formatted printout to the serial port and can be captured
with a computer or other output device.
07272B DCN6552
133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.3. Analog Output Step Test
This test can be used to check the accuracy and proper operation of the analog
outputs. The test forces all four analog output channels to produce signals
ranging from 0% to 100% of the full scale range in 20% increments. This test is
useful to verify the operation of the data logging/recording devices attached to the
analyzer.
To begin the Analog Output Step Test press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG OUTPUT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Performs
analog output
step test.
DIAG AOUT
0%
ANALOG OUTPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
0% - 100%
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
EXIT
Exit-Exit
returns to the
DIAG menu
DIAG AOUT
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
[0%]
EXIT
Pressing the “0%” button while performing the test will
pause the test at that level. Brackets will appear around
the value: example: [20%] Pressing the same button again
will resume the test.
07272B DCN6552
134
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.4. Analog I/O Configuration
The analog I/O functions that are available in the T360 are:
Table 4-15: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions
Sub Menu
Function
AOUTS CALIBRATED: Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of all
analog output channels.
CONC_OUT_1
Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 analog output (CO2). There are three options:
Range: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and full scale level of the output.
REC_OFS: Allows setting a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop.
Auto_CAL: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this one channel only.
NOTE: Any change to RANGE or REC_OFS requires recalibration of this output.
Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel 2 (CO2 )
CONC_OUT_2
TEST OUTPUT
Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel 4 (TEST)
AIN CALIBRATED
Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital
converter circuit on the motherboard.
XIN1
For each of 8 external analog input channels, shows the gain, offset, engineering units, and
whether the channel is to show up as a Test function.
.
.
.
XIN8
To configure the analyzer’s three analog outputs, set the electronic signal type of
each channel and calibrate the outputs. This consists of:
Selecting an output type (voltage or current, if an optional current output
driver has been installed) and the signal level that matches the input
requirements of the recording device attached to the channel, see Section
Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually
Adding a bipolar recorder offset to the signal, if required (Section 4.13.4.2).
In its standard configuration, the analyzer’s outputs can be set for the following
DC voltages. Each range is usable from -5% to + 5% of the nominal range.
Table 4-16: Analog Output Voltage Ranges
RANGE
0-0.1 V
0-1 V
MINIMUM OUTPUT
-5 mV
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
+105 mV
-0.05 V
+1.05 V
0-5 V
-0.25 V
+5.25 V
0-10 V
-0.5 V
+10.5 V
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.
07272B DCN6552
135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
The following DC current output limits apply to the current loop modules:
Table 4-17: Analog Output Current Loop Range
RANGE
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-20 mA
0 mA
20 mA
These are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical
applications use 2-20 or 4-20 mA for the lower and upper limits. Please
specify desired range when ordering this option.
The default offset for all ranges is 0 mA.
Pin assignments for the output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are
shown in Table 4-18.
ANALOG OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Table 4-18: Analog Output Pin Assignments
PIN
ANALOG
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
SIGNAL
CURRENT
SIGNAL
1
2
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
A1
A2
Ground
3
4
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
Ground
5
6
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
A31
A4
Ground
7
8
V Out
Not used
Not used
Ground
1 Output A3 is only used when the O2 sensor option is installed
rear panel.
07272B DCN6552
136
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.4.1. ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNAL TYPE AND RANGE SPAN SELECTION
To select an output signal type (DC Voltage or current) and level for one output
channel, activate the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU (see Section
4.13.4) then press:
FROM ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
Press SET> to select the
analog output channel to be
configured. Press EDIT to
continue
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
DIAG AIOOUTPUT RANGE: 5V
To set the signal
level and type of
the selected
channel
0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
DIAG AIOOUTPUT RANGE: 10V
0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
07272B DCN6552
137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.4.2. ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION MODE
The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically or manually. In its default
mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all channels.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the
outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device.
Outputs configured for automatic calibration can be calibrated as a group or
individually. Calibration of the analog outputs needs to be carried out on first
startup of the analyzer (performed in the factory as part of the configuration
process) or whenever re-calibration is required.
To calibrate the outputs as
a
group, activate the ANALOG I/O
FROM DIAGNOSTIC MENU:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
Exit at any time
to return to the
main DIAG
menu
PREV
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
If AutoCal has been
turned off for any
channel, the message
for that channel will be
similar to:
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_1
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
NOT AUTO CAL
CONC _OUT _1
AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT
If any of the channels have
not been calibrated this
message will read NO.
Exit to return to
the I/O
configuration
menu
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED:
YES
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
07272B DCN6552
138
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To automatically calibrate a single analog channel, activate the ANALOG I/O
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
EXIT to Return
to the main
Sample Display
PREV
NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
<
SET> CAL
EXIT
Press SET> to select the
Analog Output channel to
be configured. Then Press
EDIT to continue
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
CAL EXIT
SET> EDIT
<SET
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
DIAG AIO
<SET
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
CAL
EXIT
07272B DCN6552
139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To select manual output calibration for a particular channel, activate the
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU (see Section 4.13.1), then press:
DIAG
Exit to return to
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
the main
PREV
NEXT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
sample display
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press SET> to select the analog output channel to
be configured. Then press EDIT to continue
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
ON
ENTR EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
Toggles the
auto cal mode
ON/ OFF for
this analog
output channel
only.
ENTR accepts the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu. EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
Now the analog output channels should either be automatically calibrated or they
should be set to manual calibration, which is described next.
4.13.4.3. MANUAL ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION AND VOLTAGE
ADJUSTMENT
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually
calibrated. Calibration is done through the instrument software with a voltmeter
the touchscreen buttons by setting the zero-point first and then the span-point
The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments.
Table 4-19: Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration
Full Scale
0.1 VDC
1 VDC
Zero Tolerance
±0.0005V
±0.001V
Span Voltage
90 mV
Span Tolerance
±0.001V
900 mV
±0.001V
5 VDC
±0.002V
4500 mV
4500 mV
±0.003V
10 VDC
±0.004V
±0.006V
NOTE
Outputs configured for 0.1V full scale should always be calibrated manually.
07272B DCN6552
140
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
See Table 3-1 for
pin assignments
of Analog Out
connector on the
rear panel
V
+DC Gnd
V OUT +
V OUT -
V IN +
V IN -
Recording
Device
ANALYZER
Figure 4-11:
Setup for Calibrating Analog Voltage Outputs
To make these adjustments, the AOUT auto-calibration feature must be turned off
FROM ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V
DIAG
PREV
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
SET> EDIT
EXIT
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 REC OFS: 0 mV
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
If AutoCal is ON, go to
Section 6.7.3
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 AUTO CAL: OFF
Press SET> to select the analog output channel to be
< SET SET> EDIT
configured:
DISPLAYED AS=
CONC_OUT_1 =
CONC_OUT_2 =
TEST OUTPUT =
CHANNEL
A1
A2
A4
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 :5V, NO CAL
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 VOLT–Z : 0 mV
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
Press to increase / decrease the analog output
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Continue adjustments until the voltage measured
at the output of the analyzer and/or the input of
the recording device matches the value in the
upper right hand corner of the display to the
tolerance listed in Table 6-20.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 VOLT–S : 4500 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
The concentration display will not change. Only
the voltage reading of your voltmeter will change.
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_1 CALIBRATED: YES
CAL EXIT
07272B DCN6552
141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.4.4. CURRENT LOOP OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT
A current loop option is available and can be installed as a retrofit for each of the
analog outputs of the analyzer (s 5.2). This option converts the DC voltage
analog output to a current signal with 0-20 mA output current. The outputs can
be scaled to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA range. However, most current
loop applications call for either 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA range. All current loop
outputs have a +5% over-range. Ranges with the lower limit set to more than 1
mA (e.g., 2-20 or 4-20 mA) also have a -5% under-range.
To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop after installing the
select CURR from the list of options on the RANGE menu.
Adjusting the signal zero and span values of the current loop output is done by
raising or lowering the voltage of the respective analog output. This
proportionally raises or lowers the current produced by the current loop option.
Similar to the voltage calibration, the software allows this current adjustment to
be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments. Since the exact current increment per
voltage count varies from output to output and from instrument to instrument, you
will need to measure the change in the current with a current meter placed in
series with the output circuit.
See Table 3-1 for
pin assignments of
mA
the Analog Out
connector on the
rear panel.
IN
OUT
V OUT +
V OUT -
I IN +
I IN -
Recording
Device
Analyzer
Figure 4-12:
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs
NOTE
Do not exceed 60 V between current loop outputs and instrument ground.
07272B DCN6552
142
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To adjust the zero and span values of the current outputs, activate the ANALOG
FROM ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU
The instrument attempt to automatically calibrate
the channel … then beep.
DIAG
AN ALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
NEXT ENTR
PREV
EXIT
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 D/A/ CAL ERROR
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
EXIT
SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 CURR-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
Press SET> to select the analog output channel
to be configured:.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 27 mV
Increase or decrease the current
output by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
The resulting change in output
voltage is displayed in the upper
line.
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2:CURR, NO CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue adjustments until the
correct current is measured with
the current meter.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 SPAN: 10000 mV
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: CURR
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 9731 mV
EXIT ignores the
new setting, ENTR
accepts the new
setting.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
< SET
CAL
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
< SET
CAL
EXIT
If a current meter is not available, an alternative method for calibrating the
current loop outputs is to connect a 250 1% resistor across the current loop
output. Using a voltmeter connected across the resistor, follow the procedure
above but adjust the output to the following values:
Table 4-20: Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor
Voltage for 2-20 mA
(measured across resistor)
Voltage for 4-20 mA
(measured across resistor)
Full scale
0%
0.5 V
5.0 V
1.0 V
5.0 V
100%
07272B DCN6552
143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.4.5. AIN CALIBRATION
This is the sub-menu to conduct the analog input calibration. This calibration
should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU,
motherboard or power supplies.
Activate the ANALOG I/O
STARTING FROM ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION MENU
Exit at any time to
return to the main
DIAG menu
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
ENTR EXIT
PREV
NEXT
Continue pressing SET? until …
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CALIBRATING A/D ZERO
Instrument
calibrates
automatically
CALIBRATING A/D SPAN
Exit to return to the
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
MENU
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: YES
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
4.13.4.6. CONFIGURING ANALOG INPUTS (OPTION) CHANNELS
To configure the analyzer’s external analog inputs option, define for each
channel:
gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)
offset (volts)
engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touchscreen
button scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)
whether to display the channel in the Test functions
07272B DCN6552
144
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To access and adjust settings for the external Analog Inputs option channels
press:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
Press SET> to scroll to the first
channel. Continue pressing SET>
to view each of 8 channels.
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
Press EDIT at any channel
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
to to change Gain, Offset,
Units and whether to display
the channel in the Test
functions (OFF/ON).
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
+
0
0
1
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 UNITS:V
Press to change
Gain value
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF
EDIT
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
07272B DCN6552
145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.5. Electric Test
The electric test function substitutes simulated signals for CO2 MEAS and CO2
REF, generated by circuitry on the sync/demod board, for the output of the IR
photo-detector. While in this mode the user can also view the same test functions
viewable from the main SAMPLE display. When the test is running, the
concentration reported on the front panel display should be 40.0 ppm.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT unti . . .
DIAG
ELECTRIC TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG ELEC
RANGE=50.000 PPM
CO2= 40.0
EXIT
Exit returns
to the
DIAG Menu
<TST TST>
Press <TST TST> to view Test Functions
NOTE: CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF will be artificially altered
to enforce a CO2 reading of 40.0 ppm.
All other Test Functions will report the correct operational
value
07272B DCN6552
146
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.6. Dark Calibration Test
The dark calibration test interrupts the signal path between the IR photo-detector
and the remainder of the sync/demod board circuitry. This allows the instrument
to compensate for any voltage levels inherent in the sync/demod circuitry that
might effect the calculation of CO2 concentration. Performing this calibration
returns two offset voltages, One for CO2 MEAS and on for CO2 REF that are
automatically added to the CPU’s calculation routine. The two offset voltages
from the last calibration procedure may be reviewed by the user via the front
panel display.
To activate the dark calibration procedure or review the results of a previous
calibration, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . . .
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
DIAG
DARK CALIBRATION
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG DARK
CO2 DARK CALIBRATION
Exit returns
to the
previous menu
VIEW CAL
EXIT
Calibration runs automatically
Electric offset for Reference signal
Display
tracks %
complete
DIAG DARK
REF DARK OFFSET: 0.0 mV
DIAG DARK
DARK CAL 1% COMPLETE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
Electric offset for Measurement signal
DIAG DARK
MEAS DARK OFFSET: 0.0 mV
DIAG DARK
DARK CALIBRATION ABORTED
07272B DCN6552
147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.7. Pressure Calibration
A sensor at the exit of the sample chamber continuously measures the pressure of
the sample gas. This data is used to compensate the final CO2 concentration
calculation for changes in atmospheric pressure and is stored in the CPU’s
memory as the test function PRES (also viewable via the front panel).
NOTE
This calibration must be performed when the pressure of the sample gas is equal to ambient
atmospheric pressure.
Before performing the following pressure calibration procedure, disconnect the sample gas pump
and the sample gas-line vent from the sample gas inlet on the instrument’s rear panel.
To cause the analyzer to measure and record a value for PRES, press.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP
menu
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . . .
ENTR accepts the
new value and
returns to the
DIAG PCAL ACTUAL PRESS : 27.20 IN-HG-A
previous menu
EXIT ignores the
new value and
returns to the
2
7
.2
0
ENTR EXIT
Adjust these values until the
displayed pressure equals the
pressure measured by the
independent pressure meter.
previous menu
07272B DCN6552
148
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.13.8. Flow Calibration
The flow calibration allows the user to adjust the values of the sample flow rates
as they are displayed on the front panel and reported through COM ports to match
the actual flow rate measured at the sample inlet. This does not change the
hardware measurement of the flow sensors, only the software calculated values.
To carry out this adjustment, connect an external, sufficiently accurate flow meter
attached and is measuring actual gas flow, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
Exit at
any time
to return
to main
the
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP
menu
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Adjust these values until
the displayed flow rate
equals the flow rate being
measured by the
independent flow meter.
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . . .
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
Exit returns
to the
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
previous menu
DIAG FCAL
ACTUAL FLOW: 654 CC / M
ENTR EXIT
Adjust these values
until the displayed
flow rate equals the
flow rate being
measured by the
independent flow
meter.
ENTR accepts the
new value and
returns to the
previous menu
EXIT ignores the
new value and
returns to the
0
6
5
4
previous menu
07272B DCN6552
149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.13.9. Test Channel Output
When activated, output channel A4 can be used to report one of the test functions
viewable from the SAMPLE mode display. To activate the A4 channel and select
a test function, follow this button sequence:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Continue to press NEXT until …
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER DIAG PASS: 818
DIAG TCHN
TEST CHANNEL: NONE
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
DIAG TCHN TEST CHANNEL: CO2 MEASURE
PREV NEXT ENTR
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
ANALOG OUTPUT
PREV NEXT
Press PREV or NEXT
to move through the
list of available
parameters
Press ENTR to select
Press EXIT to
return to the
DIAG menu
the displayed
parameter activating
the test channel.
(Table 6-13)
Table 4-21: Test Parameters Available for Analog Output A4
TEST CHANNEL
ZERO
FULL SCALE
NONE
Test Channel is turned off
CO2 MEASURE
CO2 REFERENCE
SAMPLE PRESS
SAMPLE FLOW
SAMPLE TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
CHASSIS TEMP
PHT DRIVE
0 mV
0 mV
0 "Hg
0 cc/m
0C
0C
0C
0C
0 mV
5000 mV*
5000 mV*
40 "Hg
1000 cc/m
70C
70C
70C
70C
5000 mV
* This refers to the internal voltage level of the function NOT the output signal level
of the Test channel itself.
07272B DCN6552
150
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.14. SETUP MORE ALRM: USING THE GAS
CONCENTRATION ALARMS
The Model T360 includes two CO2 concentration alarms. Each alarm has a user
settable limit, and is associated with an opto-isolated TTL relay accessible via the
the CO2 concentration measured by the instrument rises above that limit, the
alarm‘s status output relay is closed.
The default settings for ALM1 and ALM2 are:
Table 4-22: CO2 Concentration Alarm Default Settings
1
ALARM
STATUS
LIMIT SET POINT
100 ppm
ALM1
ALM2
Disabled
Disabled
300 ppm
1
Set points listed are for PPM. Should the reporting range units of measure be changed
range unit setting.
Note
To prevent the concentration alarms from activating during span calibration operations make sure
to press CAL or CALS button prior to introducing span gas into the analyzer.
4.14.1. Setting the Concentration Alarm Limits
To enable either of the CO2 concentration alarms and set the Limit points, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
ALARM MENU
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
ALM1 ALM2
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
ALARM 1 LIMIT: OFF
ALARM 1 LIMIT: ON
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
OFF
ENTR EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
scroll through the
available character set:
0-9
SETUP X.
ALARM 1 LIMIT: 200.00 PPM
.0 ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
EXIT ignores the new
0
1
0
0
0
settings
07272B DCN6552
151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15. REMOTE OPERATION OF THE ANALYZER
4.15.1. Remote Operation Using the External Digital I/O
4.15.1.1. STATUS OUTPUTS
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN
transistors, which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used
interface with devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable
logic controllers (PLC’s). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can
withstand up to 40 VDC. All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together
and available at D (Figure 4-13).
NOTE
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from an
external device. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature, an external dropping
resistor must be used to limit the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50
mA, the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the analyzer’s rear
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 4-13:
Status Output Connector
07272B DCN6552
152
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
The pin assignments for the Status Outputs are:
Table 4-23: Status Output Pin Assignments
OUTPUT #
Status Definition
Condition
1
2
SYSTEM OK
On if no faults are present.
On if CO2 concentration measurement is valid.
CONC VALID
If the CO2 concentration measurement is invalid, this bit is OFF.
On if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO range modes.
On whenever the instruments zero point is being calibrated.
On whenever the instruments span point is being calibrated.
On whenever the instrument is in diagnostic mode.
3
4
5
6
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
On whenever the measured CO2 concentration is above the set point for
ALM1
7
8
ALARM1
ALARM2
On whenever the measured CO2 concentration is above the set point for
ALM2
D
+
EMITTER BUS
DC POWER
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are bused together.
+ 5 VDC
Digital Ground
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies.
07272B DCN6552
153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15.1.2. CONTROL INPUTS
These inputs allow the user to remotely initiate Zero and Span calibrations. Two
methods for energizing the inputs is provided below; the first using the internal
+5V available on the CONTROL IN connector and the second, if an external,
isolated supply is employed.
Table 4-24: Control Input Pin Assignments
INPUT
STATUS
CONDITION WHEN ENABLED
EXTERNAL ZERO
CAL
Zero calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display will
read ZERO CAL R.
A
EXTERNAL SPAN
CAL
Span calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display will
read SPAN CAL R.
B
C
D
E
F
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
DIGITAL GROUND
Provided to ground an external device (e.g., recorder).
DC power for Input
pull ups
Input for +5 VDC required to activate inputs A - F. This voltage can be
taken from an external source or from the “+” pin.
U
+
Internal source of +5V which can be used to activate inputs when
connected to pin U.
Internal +5V Supply
There are two methods to activate control inputs. The internal +5V available
ensure that these inputs are truly isolated, a separate, external 5 VDC power
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
Z
E
R
O
S
P
A
N
Z
E
R
O
S
P
A
N
5 VDC Power
Supply
+
-
External Power Connections
Local Power Connections
Figure 4-14:
Control Inputs
07272B DCN6552
154
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.2. Remote Operation Using the External Serial I/O
4.15.2.1. TERMINAL OPERATING MODES
The Model T360 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data
through the serial ports. As terminals and computers use different
communication schemes, the analyzer supports two communicate modes
specifically designed to interface with these two types of devices.
Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with
a dedicated interface program such as APICOM. More information regarding
APICOM can be found in later in this or on the Teledyne API website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal or a “dumb” computer terminal. The commands that are used
to operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 4-25.
4.15.2.2. HELP COMMANDS IN TERMINAL MODE
Table 4-25: Terminal Mode Software Commands
COMMAND
Control-T
Function
Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the
interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no edit).
CR
A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the terminal/computer.
The command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done. On personal
computers, this is achieved by pressing the ENTER button.
(carriage return)
BS
Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.
(backspace)
ESC
Erases the entire command line.
(escape)
? [ID] CR
This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of
their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used. The ID
number of the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-drop setup.
Control-C
Control-P
Pauses the listing of commands.
Restarts the listing of commands.
07272B DCN6552
155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15.2.3. COMMAND SYNTAX
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, keywords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where
X
is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.
[ID]
Command “? 200” followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in
the instrument assigned ID Number 200.
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command
being issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands
may have additional arguments that define how the command is to
be executed. Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of
available command designators.
<CR>
is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage
return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a
computer).
Table 4-26: Command Types
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
Calibration
Diagnostic
C
D
L
Logon
T
Test measurement
Variable
V
W
Warning
4.15.2.4. DATA TYPES
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers,
Boolean expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of
records, a filter length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign,
followed by one or more digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid
integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They
consist of the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal
digits (0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the ‘C’ programming language convention. No
plus or minus sign is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all
valid hexadecimal integers.
Floating point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such
as temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They
07272B DCN6552
156
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an
optional decimal point, and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must
appear before or after the decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted.
For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals
that may assume only two values. They are denoted by the keywords ON
and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by
other data types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and
numbers. They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more
printable characters, including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a
final quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid
text strings. It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a
text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items,
such as DAS data channels, by name. When using these commands, you
must type the entire name of the item; you cannot abbreviate any names.
4.15.2.5. STATUS REPORTING
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for
the RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for
controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You
can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode
Status reports include DAS data (when reporting is enabled), warning messages,
calibration and diagnostic status messages. Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of
the possible messages, and this for information on controlling the instrument
through the RS-232 interface.
General Message Format
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X
is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table Table 4-26.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was
issued. It consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1
to 366, the hour of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and
the minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE
is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, DAS reports, variable values, etc.
<CRLF>
is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the
message.
07272B DCN6552
157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to
parse them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does
not give any information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to
log such messages for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal
emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text
files for later review.
4.15.2.6. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM
The T360 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the analyzer’s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M
cable (available from Teledyne API with part number WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to make sure the DTE-DCE is in the
correct position. Also make sure the T360 COM port is set for a baud rate that is
compatible with the modem, which needs to operate with an 8-bit word length
with one stop bit.
The first step is to turn on the MODEM ENABLE communication mode (Mode
for your modem can be entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this
feature is
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to
100 characters long.
To change this setting press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT returns to
the previous
menu
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ENTR accepts the
new string and returns
to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new
string and returns to
the previous menu.
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEMINIT:[A]T Y &D &H
ENTR EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL [A]
Press the [?]
key repeatedly to cycle through the
available character set:
0-9
INS inserts a
character before
the cursor location.
DEL deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
A-Z
<CH and CH> move the [ ]
cursor left and right along the
text string
space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ =
+[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
07272B DCN6552
158
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To initialize the modem press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
EXIT returns to
the previous
menu
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 INITIALIZE MODEM
EXIT
<SET SET> INIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING MODEM
<SET SET> INIT
EXIT
EXIT returns to the
Communications Menu.
4.15.2.7. COM PORT PASSWORD SECURITY
In order to provide security for remote access of the T360, a LOGON feature can
be enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands.
Once the SECURITY MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also
be achieved with the LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is
used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help
screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the Model T360 analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled,
type:
LOGON 940331
07272B DCN6552
159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.
4.15.2.8. APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows accessing
and controlling any of Teledyne API’s main line of ambient and stack-gas
instruments from a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet.
Running APICOM, a user can:
Establish a link from a remote location to the T360 through direct cable
connection via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could
be accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data
analysis.
Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations.
Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-
feature; the interface emulates the look and functionality of the instrument’s
actual front panel
07272B DCN6552
160
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
Figure 4-15:
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
APICOM is included free of cost with the analyzer and the latest versions can
also be downloaded for free at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
4.15.3. Additional Communications Documentation
Table 4-27: Serial Interface Documents
INTERFACE / TOOL
DOCUMENT TITLE
PART
NUMBER
AVAILABLE
ONLINE*
APICOM
APICOM User Manual
039450000
028370000
YES
YES
DAS Manual
Detailed description of the DAS.
* These documents can be downloaded at http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/
07272B DCN6552
161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15.4. Using the T360 with a Hessen Protocol Network
4.15.4.1. GENERAL OVERVIEW OF HESSEN PROTOCOL
The Hessen protocol is a multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments
are connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The
remote instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote
instruments are unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never
initiate Hessen protocol messages. They only respond to commands from the
host computer and only when they receive a command containing their own
unique ID number.
The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of
remote instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to
place remote instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode. API’s
implementation supports both of these principal features.
The Hessen protocol is not well defined, therefore while API’s application is
completely compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different from
implementations by other companies.
The following subs describe the basics for setting up your instrument to operate
over a Hessen Protocol network. For more detailed information as well as a list
of host computer commands and examples of command and response message
syntax, download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne
API web site: http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp .
4.15.4.2. HESSEN COM PORT CONFIGURATION
Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T360’s com ports
to be set differently tha The standard configuration as shown in the table below.
Table 4-28: RS-232 Com Parameters for Hessen Protocol
Parameter
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
Standard
Hessen
7
8
1
2
None
Full
Even
Half
Duplex
To change the baud rate of the T360’s com ports, see Section 4.11.10.
NOTE
Ensure that the communication parameters of the host computer are also properly set.
Further note that the instrument software has a 200 ms. Latency before it responds to commands
issued by the host computer. This latency should present no problems, but you should be aware
of it and not issue commands to the instrument too frequently.
07272B DCN6552
162
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.4.3. ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL
The first step in configuring the T360 to operate over a Hessen protocol network
is to activate the Hessen mode for com ports and configure the communication
parameters for the port(s) appropriately. Press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
Repeat the entire
process to set up
the COM2 port
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
NEXT OFF
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Continue pressing next until …
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : OFF
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
ALRM
Toggle OFF/ON to
change
activate/deactivate
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL : ON
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COMM
port to configure
selected mode.
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
ID INET COM1 COM2
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1MODE: OFF
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
modes is displayed here
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1 MODE: ON
settings
EXIT ignores the new
PREV NEXT ON
ENTR EXIT
settings
07272B DCN6552
163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15.4.4. SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE
Currently there are two versions of Hessen Protocol in use. The original
implementation, referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version,
TYPE 2 that has more flexibility when operating with instruments that can
measure more than one type of gas. For more specific information about the
difference between TYPE 1and TYPE 2 download the Manual Addendum for
Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API web site: http://www.teledyne-
api.com/manuals/index.asp .
To select a Hessen Protocol Type press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SET> EDIT
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
ENTR accepts the new
settings
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
TYE1 TYPE 2 ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
settings
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 2
Press to change
protocol type.
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
NOTE
While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for COM1 and COM2, The TYPE
selection affects both Ports.
07272B DCN6552
164
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
4.15.4.5. SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE
The Teledyne API implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose
one of several different modes of response for the analyzer.
Table 4-29: Teledyne API Hessen Protocol Response Modes
MODE ID
CMD
MODE DESCRIPTION
This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional command
format. Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating command.
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the response,
<ETX> (at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code (checksum), regardless
of the command encoding.
BCC
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end of the
string, regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT
To Select a Hessen response mode, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
ENTR accepts the new
settings
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
EXIT ignores the new
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
settings
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press to
change
response
mode.
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
BCC TEXT EDIT
ENTR EXIT
4.15.4.6. HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS ID
The Model T360 Analyzer is a single gas instrument that measures CO2. As such
it’s default gas ID has already been set to 310. There is no need to change this
setting.
07272B DCN6552
165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4.15.4.7. SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS
Teledyne API’s implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits
that the instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its
condition. Each bit can be assigned to one operational and warning message flag.
The default settings for these bit/flags are:
Table 4-30: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments
STATUS FLAG NAME
DEFAULT BIT
ASSIGNMENT
WARNING FLAGS
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
BENCH TEMP WARNING
SOURCE WARNING
0001
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
BOX TEMP WARNING
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
SAMPLE TEMP WARNING
SAMPLE PRESSURE WARNING
INVALID CONC
(The Instrument’s Front Panel Display Will Show The
Concentration As “XXXX”)
OPERATIONAL FLAGS
Instrument Off
0100
0200
0400
0800
In Manual Calibration Mode
In Zero Calibration Mode
In Span Calibration Mode
UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS
UGM
0000
2000
MGM
PPB
4000
PPM
6000
SPARE/UNUSED BITS
UNASSIGNED FLAGS (0000)
100, 1000, 8000
Sync Warning
Relay Board Warning
Conc Alarm 1
Analog Cal Warning
Cannot Dyn Zero
Cannot Dyn Span
Invalid Conc
Conc Alarm 2
Photo Temp Warning
System Reset
Rear Board Not Detected
NOTES:
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit. This allows the
grouping of similar flags, such as all temperature warnings, under the same status bit.
Be careful not to assign conflicting flags to the same bit as each status bit will be triggered if any
of the assigned flags is active.
07272B DCN6552
166
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Operating Instructions
To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments, press:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG ALRM
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
Repeat pressing SET> until …
SETUP X.
HESSEN STATUS FLAGS
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
SYNC WARNING: 0000
PREV NEXT
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Repeat pressing NEXT or PREV until the desired
message flag is displayed. See Table 6-27.
For xxample …
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: 0000
EDIT PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT
<CH and CH>
move the [ ]
cursor left and
right along the
bit string.
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: [0]000
[0]
ENTR accepts the new
settings
<CH CH>
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
settings
Press the [?] key repeatedly to cycle through the available character set: 0-9
Note: Values of A- F can also be set but are meaningless.
4.15.4.8. INSTRUMENT ID CODE
Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique ID code. The
T360 is programmed with a default ID code of 360 OR 0. To change this code
See Section 4.11.1
07272B DCN6552
167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Instructions
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
168
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This contains a variety of information regarding the various methods for
calibrating a Model T360 CO2 Analyzer as well as other supporting information.
NOTE
The procedures herein assume that the calibration password feature is disabled (the instrument’s
CAL, CALZ or CALS buttons are pushed but before the instrument enters the associated
calibration mode.
5.1. BEFORE CALIBRATION
The calibration procedures in this assume that the Range Type, Range Span and
units of measure have already been selected for the analyzer. If this has not been
done, please do so before continuing (see Section 4.8 for instructions).
All Gas lines should be PTFE (Teflon), FEP, glass, stainless steel or brass.
NOTE
If any problems occur while performing the following calibration procedures, refer to Section 8 of
this manual for troubleshooting tips.
5.1.1. Zero Air and Span Gas
To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and span
gas available.
Zero Air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but
scrubbed of all components that might affect the analyzer’s readings. Zero air
should contain less than 25 ppb of CO2 and other major interfering gases such as
CO and Water Vapor. It should have a dew point of -5C or less
Span Gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the
type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range.
It is recommended that the span gas used have a concentration equal to 80% of
the full measurement range.
If Span Gas is sourced directly from a calibrated, pressurized tank, the gas
mixture should be CO2 mixed with Zero Air or N2 at the required ratio.
07272B DCN6552
169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
5.1.2. Calibration Gas Traceability
All equipment used to produce calibration gases should be verified against
standards of the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). To
ensure NIST traceability, we recommend acquiring cylinders of working gas that
are certified to be traceable to NIST Standard Reference Materials (SRM). These
are available from a variety of commercial sources.
5.1.3. Data Recording Devices
A strip chart recorder, data acquisition system or digital data acquisition system
should be used to record data from the T360’s serial or analog outputs. If analog
readings are used, the response of the recording system should be checked against
a NIST traceable voltage source or meter. Data recording device should be
capable of bi-polar operation so that negative readings can be recorded. For
electronic data recording, the T360 provides an internal data acquisition system
(DAS), which is described in detail in Section 4.7.
5.2. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITHOUT ZERO/SPAN VALVES
This is the basic method for manually calibrating the Model T360 CO2 Analyzer
without functioning zero/span valve options. It is identical to the method
her for you convenience.
STEP ONE: Connect the Sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below.
Figure 5-1:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas
07272B DCN6552
170
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
Figure 5-2:
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator
STEP TWO: Set the expected CO2 Span Gas concentration:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
This sequence causes the
analyzer to prompt for the
expected CO2 span
concentration.
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
The CO2 span
concentration values
automatically default to
400.0 Conc.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
display.
ENTR accepts the new setting
and returns to the
M-P CAL
CO2 SPAN CONC: 400.000 Conc
To change this value to
the actual concentration of
the span gas, enter the
number by pressing the
button under each digit
until the expected value
appears.
0
0
0
4
5
.0
ENTR EXIT
previous display..
NOTE
For this Initial Calibration it is important to independently verify the PRECISE CO2 Concentration
Value of the SPAN gas.
If the source of the Span Gas is from a Calibrated Bottle, use the exact concentration value
printed on the bottle.
07272B DCN6552
171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
STEP THREE: Perform the Zero/Span Calibration Procedure:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show the
STABIL test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the CO2
< TST TST > CAL
measurement
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CONC
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
Press ENTR to changes the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ENTR
CONC
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
STABIL may jump
si gni fi cantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 1.0 ppm
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
The SPAN button
appears.
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
SPAN CONC
If eitherthe ZERO or
SPAN buttons fail to
appear see Section 11
for troubleshooting tips.
Press ENTR to change the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
< TST TST > ENTR SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
CONC EXIT
EXIT returns to the main
SAMPLE display
< TST TST > ENTR
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, this means that the
measurement made during that part of the procedure is too far out of the
allowable range to do allow a reliable calibration. The reason for this must be
determined before the analyzer can be calibrated.
troubleshooting tips.
See Section 8 for
07272B DCN6552
172
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS
Informal calibration checks, which only evaluate but do not alter the analyzer’s
response curve, are recommended as a regular maintenance item and in order to
monitor the analyzer’s performance. To carry out a calibration check rather than
a full calibration, follow these steps.
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Figures
7.1 or 7.2.
STEP TWO: Perform the zero/span calibration check procedure:
ACTION:
Supply the instrument with zero gas.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPM
CO2=X.XXX
SETUP
Scroll the display to the
STABIL test function.
< TST TST > CAL
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2=X.XXX
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
Wait until
STABIL is
below 1.0 ppm.
This may take
several minutes.
ACTION:
Record the CO2
concentration
reading.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2=X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
The value of
STABIL may jump
significantly.
ACTION:
Supply span gas to the instrument
Wait until it falls
below 1.0 ppm. This
may take several
minutes.
ACTION:
Record the CO2
concentration
reading.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2=X.XXX
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
The SPAN key appears during the transition from zero to
span. You may see both SPAN and ZERO buttons.
5.4. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH ZERO/SPAN VALVES
There are four different zero/span valve option configurations (see Figure 5-3
used to supply calibration gas to the Analyzer.
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below.
with various optional internal valve sets installed.
07272B DCN6552
173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 5-3:
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
SAMPLE
Calibrated
CO2 Gas
at span gas
EXHAUST
VENT
concentration
VENT SPAN
PRESSURE SPAN
IZS
Chassis
External
Zero Air
Scrubber
N2
PURGE LINE
Figure 5-4:
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves and External
Zero Air Scrubber
07272B DCN6552
174
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
Figure 5-5:
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves
VENT here if input
is pressurized
Source of
SAMPLE GAS
Removed during
calibration
Calibrated
Model T700 gas
Dilution
CO2 Gas
at 100x span gas
concentration
Calibrator
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
VENT SPAN
Chassis
PRESSURE SPAN
IZS
External
Zero Air
Scrubber
PURGE LINE
N2
Figure 5-6:
Pneumatic Connections – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves with External Zero
Air Scrubber
07272B DCN6552
175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
STEP TWO: Set the expected CO2 Span Gas concentration:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
This sequence causes the
analyzer to prompt for the
expected CO2 span
concentration.
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CONC
CO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
The CO2 span
concentration values
automatically default to
400.0 Conc.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
display.
ENTR accepts the new setting
and returns to the
M-P CAL
CO2 SPAN CONC: 450.000 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
To change this value to
the actual concentration of
the span gas, enterthe
number by pressing the
button under each digit
until the expected value
appears.
0
0
0
4
5
previous display.
NOTE
For this Initial Calibration it is important to independently verify the PRECISE CO2 Concentration
Value of the SPAN gas.
If the source of the Span Gas is from a Calibrated Bottle, use the exact concentration value
printed on the bottle.
STEP THREE: Perform the zero/span calibration. Zero and span checks using
the zero/span valve option are similar to that described in Section 5.5, except that
zero air and span gas is supplied to the analyzer through the zero/span valves
rather than through the sample inlet port.
The zero and cal operations are initiated directly and independently with
dedicated buttons (CALZ & CALS).
07272B DCN6552
176
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
Set the Display to show the
STABIL test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the COx
<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP
measurement
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS SETUP
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until STABIL
falls below1.0 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CONC
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
Press ENTR to changes the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ENTR
CONC
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
STABIL may jump
significantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 1.0 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
The SPAN button now
appears during the
transition from zero to
span.
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
SPAN CONC
If either the ZERO or
SPAN buttons fail to
appear see Section 11
for troubleshooting tips.
Press ENTR to change the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
CO2 measurements.
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
< TST TST > ENTR SPAN CONC
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
CONC EXIT
EXIT returns to the main
SAMPLE display
< TST TST > ENTR
07272B DCN6552
177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
5.5. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH ZERO/SPAN
VALVES
Zero and span checks using the various zero/span valve options available for the
T360 are similar to that described in Section 5.3, except that the zero and
calibration operations are initiated directly and independently with dedicated
buttons CALZ and CALS.
To perform a manual calibration check of an analyzer with a valve option
installed, use the following method.
STEP TWO: Perform the zero/span check.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
Scroll to the STABIL test
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
function.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0
ppm.
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
ACTION:
Record the
CO2 readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
the display.
This may take
several minutes.
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPM CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
EXIT
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.XPPM CO2 =X.XXX
ACTION:
Record the
CO2 readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
thedisplay.
The value of STABIL
may jump
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
significantly. Wait
until STABIL falls
below 1.0ppm. This
may take several
minutes.
SPAN CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
EXIT
EXIT returns to the main
< TST TST > ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMPLE display
07272B DCN6552
178
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.5.1. Zero/Span Calibration on Auto Range or Dual Ranges
If the analyzer is being operated in dual range mode or auto range mode, then the
high and low ranges must be independently calibrated.
When the analyzer is in either dual or auto range modes the user must run a
separate calibration procedure for each range. After pressing the CAL, CALZ or
CALS buttons the user is prompted for the range that is to be calibrated as seen in
the CALZ example below:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display toshow the
STABIL test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the CO2
<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS
measurement
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 1.0 ppm.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
STABIL=XXX.X PPM
CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL: LOW
ENTR
LOW HIGH
SETUP
SETUP
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL: HIGH
ENTR
LOW HIGH
ANALYZER ENTERS
ZERO CAL MODE
ZERO CAL M
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ZERO SPAN CONC
EXIT
Continue Calibration as per
Standard Procedure
Once this selection is made, the calibration procedure continues as previously
the main SAMPLE display.
07272B DCN6552
179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
5.5.2. Use of Zero/Span Valves with Remote Contact Closure
Contact closures for controlling calibration are located on the rear panel
CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these contacts are
the instrument switches into zero or span mode. The remote calibration contact
closures may be activated in any order. It is recommended that contact closures
remain closed for at least 10 minutes to establish a reliable reading.
The instrument will stay in the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain
closed. If calibration is enabled, the T360 will re-calibrate when the contact is
opened, then go into SAMPLE mode. If calibration is disabled, the instrument
will return to SAMPLE mode, leaving the calibration unchanged.
5.6. AUTOMATIC ZERO/SPAN CAL/CHECK (AUTOCAL)
The AutoCal system allows unattended periodic operation of the ZERO/SPAN
valve options by using the T360’s internal time of day clock. AutoCal operates
by executing SEQUENCES programmed by the user to initiate the various
calibration modes of the analyzer and open and close valves appropriately. It is
possible to program and run up to 3 separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and
SEQ3). Each sequence can operate in one of 3 Modes, or be disabled.
Table 5-1: AUTOCAL Modes
MODE NAME
DISABLED
ZERO
ACTION
Disables the Sequence
Causes the Sequence to perform a zero calibration/check
ZERO-SPAN
Causes the Sequence to perform a zero and span concentration
calibration/check
SPAN
Causes the Sequence to perform a span concentration
calibration/check
For each mode there are seven parameters that control operational details of the
SEQUENCE. They are:
Table 5-2: AutoCal ATTRIBUTE Setup Parameters
ATTRIBUTE NAME
ACTION
TIMER ENABLED
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
Turns on the Sequence timer
Sequence will operate after Starting Date
Time of day sequence will run
Number of days to skip between each Seq. execution
Number of hours later each “Delta Days” Seq is to be run
Number of minutes the sequence operates
DURATION
CALIBRATE
Enable to do a calibration – Disable to do a cal check only
07272B DCN6552
180
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
The following example sets Sequence #2 to do a Zero-Span Calibration every
other day starting at 1 am on September 4, 2001, lasting 15 minutes, without
calibration. This will start ½ hour later each iteration.
MODE AND ATTRIBUTE
Sequence
VALUE
COMMENT
Define Sequence #2
2
ZERO-SPAN
ON
Mode
Select Zero and Span Mode
Enable the timer
Timer Enable
Starting Date
Starting Time
Delta Days
Sept. 4, 2001
01:00
Start after Sept 4, 2001
First Span starts at 1:00AM
Do Sequence #2 every other day
Do Sequence #2 ½ hr later each day
Operate Span valve for 15 min
Do not calibrate at end of Sequence
2
Delta Time
00:30
Duration
15.0
Calibrate
NO
NOTES
The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later tha The real time
Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day. Any new sequence which is
initiated whether from a timer, the COM ports, or the contact closure inputs will override any
sequence which is in progress.
If at any time an illegal entry is selected (Example: Delta Days > 367) the ENTR button will
disappear from the display.
07272B DCN6552
181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
To program the Sequence:
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM CO2 =X.XXX
SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:14:15
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
DELTA DAYS: 1
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
Toggle
buttons to
set
SETUP X.X SEQ 1) DISABLED
SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS: 1
number of
NEXT MODE
days
0
0
2
ENTR EXIT
between
procedures
(1-367)
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) DISABLED
SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS:2
PREV NEXT MODE
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X MODE: DISABLED
SETUP X.X DELTA TIME00:00
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO
Toggle
buttons to set
delay time for
each iteration
of the
sequence:
HH:MM
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X DELTA TIME: 00:00
0
0
:3
0
SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO–SPAN
(0 – 24:00)
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X DELTA TIEM:00:30
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 1:00:00
PREV NEXT MODE SET
SETUP X.X DURATION:15.0 MINUTES
Toggle
buttons to
set
duration for
each
iteration of
the
sequence:
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Default
value is
ON
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE: ON
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X DURATION 15.0MINUTES
3
0
.0
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
Set in
Decimal
minutes
from
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X DURATION:30.0 MINUTES
0.1 – 60.0
Toggle
buttons to set
day, month &
year:
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
0
4
SEP
0
3
ENTR EXIT
Format :
DD-MON-YY
SETUP X.X
CALIBRATE: OFF
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Toggle
button
between
Off and
ON
SETUP X.X
ON
CALIBRATE: OFF
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CALIBRATE: ON
Toggle buttons
to set time:
SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00
<SET SET> EDIT
Format : HH:MM
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
This is a 24 hr
clock .
PM hours are
13 – 24.
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00
Example
2:15 PM = 14:15
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
1
4
: 1
5
ENTR EXIT/
Sequence
Delta Time
Delta Days
MODE
07272B DCN6552
182
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Calibration Procedures
5.6.1. AutoCal with Auto or Dual Reporting Ranges Modes Selected
SETUP C.4
<SET
RANGE TO CAL: LOW
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP C.4
RANGE TO CAL: LOW
RANGE TO CAL: HIGH
LOW HIGH
ENTR SETUP
SETUP C.4
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.4 SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
EXIT returns to the
PRIMARY SETUP
Menu
PREV NEXT MODE SET
NOTE
In order to automatically calibrate both the HIGH and LOW ranges, you must set up a separate
sequence for each.
07272B DCN6552
183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
5.7. CALIBRATION QUALITY
After completing one of the calibration procedures described above, it is
important to evaluate the analyzer’s calibration SLOPE and OFFSET parameters.
These values describe the linear response curve of the analyzer. The values for
these terms, both individually and relative to each other, indicate the quality of
the calibration. To perform this quality evaluation, you will need to record the
automatically stored in the DAS channel CALDAT for data analysis,
documentation and archival.
Make sure that these parameters are within the limits listed in Table 5-3 and
frequently compare them to those values on the Final Test and Checkout Sheet
that came attached to your manual, which should not be significantly different. If
they are, refer to the troubleshooting Section 8.
Table 5-3 : Calibration Data Quality Evaluation
FUNCTION
SLOPE
MINIMUM VALUE
0.700
OPTIMUM VALUE
1.000
MAXIMUM VALUE
1.300
OFFS
-0.500
0.000
0.500
These values should not be significantly different from the values recorded on the Teledyne API Final Test
and Validation Data sheet that was shipped with your instrument. If they are, refer to the troubleshooting
Section 8.
The default DAS configuration records all calibration values in channel
CALDAT as well as all calibration check (zero and span) values in its internal
memory. Up to 200 data points are stored for up 4 years of data (on weekly
calibration checks) and a lifetime history of monthly calibrations. Review these
data to see if the zero and span responses change over time. These channels also
store the STABIL value (standard deviation of CO concentration) to evaluate if
the analyzer response has properly leveled off during the calibration procedure.
Finally, the CALDAT channel also stores the converter efficiency for review and
documentation.
If your instrument has an O2 sensor option installed, that should be calibrated as
well.
07272B DCN6552
184
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND
PROCEDURES
Predictive diagnostic functions, including data acquisition records, failure
warnings and test functions built into the analyzer, allow the user to determine
when repairs are necessary without performing painstaking preventative
maintenance procedures. There are, however, a minimal number of simple
procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the analyzer continues
to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime. Repairs and troubleshooting
are covered in Section 8 of this manual.
6.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 6-1 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the analyzer. Please note
that in certain environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some
maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.
NOTE
A Span and Zero Calibration Check (see CAL CHECK REQ’D Column of Table 6-1) must be
performed following certain of the maintenance procedure listed below.
See Sections 5.3, 5.5, and 5.6 for instructions on performing checks.
CAUTION
Risk of electrical shock. Disconnect power before performing any of the
following operations that require entry into the interior of the analyzer.
NOTE
The operations outlined in this section are to be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table 6-1: T360 Maintenance Schedule
DATE PERFORMED
CAL
ITEM
ACTION
FREQ
CHECK
REQ’D.
MANUAL
Particulate
Filter
Weekly or as
needed
Replace
Yes
No
Weekly or after
any
Maintenance
or Repair
Verify Test
Functions
Record and
analyze
Pump
Diaphragm
Replace
Annually
Annually
Yes
No
Perform
Flow Check
Check Flow
Annually or
after any
Maintenance
or Repair
Perform
Leak Check
Verify Leak
Tight
No
Pneumatic
lines
Examine
and clean
Yes if
cleaned
As needed
As needed
Only if
cover
Cleaning
Clean
remv’d
07272B DCN6552
187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule and Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 6-2: T360 Test Function Record
DATE RECORDED
OPERATING
FUNCTION
MODE*
ZERO CAL
STABILITY
ZERO CAL
CO2 MEAS
Zero CAL
MR RATIO
SPAN CAL
SAMPLE
PRES
SAMPLE After
Warm-up
PHT DRIVE
SPAN CAL
SLOPE
ZERO CAL
OFFSET
07272B DCN6552
188
05232 Rev B3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6.2. PREDICTING FAILURES USING THE TEST FUNCTIONS
The Test Functions can be used to predict failures by looking at how their values
change over time. Initially it may be useful to compare the state of these Test
Functions to the values recorded on the printed record of the final calibration
a basis for taking action as these values change with time. The internal data
acquisition system (DAS) is a convenient way to record and track these changes.
Use APICOM to download and review this data from a remote location.
Table 6-3: Predictive Uses for Test Functions
FUNCTION
STABILITY
CONDITION
BEHAVIOR
INTERPRETATION
Pneumatic Leaks – instrument & sample system
Detector deteriorating
Zero Cal
Increasing
Source Aging
CO2 MEAS
Detector deteriorating
Zero Cal
Zero Cal
Decreasing
Increasing
Optics getting dirty or contaminated
Source Aging
Detector deteriorating
Contaminated zero gas (H2O)
Source Aging
Detector deteriorating
GFC Wheel Leaking
Decreasing
Increasing
Pneumatic Leaks
MR RATIO
Contaminated zero gas (CO2)
Source Aging
Pneumatic Leaks – instrument & sample system
Calibration system deteriorating
Source Aging
Span Cal
Sample
GFC Wheel Leaking
Decreasing
Increasing > 1”
Decreasing > 1”
Calibration system deteriorating
Pneumatic Leak between sample inlet and Sample Cell
Change in sampling manifold
Dirty particulate filter
PRES
Pneumatic obstruction between sample inlet and Sample Cell
Obstruction in sampling manifold
Any, but
with Bench
Temp at
48°C
Mechanical Connection between IR-Detector and Sample Cell
deteriorating
PHT DRIVE
Increasing
IR-Photodetector deteriorating
See MR Ratio - Zero Cal Decreasing above
See MR Ratio - Zero Cal Increasing above
See MR Ratio - Span Cal Decreasing above
See MR Ratio – Span Cal Increasing above
Increasing
Decreasing
Increasing
Decreasing
OFFSET
SLOPE
Zero Cal
Span Cal
07272B DCN6552
189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule and Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
6.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The following procedures are to be performed periodically as part of the standard
maintenance of the Model T360.
6.3.1. Replacing the Sample Particulate Filter
The particulate filter should be inspected often for signs of plugging or
contamination. We recommend that when you change the filter, handle it and the
wetted surfaces of the filter housing as little as possible. Do not touch any part of
the housing, filter element, PTFE retaining ring, glass cover and the o-ring.
To change the filter:
1. Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the instrument.
2. Open the T360’s hinged front panel and unscrew the knurled retaining ring
on the filter assembly.
Figure 6-1:
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly
3. Carefully remove the retaining ring, PTFE o-ring, glass filter cover and filter
element.
4. Replace the filter, being careful that the element is fully seated and centered
in the bottom of the holder.
5. Re-install the PTFE o-ring with the notches up, install the glass cover, then
screw on the retaining ring and hand tighten. Inspect the seal between the
edge of filter and the o-ring to assure a proper seal.
6. Restart the Analyzer.
07272B DCN6552
190
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule and Procedures
6.3.2. Rebuilding the Sample Pump
The diaphragm in the sample pump periodically wears out and must be replaced.
A sample rebuild kit is available – see Appendix B of this manual for the part
number of the pump rebuild kit. Instructions and diagrams are included with the
kit.
Always perform a Flow and Leak Check after rebuilding the Sample Pump.
6.3.3. Performing Leak Checks
Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction; Section 6.3.3.1
procedure.
6.3.3.1. VACUUM LEAK CHECK AND PUMP CHECK
This method is easy and fast. It detects, but does not locate most leaks; it also
verifies that the sample pump is in good condition.
1. Turn the analyzer ON, and allow enough time for flows to stabilize.
2. Cap the sample inlet port.
3. After several minutes, when the pressures have stabilized, note the following.
In the TEST menu, note the SAMPLE PRESSURE reading.
4. If the reading is < 10 in-Hg, the pump is in good condition and there are no
large leaks.
5. Check the sample gas flow. If the flow is <10 cm3/min and stable, there are
no large leaks in the instrument’s pneumatics.
6.3.3.2. PRESSURE LEAK CHECK
If you can’t locate the leak by the above procedure, use the following procedure.
Obtain a leak checker similar to the Teledyne API part number 01960, which
contains a small pump, shut-off valve, and pressure gauge. Alternatively, a
convenient source of low-pressure gas is a tank of span gas, with the two-stage
regulator adjusted to less than 15 psi with a shutoff valve and pressure gauge.
CAUTION
Do not use bubble solution with vacuum applied to the analyzer. The
solution may contaminate the instrument. Do not exceed 15 PSIG
pressure.
1. Turn OFF power to the instrument.
2. Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the sample inlet
at the rear panel.
3. Remove the instrument cover and locate the inlet side of the sample pump.
Remove the flow assembly from the pump and plug it with the appropriate
gas-tight fitting.
07272B DCN6552
191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule and Procedures
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
4. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker, allowing enough time to fully
pressurize the instrument through the critical flow orifice. Check each fitting
with soap bubble solution, looking for bubbles. Once the fittings have been
wetted with soap solution, do not re-apply vacuum, as it will suck soap
solution into the instrument and contaminate it. Do not exceed 15 psi
pressure.
5. If the instrument has one of the zero and span valve options, the normally
closed ports on each valve should also be separately checked. Connect the
leak checker to the normally closed ports and check with soap bubble
solution.
6. Once the leak has been located and repaired, use a clean, absorbent, and
lint-free material to remove any residual soap solution from the instrument
interior. The leak-down rate should be < 1 in-Hg (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after
the pressure is shut off.
6.3.4. Performing a Sample Flow Check
CAUTION
Always use a separate calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows
in the 0 – 1000 cc/min range to measure the gas flow rate though the
analyzer.
DO NOT use the built in flow measurement viewable from the Front Panel
of the instrument. This measurement is only for detecting major flow
interruptions such as clogged or plugged gas lines.
1. Attach the Flow Meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel. Ensure that
the inlet to the Flow Meter is at atmospheric f.
2. Sample flow should be 800 cc/min 10%.
3. Once an accurate measurement has been recorded by the method described
above, adjust the analyzer’s internal flow sensors (see Section 4.13.8)
Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway, typically a
plugged sintered filter or critical flow orifice in one of the analyzer’s flow control
assemblies. High flows indicate leaks downstream of the Flow Control
Assembly.
6.3.5. Cleaning the Optical Bench
The T360 sensor assembly and optical bench is complex and delicate.
Disassembly and cleaning is not recommended. Please check with the factory
before disassembling the optical bench.
6.3.6. Cleaning the Chassis
If necessary, the exterior surfaces of the T360 can be cleaned with a clean damp
cloth. Do not submerge any part of the instrument in water or cleaning solution.
07272B DCN6552
192
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The Model T360 Gas Filter Correlation Carbon Dioxide Analyzer is a
microprocessor-controlled analyzer that determines the concentration of carbon
dioxide (CO2) in a sample gas drawn through the instrument. It requires that
sample and calibration gasses be supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure in
order to establish a stable gas flow through the sample chamber where the gases
ability to absorb infrared radiation is measured.
Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and does not require
physical adjustments to the instrument. During calibration the microprocessor
measures the current state of the IR Sensor output and various other physical
parameters of the instrument and stores them in memory.
The microprocessor uses these calibration values, the IR absorption
measurements made on the sample gas along with data regarding the current
temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final co2 concentration.
This concentration value and the original information from which it was
calculated are stored in one of the unit’s internal data acquisition system (DAS -
variety of digital and analog signal outputs.
7.1. MEASUREMENT METHOD
7.1.1. Beer’s Law
The basic principle by which the analyzer works is called Beer’s Law. It defines
the how light of a specific wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule
over a certain distance. The mathematical relationship between these three
parameters is:
I = Io e-αLc
Where:
Io
is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption.
I
is the intensity with absorption.
L
is the absorption path, or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed.
is the concentration of the absorbing gas. In the case of the Model T360,
C
carbon dioxide (CO2).
α
is the absorption coefficient that tells how well CO2 absorbs light at the specific
wavelength of interest.
07272B DCN6552
193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.1.2. Measurement Fundamentals
In the most basic terms, the Model T360 uses a high energy heated element to
generate a beam of broad-band IR light with a known intensity (measured during
Instrument calibration. This beam is directed through multi-pass cell filled with
sample gas. The sample cell uses mirrors at each end to reflect the IR beam back
and forth through the sample gas to generate a 2.5 meter absorption path (see
fluctuations in CO2 density.
Band-Pass Filter
Sample Chamber
IR
Source
Photo-Detector
IR Beam
Figure 7-1:
Measurement Fundamentals
Upon exiting the sample cell, the beam shines through a band-pass filter that
allows only light at a wavelength of 4.3 µm to pass. Finally, the beam strikes a
solid-state photo-detector that converts the light signal into a modulated voltage
signal representing the attenuated intensity of the beam.
7.1.3. Gas Filter Correlation
Unfortunately, water vapor absorbs light at 4.3 µm too. To overcome the
interfering effects of water vapor the Model T360 adds another component to the
IR light path called a gas filter correlation (GFC) wheel (see Figure 7-2).
Measurement Cell
(Pure N2)
Reference Cell
(N2 with CO2)
Figure 7-2:
GFC Wheel
07272B DCN6552
194
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.1.3.1. THE GFC WHEEL
A GFC wheel is a metallic wheel into which two chambers are carved. The
chambers are sealed on both sides with material transparent to 4.3 µm IR
radiation creating two airtight cavities. Each cavity is filled with specially
composed gases. One cell is filled with pure N2 (the measure cell). The other is
filled with a combination of N2 and a high concentration of CO2 (the reference
cell).
IR unaffected by N2 in Measurement Cell
Δ H
IR IS affected by CO2 in Reference Cell
M
IR
Source
Photo-Detector
R
GFC Wheel
Figure 7-3:
Measurement Fundamentals with GFC Wheel
As the GFC wheel spins, the IR light alternately passes through the two cavities.
When the beam is exposed to the reference cell, the CO2 in the gas filter wheel
strips the beam of most of the IR at 4.3μm. When the light beam is exposed to
the measurement cell, the N2 in the filter wheel does not absorb IR light. This
results in a fluctuation in the intensity of the IR light striking the photo-detector
such as that shown in Figure 7-4.
07272B DCN6552
195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.1.3.2. THE MEASURE/REFERENCE RATIO
The Model T360 determines the amount of CO2 in the sample chamber by
computing the ratio between the peak of the measurement pulse (CO2 MEAS)
and the peak of the reference pulse (CO2 REF).
If no gases exist in the sample chamber that absorb light at 4.3μm, the high
concentration of CO2 in the gas mixture of the reference cell will attenuate the
intensity of the IR beam by 60% giving a M/R ratio of approximately 2.4:1.
Adding CO2 to the sample chamber causes the peaks corresponding to both cells
to be attenuated by a further percentage. Since the intensity of the light passing
through the measurement cell is greater, the effect of this additional attenuation is
greater. This causes CO2 MEAS to be more sensitive to the presence of CO2 in
the sample chamber than CO2 REF and the ratio between them (M/R) to move
closer to 1:1 as the concentration of CO2 in the sample chamber increases.
IR unaffected by N2 in Measurement Cell of
the GFC Wheel and no additional CO2 in
the Sample Chamber
CO2 MEAS
CO2 REF
IR affected by CO2 in Reference Cell
with no interfering gas in the Sample
Chamber
IR shinning through Measurement Cell of
the GFC Wheel is reduced by additional
CO2 in the Sample Chamber
M/R
is reduced
IR shining through Reference Cell is
also reduced by additional CO2 in the
Sample Chamber, but to a lesser extent
Figure 7-4:
Effect of CO2 in the Sample on CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF
Once the Model T360 has computed this ratio, a look-up table is used, with
interpolation, to linearize the response of the instrument. This linearized
concentration value is combined with calibration SLOPE and OFFSET values to
produce the CO2 concentration which is then normalized for changes in sample
pressure.
07272B DCN6552
196
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.1.4. Interference and Signal to Noise Rejection
If an interfering gas, such as H2O vapor is introduced into the sample chamber,
the spectrum of the IR beam is changed in a way that is identical for both the
reference and the measurement cells, but without changing the ratio between the
peak heights of CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF. In effect, the difference between
the peak heights remains the same.
M/R
is Shifted
IR shining through both cells is effected
equally by interfering gas in the Sample
Chamber
Figure 7-5:
Effects of Interfering Gas on CO2 MEAS & CO2 REF
Thus, the difference in the peak heights and the resulting M/R ratio is only due to
CO2 and not to interfering gases. In this way, Gas filter correlation rejects the
effects of interfering gases and so that the analyzer responds only to the presence
of CO2.
To improve the signal-to-noise performance of the IR photo-detector, the GFC
wheel also incorporates an optical mask that chops the IR beam into alternating
pulses of light and dark at six times the frequency of the measure/reference
signal. This limits the detection bandwidth helping to reject interfering signals
from outside this bandwidth improving the signal to noise ratio.
The IR Signal as the Photo-Detector sees it
after being chopped by the GFC Wheel
Screen
CO2 MEAS
CO2 REF
Figure 7-6:
Chopped IR Signal
07272B DCN6552
197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.1.4.1. AMBIENT CO2 INTERFERENCE REJECTION
CO2 absorbs IR light so well that even the narrow volume of ambient air between
the IR source and the sample chamber is enough to alter the analyzer’s measured
concentration of CO2. Also, ambient air, which averages around 350 ppm to 400
ppm, will vary significantly over the course of the day. The ambient CO2
concentration can rise as high as 1 000 ppm during the time of the day when
people are present. It can fluctuate 300 ppm as the photosynthesis of plant life
in the nearby area increases during the day and decreases at night.
The basic design of the T360 rejects most of this interference at a 100:1 ratio;
however this still can allow small fluctuations in CO2 concentration during the
course of the day. To completely remove all effects of ambient CO2 from the
analyzer’s measurement of CO2, dried air, scrubbed of all CO2 is pumped into the
GFC wheel housing to purge all ambient CO2.
7.2. OXYGEN SENSOR (OPT 65)
7.2.1. Paramagnetic Measurement of O2
The oxygen sensor used in the T360 analyzer utilizes the fact that oxygen is
attracted into strong magnetic field; most other gases are not, to obtain fast,
accurate oxygen measurements.
The sensor’s core is made up of two nitrogen filled glass spheres, which are
is mounted centrally on the suspension and light is shone onto the mirror that
reflects the light onto a pair of photocells. The signal generated by the photocells
is passed to a feedback loop, which outputs a current to a wire winding (in effect,
a small DC electric motor) mounted on the suspended mirror.
Oxygen from the sample stream is attracted into the magnetic field displacing the
nitrogen filled spheres and causing the suspended mirror to rotate. This changes
the amount of light reflected onto the photocells and therefore the output levels of
the photocells. The feedback loop increases the amount of current fed into the
winding in order to move the mirror back into its original position. The more O2
present, the more the mirror moves and the more current is fed into the winding
by the feedback control loop.
A sensor measures the amount of current generated by the feedback control loop
which is directly proportional to the concentration of oxygen within the sample
gas mixture.
07272B DCN6552
198
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Figure 7-7:
Oxygen Sensor - Principle of Operation
7.2.1.1. O2 SENSOR OPERATION WITHIN THE T360 ANALYZER
The oxygen sensor option is transparently integrated into the core analyzer
operation. All functions can be viewed or accessed through the front panel, just
like the functions for CO2
The O2 concentration is displayed in the upper right area of the display with
CO2 concentration.
Test functions for O2 slope and offset are viewable from the front panel along
with the analyzer’s other test functions.
O2 sensor calibration is performed via the front panel CAL function and is
performed in a nearly identical manner as the standard CO2 calibration. See
Stability of the O2 sensor can be viewed via the front panel display.
A signal representing the currently measured O2 concentration is available.
The O2 concentration range is 0-100% (user selectable) with 0.1% precision and
accuracy and is available to be output via the instrument’s analog output channel
The temperature of the O2 sensor is maintained at a constant 50° C by means of a
PID loop and can be viewed on the front panel as test function O2 TEMP.
The O2 sensor assembly itself does not have any serviceable parts and is enclosed
in an insulated canister.
07272B DCN6552
199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.3. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
CAUTION
It is important that the sample airflow system is both leak tight and not
pressurized over ambient pressure. Perform regular leak checks (refer to
procedures for correctly performing leak checks in Section 6.3.3.
An internal pump evacuates the sample chamber creating a small vacuum that
draws sample gas into the analyzer. Normally the analyzer is operated with its
inlet near ambient pressure either because the sample is directly drawn at the inlet
or a small vent is installed at the inlet. There are several advantages to this “pull
through” configuration.
By placing the pump down stream from the sample chamber several
problems are avoided.
First the pumping process heats and compresses the sample air
complicating the measurement process.
Additionally, certain physical parts of the pump itself are made of materials
that might chemically react with the sample gas.
Finally, in certain applications where the concentration of the target gas
might be high enough to be hazardous, maintaining a negative gas pressure
relative to ambient means that should a minor leak occur, no sample gas will
be pumped into the atmosphere surrounding analyzer.
7.3.1. Sample Gas Flow
Figure 7-8:
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Basic Configuration
07272B DCN6552
200
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.3.2. Flow Rate Control
To maintain a constant flow rate of the sample gas through the instrument, the
Model T360 uses special flow control assemblies located in the purge gas line at
the entrance to the GFC wheel housing and in the exhaust gas line just before the
a critical flow orifice.
two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings
seal the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow
orifice.
a spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-
rings, the critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.
7.3.2.1. CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICE
The most important component of this flow control assembly is the critical flow
orifice.
Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow
rates. They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid
dynamics. By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a pressure differential
is created. This pressure differential combined with the action of the analyzer’s
pump draws the gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues
to drop, the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once
the ratio of upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the
velocity of the gas through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that
ratio stays at least 2:1 the gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges,
or changes in downstream pressure because such variations only travel at the
speed of sound themselves and are therefore cancelled out by the sonic
shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical flow orifice.
CRITICAL
FLOW
ORIFICE
AREA OF
LOW
AREA OF
HIGH
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
Sonic
Shockwave
O-RINGS
SPRING
FILTER
Figure 7-9:
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice
07272B DCN6552
201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time),
depends on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole,
the more gas molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass through the orifice.
Because the flow rate of gas through the orifice is only related to the minimum
2:1 pressure differential and not absolute pressure the flow rate of the gas is also
unaffected by degradations in pump efficiency due to age.
The critical flow orifice used in the Model T360 is designed to provide a flow
rate of 800 cm3/min.
7.3.3. Purge Gas Pressure Control
In order to ensure that all of the ambient CO2 is purged from the GFC Wheel
housing an adequate supply of dried air, scrubbed of CO2 must be supplied to the
PURGE AIR inlet at the back of the instrument.
The minimum gas pressure of the source of purge air should be 7.5 psig.
If the source of the purge air is shared by a Teledyne API’s T700 the
minimum gas pressure should be 25 psig and should not exceed 35 psig.
In order to maintain the proper pressure differential between the inside of the
GFC wheel housing and ambient air, the T360 design includes a manually
Regulator) that maintains the pressure of the purge air feed at 7.5 psig.
7.3.4. Particulate Filter
The Model T360 Analyzer comes equipped with a 47 mm diameter, Teflon,
particulate filter with a 5 micron pore size. The filter is accessible through the
front panel, which folds down to allow access, and should be changed according
to the suggested maintenance schedule described in Table 6-1.
7.3.5. Pneumatic Sensors
7.3.5.1. SAMPLE PRESSURE SENSOR
An absolute value pressure transducer plumbed to the outlet of the sample
chamber is used to measure sample pressure. The output of the sensor is used to
compensate the concentration measurement for changes in air pressure. This
sensor is mounted to a printed circuit board with the sample flow sensor on the
sample chamber; see the following section and Figure 3-5.
7.3.5.2. SAMPLE FLOW SENSOR
A thermal-mass flow sensor is used to measure the sample flow through the
analyzer. The sensor is calibrated at the factory with ambient air or N2, but can
be calibrated to operate with samples consisting of other gases such as CO2. This
sensor is mounted to a printed circuit board with the Sample Pressure sensor on
the sample chamber; see the previous section and Figure 3-5.
07272B DCN6552
202
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.3.6. Pneumatic Operation of the O2 Sensor
Pneumatically, the O2 sensor is connected to the bypass manifold and draws a
flow of about 120 cm³/min in addition to the normal sample flow rate and is
internal pneumatics of the analyzer with the O2 sensor installed.
Figure 7-10:
Gas Flow with O2 Sensor Option
07272B DCN6552
203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
7.4.1. Overview
Figure 7-11 shows a block diagram of the major electronic components of the
Model T360.
The core of the analyzer is a microcomputer/central processing unit (CPU) that
controls various internal processes, interprets data, makes calculations, and
reports results using specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API. It
communicates with the user as well as receives data from and issues commands
to a variety of peripheral devices via a separate printed circuit assembly called the
Motherboard.
The motherboard, directly mounted to the analyzer’s inside rear panel, collects
data, performs signal conditioning duties and routs incoming and outgoing signals
between the CPU and the analyzer’s other major components.
Data is generated by a gas-filter-correlation optical bench which outputs an
analog signal corresponding to the concentration of CO2 in the sample gas. This
analog signal is transformed into two, pre-amplified, DC voltages (CO2 MEAS
and CO2 REF) by a synchronous demodulator printed circuit assembly. CO2
MEAS and CO2 REF are converted into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-
digital converter, located on the mother board.
A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the analyzer’s
major components, again through the signal processing capabilities of the mother
board. These status reports are used as data for the CO2 concentration calculation
and as trigger events for certain control commands issued by the CPU. They are
stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed but the user via
the front panel display.
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of
manners:
Through the analyzer’s touchscreen and LCD display over a clocked, digital,
serial I/O bus (using a protocol called I2C)
RS 232 & RS485 Serial I/O channels via Ethernet, Modbus®, Apicom or a
terminal emulation program
Various DCV and DCA analog outputs, and
Several sets of Digital I/O channels.
Finally, the CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches (also over
the I2C bus) located on a separate printed circuit assembly to control the function
of key electromechanical devices such as heaters, motors and valves.
07272B DCN6552
204
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Analog Outputs
A1
RS232
Male
COM2
Female
USB COM
port
Analog In
Ethernet
Optional
4-20 mA
A2
Control Inputs:
Touchscreen
A3
A4
1 – 8
Display
Status Outputs:
1 – 6
(I2C Bus)
LVDS
transmitter board
Analog
Outputs
(D/A)
External
Digital I/O)
PC 104
CPU Card
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
Power-Up
Circuit
Disk On
Module
MOTHER
BOARD
Flash Chip
Box
Temp
PC 104 Bus
Zero/Span
Valve
Options
Thermistor
Interface
Internal
Digital I/O
I2C
Bus
PUMP
Sensor Inputs
SAMPLE
TEMP
CO2 CO
RELAY
BOARD
2
Sample Flow
& Pressure
Sensors
Optional
O2 Sensor
M
R
E
F
E
A
S
CPU Status
LED
BENCH
TEMP
TEC Control
IR
Source
PHT
WHEEL
TEMP
Photo-
detector
SYNC
DEMOD
Drive
Detector
Output
GFC
Motor
GFC
Wheel
O2 SENSOR
TEMP
(optional)
Optical
Bench
Schmidt
Trigger
Wheel
Heater
Segment Sensor
Bench Heater
M / R Sensor
Figure 7-11:
T360 Electronic Block Diagram
07272B DCN6552
205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.2. CPU
The unit’s CPU card, installed on the motherboard inside the rear panel, is a low
power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex 86SX-based
microcomputer running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the
PC/104 specification.
Figure 7-12:
CPU Board
The CPU includes non-volatile data storage: a Disk on Module (DOM) with an
embedded flash chip.
7.4.2.1. DISK-ON-MODULE (DOM)
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash chip with storage capacity to 129 MB. It is used
to store the operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and most of the
operational data generated by the analyzer’s internal data acquisition system
(DAS - see Section 4.7).
7.4.2.2. FLASH CHIP
This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration
data as well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data on a
separate, less heavily accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data
07272B DCN6552
206
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
corruption. In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the analyzer will
continue to operate with just the DOM. However, all configuration information
will be lost, requiring that the unit be recalibrated.
7.4.3. Optical Bench & GFC Wheel
Electronically, the Model T360’s optical bench, GFC wheel and associated
components do more than simply measure the amount of CO2 present in the
sample chamber. A variety of other critical functions are performed here as well.
7.4.3.1. TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Because the temperature of a gas affects its density and therefore the amount of
light absorbed by that gas it is important to reduce the effect of fluctuations in
ambient temperature on the Model T360’s measurement of CO2. To accomplish
this the temperature of both the sample chamber and the GFC Wheel are
maintained at constant temperatures above their normal operating ranges.
Bench Temperature: To minimize the effects of ambient temperature variations
on the sample measurement, the sample chamber is heated to 48C (8 degrees
above the maximum suggested ambient operating temperature for the analyzer).
The heat source is a strip heater attached to the underside of the chamber housing.
The temperature of the sample chamber is sensed by a thermistor attached to the
sample chamber housing.
Wheel Temperature: To minimize the effects of temperature variations caused by
the near proximity of the IR Source to the GFC wheel on the gases contained in
the wheel, it is also raised to a high temperature level. Because the IR Source
itself is very hot, the set point for this heat circuit is 68C. The heat source is a
cartridge heater implanted into the heat sync on the motor. The temperature of
the wheel/motor assembly is sensed by a thermistor inserted into the heat sync.
Both heaters operate off of the AC line voltage supplied to the instrument.
7.4.3.2. IR SOURCE
The light used to detect CO2 in the sample chamber is generated by an element
heated to approximately 1100oC producing infrared radiation across a broad band.
This radiation is optically filtered after it has passed through the GFC Wheel and
the sample chamber and just before it reaches the photo-detector to eliminate all
black body radiation and other extraneous IR emitted by the various components
of those components.
07272B DCN6552
207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.3.3. GFC WHEEL
A synchronous AC motor turns the GFC wheel motor. For analyzers operating
on 60Hz line power this motor turns at 1800 rpm. For those operating on 50Hz
line power the spin rate is 1500 rpm. The actual spin rate is unimportant within a
large rate since a phase lock loop circuit is used to generate timing pulses for
signal processing.
In order to accurately interpret the fluctuations of the IR beam after it has passed
through the sample gas, the GFC wheel several other timing signals are produced
by other photo emitters/detectors. These devices consist of a combination LED
and detector mounted so that the light emitted by the LED shines through the
same mask on the GFC wheel that chops the IR beam.
KEY:
Detection Beam shining
through MEASUREMENT
side of GFC Wheel
Detection Beam shining
through REFERENCE side
of GFC Wheel
IR Detection Ring
Segment Sensor Ring
M/R Sensor Ring
Figure 7-13:
GFC Light Mask
M/R Sensor
This emitter/detector assembly that produces a signal that shines through a
portion of the mask that allows light to pass for half of a full revolution of the
wheel. The resulting light signal tells the analyzer whether the IR beam is
shining through the measurement or the reference side of the GFC wheel.
Segment Sensor
Light from this emitter/detector pair shines through a portion of the mask that is
divided into the same number of segments as the IR detector ring. It is used by
the synchronous / demodulation circuitry of the analyzer to latch onto the most
stable part of each measurement and reference IR pulse.
07272B DCN6552
208
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Measurement
Pulses
Reference
Pulses
IR Beam
Pulses
Segment Sensor
Pulses
MR Sensor
Pulses
Figure 7-14: Segment Sensor and M/R Sensor Output
Schmidt Triggers
To ensure that the waveforms produced by the Segment Sensor and the M/R
Sensor are properly shaped and clean, these signals are passed through a set of
Schmidt Triggers circuits.
7.4.3.4. IR PHOTO-DETECTOR
The IR beam is converted into an electrical signal by a cooled solid-state
photo-conductive detector. The detector is composed of a narrow-band optical
filter, a piece of lead-salt crystal whose electrical resistance changes with
temperature, and a two-stage thermo-electric cooler.
When the analyzer is on, a constant electrical current is directed through the
detector, The IR beam is focused onto the detector surface, raising its temperature
and lowering its electrical resistance that results in a change in the voltage drop
across the detector.
During those times that the IR beam is bright, the temperature of the detector is
high; the resistance of the detector is correspondingly low and the its output
voltage output is low. During those times when the IR beam intensity is low or
completely blocked by the GFC Wheel mask, the temperature of the detector is
lowered by the two-stage thermo-electric cooler, increasing the detectors
resistance and raising the output voltage.
07272B DCN6552
209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.4. Synchronous Demodulator (Sync/Demod) Assembly
7.4.4.1. OVERVIEW
While the photo-detector converts fluctuations of the IR beam into electronic
signals, the Sync / Demod Board amplifies these signals and converts them into
usable information. Initially the output by the photo-detector is a complex and
continuously changing waveform made up of Measure and Reference pulses.
The sync/demod board demodulates this waveform and outputs two analog DC
voltage signals, corresponding to the peak values of these pulses. CO2 MEAS
and CO2 REF are converted into digital signals by circuitry on the motherboard
then used by the CPU to calculate the CO2 concentration of the sample gas.
Additionally the synch/demod board contains circuitry that controls the photo-
detector’s thermoelectric cooler as well as circuitry for performing certain
diagnostic tests on the analyzer.
56V
Bias
CO2 MEAS
Variable
Gain Amp
Sample &
Dark
Switch
Pre Amp
Photo-
detector
Signal
Conditioner
Hold
Circuits
TEC Control
PHT DRIVE
E-Test
Generator
CO2 Reference
Signal
Conditioner
(x4)
Thermo-Electric
Cooler
Control Circuit
E Test A Gate
E Test B Gate
Dark Test Gate
Measure Gate
Compact
Programmable
Logic Device
Measure Dark Gate
Reference Gate
Reference Dark Gate
Phase Lock Warning
M/R Sensor
From GFC
Wheel
Segment
Sensor
Segment Clock
X1 Reference
E Test Control
Phase
Lock
Loop
x10
From CPU
via Mother
Board
10
Dark Switch
Control
X10 Clock
M/R
Segment
Status LED
Status LED
Phase Lock
Figure 7-15:
T360 Sync / Demod Block Diagram
07272B DCN6552
210
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.4.4.2. SIGNAL SYNCHRONIZATION AND DEMODULATION
The signal emitted by the IR photo-detector goes through several stages of
amplification before it can be accurately demodulated. The first is a pre-
amplification stage that raises the signal to levels readable by the rest of the
synch/demod board circuitry. The second is a variable amplification stage that is
adjusted at the factory to compensate for performance variations of mirrors,
detectors, and other components of the optical bench from instrument to
instrument.
The workhorses of the sync/demod board are the four sample-and-hold circuits
that capture various voltage levels found in the amplified detector signal needed
to determine the value of CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF. They are activated by
logic signals under the control of a compact programmable logic device (PLD),
which in turn responds to the output of the Segment Sensor and M/R Sensor
The four sample and hold circuits are:
DESIGNATION
ACTIVE WHEN:
IR BEAM PASSING THROUGH
SEGMENT SENSOR PULSE IS:
Measure Gate
Measure Dark Gate
Reference Gate
MEASUREMENT cell of GFC Wheel
MEASUREMENT cell of GFC Wheel
REFERENCE cell of GFC Wheel
REFERENCE cell of GFC Wheel
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
Reference Dark Gate
Timing for activating the Sample and Hold circuits is provided by a phase lock
loop circuit (PLL). Using the segment sensor output as a reference signal the
PLL generates clock signal at ten times that frequency. This faster clock signal is
used by the PLD to make the sample and hold circuits capture the signal during
the center portions of the detected waveform, ignore the rising and falling edges
of the detector signal.
Sample & Hold
Active
Detector
Output
Sample & Hold
Inactive
Figure 7-16:
Sample & Hold Timing
07272B DCN6552
211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.4.3. SYNC/DEMOD STATUS LED’S
The following two status LED’s located on the synch/demod board provide
additional diagnostic tools for checking the GFC wheel rotation.
Table 7-1: Sync/Demod Status LED Activity
LED
D1
FUNCTION
STATUS OK
FAULT STATUS
M/R Sensor Status
LED flashes approximately
2/second
LED is stuck
ON or OFF
D2
Segment Sensor
Status
LED flashes approximately
6/second
LED is stuck
ON or OFF
7.4.4.4. PHOTO-DETECTOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The synch/demod board also contains circuitry that controls the IR photo-
detector’s thermoelectric coolers. A drive voltage, PHT DRIVE, is supplied to
the coolers by the synch/demod board which is adjusted by the synch/demod
board based on a return signal called TEC control which alerts informs the
synch/demod board of the detector’s temperature. The warmer the detector, the
harder the coolers are driven.
PHT DRIVE is one of the Test Functions viewable by the user via the front
panel. Press <TST or TST> until it appears on the display.
7.4.4.5. DARK CALIBRATION SWITCH
This switch initiates the Dark Calibration procedure. When initiated by the user
switch, interrupting the signal from the IR photo-detector. This allows the
analyzer to measure any offset caused by the synch/demod board circuitry.
7.4.4.6. ELECTRIC TEST SWITCH
When active this circuit generates a specific waveform intended to simulate the
function of the IR photo-detector but with a known set of value which is
substituted for the detector’s actual signal via the dark switch. It may also be
7.4.5. Relay Board
By actuating various switches and relays located on this board, the CPU controls
the status of other key components. The relay board receives instructions in the
form of digital signals over the I2C bus, interprets these digital instructions and
activates its various switches and relays appropriately.
07272B DCN6552
212
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.4.5.1. HEATER CONTROL
The two heaters attached to the sample chamber housing and the GFC wheel
motor are controlled by solid state relays located on the relay board.
The GFC wheel heater is simply turned on or off, however control of the bench
heater also includes circuitry that selects which one of its two separate heating
elements is activated depending on whether the instrument is running on 100
VAC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC line power.
7.4.5.2. GFC WHEEL MOTOR CONTROL
The GFC wheel operates from an AC voltage supplied by a multi-input
transformer located on the relay board. The step-down ratio of this transformer is
controlled by factory-installed jumpers to adjust for 100 VAC, 115 VAC or 230
VAC line power. Other circuitry slightly alters the phase of the AC power
supplied to the motor during start up based on whether line power is 50Hz or 60
Hz.
Normally, the GFC Wheel Motor is always turning while the analyzer is on. A
physical switch located on the relay board can be used to turn the motor off for
certain diagnostic procedures.
7.4.5.3. ZERO/SPAN VALVE OPTIONS
Any zero/span valve options installed in the analyzer are controlled by a set of
electronic switches located on the relay board. These switches, under CPU
control, supply the +12VDC needed to activate each valve’s solenoid.
7.4.5.4. IR SOURCE
The Relay board supplies a constant 11.5VDC to the IR Source. Under normal
operation the IR source is always on.
7.4.5.5. STATUS LEDS
Eight LEDs are located on the analyzer’s relay board to show the current status
They are:
07272B DCN6552
213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 7-2: Relay Board Status LED’s
LED
COLOR
FUNCTION
STATUS WHEN LIT
STATUS WHEN UNLIT
D1
RED
Watchdog Circuit
Cycles On/Off Every 3 Seconds under direct control of the
analyzer’s CPU.
D2
D3
D4
D5
YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
GREEN
Wheel Heater
Bench Heater
Spare
HEATING
HEATING
N/A
NOT HEATING
NOT HEATING
N/A
Sample/Cal Gas
Valve Option
Valve Open to CAL GAS
FLOW
Valve Open to SAMPLE GAS
FLOW
D6
D7
D8
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
Zero/Span Gas
Valve Option
Valve Open to SPAN GAS
FLOW
Valve Open to ZERO GAS FLOW
Shutoff Valve
Option
Valve Open to CAL GAS
FLOW
Valve CLOSED to CAL GAS
FLOW
IR SOURCE
Source ON
Source OFF
DC VOLTAGE TEST
POINTS
STATUS LED’s
RELAY PCA
Figure 7-17:
Location of relay board Status LED’s
7.4.5.6. I2C WATCH DOG CIRCUITRY
Special circuitry on the relay board monitors the activity on the I2C bus and
drives LED D1. Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds, the
watchdog circuit will automatically shut of all valves as well as turn off the IR
Source and all heaters. The GFC wheel motor will still be running as will the
Sample Pump, which is not controlled by the relay board.
07272B DCN6552
214
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.4.6. Motherboard
This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including, A/D
conversion, digital input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor
signal processing and is a pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
7.4.6.1. A TO D CONVERSION
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzer’s various sensors,
are converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by
the analog to digital converter (A/D). Under the control of the CPU, this
functional block selects a particular signal input (e.g. BOX TEMP, CO2
MEAS, CO2 REF, etc.) and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable
logic device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other
associated devices. The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its
input voltage. The PLD counts the output of the V-F during a specified time
period, and sends the result of that count, in the form of a binary number, to the
CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in
the T360 is used in uni-polar mode with a +5 V full scale. The converter includes
a 1% over and under-range. This allows signals from –0.05 V to +5.05 V to be
fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D
converter: Reference Ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device
measures these two voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The
CPU uses these values to compute the converter’s offset and slope and uses these
factors for subsequent conversions.
7.4.6.2. SENSOR INPUTS
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D through the master
multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard. 100K terminating resistors
on each of the inputs prevent cross talk from appearing on the sensor signals.
CO2 Measure and Reference
These are the primary signals that are used in the computation of the CO2
concentration. They are the demodulated IR-sensor signals from the sync
demodulator board.
Sample Pressure and Flow
These are analog signals from two sensors that measure the pressure and flow rate
of the gas stream at the outlet of the sample chamber. This information is used in
two ways. First, the sample pressure is used by the CPU to calculate CO2
Concentration. Second, the pressure and flow rate are monitored as a test
function to assist the user in predicting and troubleshooting failures.
07272B DCN6552
215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.6.3. THERMISTOR INTERFACE
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several
negative-coefficient, thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer.
They are:
Sample Temperature Sensor
The source of this signal is a thermistor located inside the sample chamber of the
Optical Bench. It measures the temperature of the sample gas in the chamber.
This data is used to during the calculation of the CO2 concentration value.
Bench Temperature Sensor
This thermistor, attached to the sample chamber housing, reports the current
temperature of the chamber housing to the CPU as part of the bench heater
control loop.
Wheel Temperature Sensor
This thermistor (attached to the heat-sync on the GFC wheel motor assembly)
reports the current temperature of the wheel/motor assembly to the CPU as part of
the Wheel Heater control loop.
Box Temperature Sensor
A thermistor is attached to the motherboard. It measures the analyzer’s inside
temperature. This information is stored by the CPU and can be viewed by the
user for troubleshooting purposes via the front panel display (see Section 8.1.2).
7.4.6.4. ANALOG OUTPUTS
The analyzer comes equipped with four analog outputs: A1, A2, A3 and A4. . In
its standard configuration, the analyzer comes with all four of these channels set
up to output a DC voltage. However, 4-20mA current loop drivers can be
purchased for the first three of these outputs: A2, A2 & A3.
A2 and A1 Output
The first two, A2 and A1 are normally set up to operate in parallel so that the
same data can be sent to two different recording devices. While the names imply
that one should be used for sending data to a chart recorder and the other for
interfacing with a data logger, either can be used for both applications.
Both of these channels output a signal that is proportional to the CO2
concentration of the sample gas. The A1 and A2 outputs can be slaved together
or set up to operated independently. A variety of scaling factors are available; see
these output channels.
A3 Output
Analog output channel A3 is only active when the O2 sensor option is installed in
the T360. In this case, the currently measured O2 concentration is output.
Test Function Output
The fourth analog output, labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the user (see
07272B DCN6552
216
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
accessible through the SETUP MORE DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT
submenu (see Section 4.13.9) of the unit’s software.
Output Loop-back
All four analog outputs are connected back to the A/D converter through a Loop-
back circuit. This permits the voltage outputs to be calibrated by the CPU
without need for any additional tools or fixtures.
7.4.6.5. INTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
This channel is used to communicate digital status and control signals about the
operation of key components of the Optical Bench. The CPU sends signals to the
synch/demod board that initiate the ELECTRICAL TEST and DARK
CALIBRATION procedures. Likewise, the synch/demod board uses this
7.4.6.6. EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
This External Digital I/O performs two functions: status outputs and control
inputs.
Status Outputs
Logic-Level voltages are output through an optically isolated 8-pin connector
located on the rear panel of the analyzer. These outputs convey good/bad and
on/off information about certain analyzer conditions. They can be used to
interface with certain types of programmable devices (Section 4.15.1.1).
Control Inputs
By applying +5VDC power supplied from an external source such as a PLC or
contact closures on the rear panel.
7.4.7. I2C Data Bus
An I2C data bus is used to communicate data and commands between the CPU
and the touchscreen/display interface and the relay board. I2C is a two-wire,
clocked, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in commercial and consumer
electronic systems. A transceiver on the motherboard converts data and control
signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C.
The data is then fed to the
touchscreen/display interface and finally onto the relay board.
Interface circuits on the touchscreen/display interface and relay boards convert
the I2C data to parallel inputs and outputs. An additional, interrupt line from the
touchscreen to the motherboard allows the CPU to recognize and service button
presses on the touchscreen.
Power up Circuit
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during start-up and sets the Analog
outputs, external digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the
CPU boots and the instrument software can establish control.
07272B DCN6552
217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.4.8. Power Supply/Circuit Breaker
The analyzer operates on 100 VAC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC power at either 50Hz
or 60Hz. Individual units are set up at the factory to accept any combination of
through a standard IEC 320 power receptacle located on the rear panel of the
instrument. From there it is routed through the On/Off switch located in the
lower right corner of the Front Panel. A 6.75 Amp circuit breaker is built into the
ON/OFF Switch.
AC power is distributed directly to the sample gas pump. The bench and GFC
wheel heaters as well as the GFC wheel receive AC power via the relay board.
AC Line power is converted stepped down and converted to DC power by two
DC power supplies. One supplies +12 VDC, for valves and the IR source, while
a second supply provides +5 VDC and ±15 VDC for logic and analog circuitry.
All DC voltages are distributed via the relay board.
CAUTION
Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the
condition causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.
ON/OFF
Touchscreen
Display
SWITCH
AC POWER
ENTRANCE
Pressure
Sensors
LVDS
transmittedr board
PS 1 (+5 VDC; ±15 VDC)
CPU
RELAY
KEY
AC POWER
DC POWER
BOARD
Mother
Board
PS 2 (+12 VDC)
Sync/Demod
IR Source
Pump
Cooling Fan
GFC Wheel
Motor
Valve Options
M/R &
Segment
Sensors
Heaters
Figure 7-18:
Power Distribution Block Diagram
07272B DCN6552
218
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
7.5. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE
Users can input data and receive information directly through the front panel
touchscreen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board.
The touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller
that connects to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer
mouse.
Figure 7-19:
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram
7.5.1. LVDS Transmitter Board
The LVDS (low voltage differential signaling) transmitter board converts the
parallel display bus to a serialized, low voltage, differential signal bus in order to
transmit the video signal to the LCD interface PCA.
7.5.2. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface PCA
The front panel touchscreen/display interface PCA controls the various functions
of the display and touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection
between the CPU video controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also
contains:
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller
and the two front panel USB device ports
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
07272B DCN6552
219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.6. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The Model T360 Gas Filter Correlation Carbon Dioxide Analyzer has a high
performance, VortexX86-based microcomputer running Windows CE. Inside
Windows CE, special software developed by Teledyne API interprets user
commands via the various interfaces, performs procedures and tasks, stores data
in the CPU’s various memory devices and calculates the concentration of the
sample gas.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
Analyzer Operations
Memory Handling
DAS Records
Calibration Data
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
PC/104 BUS
System Status Data
Diagnostic Routines
ANALYZER
HARDWARE
Interface Handling
Sensor input Data
Touchscreen/Display
Analog Output Data
RS232 & RS485
Measurement
Algorithm
PC/104 BUS
External Digital I/O
Linearization Table
Figure 7-20:
Basic Software Operation
7.6.1. Adaptive Filter
The T360 software processes the CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF signals, after they
are digitized by the motherboard, through an adaptive filter built into the
software. Unlike other analyzers that average the output signal over a fixed time
period, the T360 averages over a set number of samples, where each sample is 0.2
seconds. This is technique is known as boxcar averaging. During operation, the
software automatically switches between two different length filters based on the
conditions at hand. Once triggered, the short filter remains engaged for a fixed
time period to prevent chattering.
During conditions of constant or nearly constant concentration the software, by
default, computes an average of the last 750 samples, or approximately 150
seconds. This provides the calculation portion of the software with smooth, stable
07272B DCN6552
220
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
readings. If a rapid change in concentration is detected the filter includes, by
default, the last 48 samples, approximately 10 seconds of data, to allow the
analyzer to more quickly respond. If necessary, these boxcar lengths can be
changed between 1 and 1000 samples but with corresponding tradeoffs in rise
time and signal-to-noise ratio (contact Technical Support for more information).
Two conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter. First the
instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long filter by a fixed
amount. Second the instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the
long filter by a portion, or percentage, of the average in the long filter.
7.6.2. Calibration - Slope and Offset
Calibration of the analyzer is performed exclusively in software.
During instrument calibration (see Calibration Section) the user enters expected
values for zero and span via the front panel touchscreen and commands the
instrument to make readings of calibrated sample gases for both levels. The
readings taken are adjusted, linearized, and compared to the expected values,
With this information the software computes values for instrument slope and
offset and stores these values in memory for use in calculating the CO2
concentration of the sample gas.
The instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be
viewed by pressing the following touchscreen button sequence:
SAMPLE
=XX.XX
RANGE = 50.0 MGM
CO2
SAMPLE
=XX.XX
OFFSET = 0.000
SLOPE = 1.000
CO2
CO2
SAMPLE
=XX.XX
TIME = 16:23:34
CO2
SAMPLE
=XX.XX
7.6.3. Measurement Algorithm
Once the IR photo-detector is signal is demodulated into CO2 MEAS and CO2
REF by the sync/demod board and converted to digital data by the motherboard
the T360 analytical software calculates the ratio between CO2 MEAS and CO2
REF. This value is compared to a look-up table is used, with interpolation, to
linearize the response of the instrument. The linearized concentration value is
combined with calibration slope and offset values, then normalized for changes in
sample gas pressure to produce the final CO2 concentration. This is the value that
is displayed on the instrument front panel display and is stored in memory by the
analyzer’s DAS system.
07272B DCN6552
221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
7.6.4. Temperature and Pressure Compensation
Changes in pressure can have a noticeable, effect on the CO2 concentration
calculation. To account for this, the Model T360 software includes a feature
which allows the instrument to compensation of the CO2 calculations based on
changes in ambient pressure.
The TPC feature multiplies the analyzer’s CO2 concentration by a factor which is
based on the difference between the ambient pressure of the sample gas
normalized to standard atmospheric pressure. As ambient pressure increases, the
compensated CO2 concentration is increased.
7.6.5. Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS)
The DAS is designed to implement predictive diagnostics that stores trending
data for users to anticipate when an instrument will require service. Large
amounts of data can be stored in non-volatile memory and retrieved in plain text
format for further processing with common data analysis programs. The DAS
has a consistent user interface in all Teledyne API analyzers. New data
parameters and triggering events can be added to the instrument as needed.
Depending on the sampling frequency and the number of data parameters the
DAS can store several months of data, which are retained even when the
instrument is powered off or a new firmware is installed. The DAS permits users
to access the data through the instrument’s front panel or the remote interface.
The latter can automatically download stored data for further processing. For
information on using the DAS, refer to Section 4.7.
07272B DCN6552
222
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE
This contains a variety of methods for identifying the source of performance
problems with the analyzer. Also included in this are procedures that are used in
repairing the instrument.
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this section are to be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
CAUTION
Risk of electrical shock. Disconnect power before performing the
following operations.
8.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
The analyzer has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected,
evaluated and repaired. During operation, the analyzer continuously performs
self-check diagnostics and provides the ability to monitor the key operating
parameters of the instrument without disturbing monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following
four steps:
1. Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as required.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare to factory values.
Note any major deviations from the factory values and take correction action
as required.
3. Use the internal electronic status LED’s to determine whether the CPU and
I2C buses are running, and if the sync/demodulator and relay board are
operating properly. Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly
by checking the voltage test points on the relay board. Please note that the
analyzer’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match the color
of the corresponding test points on the relay board.
4. SUSPECT A LEAK FIRST! Data from Teledyne API’s Technical Support
department indicates that 50% of all problems are eventually traced to leaks
in the pneumatic connections and gas lines of the analyzer itself, the source
of zero air, span gases or sample gas delivery system.
Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external
gas lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged pump diaphragm,
etc.
07272B DCN6552
223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
analyzer’s basic components are working (power supplies, CPU, relay board,
sync/demod board, touchscreen/display, GFC wheel motor, etc.). See
Figure 3-5 for general layout of components and sub-assemblies in the
analyzer. See the wiring list and diagram in Appendix D of this manual.
8.1.1. Interpreting WARNING Messages
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning
along with their meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the
same time, it is often an indication that some fundamental analyzer sub-system
(power supply, relay board, motherboard) has failed rather than indication of the
specific failures referenced by the warnings. In this case, it is recommended that
addressing the specific warning messages.
The analyzer will alert the user that a Warning message is active by flashing the
FAULT LED and displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with
the CLR button (press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if
there is more than one warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have
not yet cleared the message. The following display/touchscreen examples provide
an illustration of each:
07272B DCN6552
224
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
The analyzer will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s) and cause the
FAULT LED on the front panel to blink.
To view or clear the various warning messages press:
07272B DCN6552
225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
SAMPLE
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
CAL MSG
CO2 = XX.XX
CLR SETUP
TEST deactivates Warning
Messages until New warning(s)
are activated
TEST
MSG activates Warning
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.00 PPM
MSG
CO2 = XX.XX
CLR SETUP
Messages.
<TST TST> keys replaced with
< TST TST > CAL
TEST key
SAMPLE
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
CO2 = XX.XX
Press CLR to clear the
message currently being
Displayed.
< TST TST > CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
If more than one warning is
active the next message will
take its place
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE Mode
Make sure warning messages
are not due to
legitimate problems..
Figure 8-1:
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages
07272B DCN6552
226
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Table 8-1: Warning Messages - Indicated Failures
WARNING
FAULT CONDITION
MESSAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Bad bench heater
Bad bench temperature sensor
The optical bench temp is
BENCH TEMP
WARNING
Bad relay controlling the bench heater
Entire relay board is malfunctioning
controlled at 48 2 °C.
I2C bus malfunction
NOTE: Box temperature typically runs ~7oc warmer than
ambient temperature.
BOX TEMP
WARNING
Box Temp is
Poor/blocked ventilation to the analyzer.
Stopped exhaust-fan
< 5 °C or > 48 °C.
Ambient temperature outside of specified range
Measured concentration value is too high or low.
Concentration slope value to high or too low
Measured concentration value is too high.
Concentration offset value to high.
Failed disk on chip
CANNOT DYN
SPAN
CANNOT DYN
ZERO
CONFIG
INITIALIZED
Dynamic Span operation failed
Dynamic Zero operation failed
Configuration and Calibration data
reset to original Factory state.
Concentration alarm 1 is enabled
and the measured CO2 level is ≥
the set point.
User erased data
CONC ALRM1
WARNING
Concentration alarm 2 is enabled
and the measured CO2 level is ≥
the set point.
CONC ALRM2
WARNING
Failed disk on chip
User cleared data
DATA INITIALIZED
Data Storage in DAS was erased
Failed IR photo-detector
PHOTO TEMP
WARNING
PHT DRIVE is
>4800 mVDC
Failed sync/demod board
IR photo-detector improperly attached to the sample chamber
Bench temp too high.
Motherboard not detected on
power up.
Warning only appears on serial i/o com port(s)
Front panel display will be frozen, blank or will not respond.
Massive failure of mother board
REAR BOARD NOT
DET
I2C bus failure
RELAY BOARD
WARN
The CPU cannot communicate with
the Relay Board.
Failed relay board
Loose connectors/wiring
Failed sample pump
Blocked sample inlet/gas line
Dirty particulate filter
SAMPLE FLOW
WARN
Sample flow rate is < 500 cc/min or
> 1000 cc/min.
Leak downstream of critical flow orifice
Failed flow sensor/circuitry
If sample pressure is < 10 in-hg:
o Blocked particulate filter
o Blocked sample inlet/gas line
o Failed pressure sensor/circuitry
SAMPLE PRES
WARN
Sample Pressure is <10 in-Hg or
> 35 in-Hg
Normally 29.92 in-Hg at sea level
decreasing at 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft of
altitude (with no flow – pump
disconnected).
If sample pressure is > 35 in-hg:
o Pressurized sample gas. Install vent
o Blocked vent line on pressurized sample/zero/span gas
supply
o Bad pressure sensor/circuitry
Ambient temperature outside of specified range
Failed bench heater
SAMPLE TEMP
WARN
Sample temperature is < 10oC or >
100oC.
Failed bench temperature sensor
Relay controlling the bench heater
Failed relay board
I2C bus
07272B DCN6552
227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
WARNING
MESSAGE
FAULT CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SOURCE
WARNING
Occurs when CO2 Ref is <1250
mVDC or >4950 mVDC.
GFC wheel stopped
Failed sync/demod board
If status LED’s on the sync/demod board ARE flashing the
cause is most likely a failed:
IR source
Either of these conditions will result
in an invalid M/R ratio.
Relay board
I2C bus
IR photo-detector
SYSTEM RESET
The computer has rebooted.
This message occurs at power on. If you have not cycled the
power on your instrument:
o Failed +5 VDC power,
o Fatal error caused software to restart
o Loose connector/wiring
WHEEL TEMP
WARNING
The filter wheel temperature is
Blocked cooling vents below GFC Assembly. Make sure that
adequate clear space beneath the analyzer.
Analyzer’s top cover removed
Wheel heater
controlled at 68 2 °C
Wheel temperature sensor
Relay controlling the wheel heater
Entire relay board
I2C bus
8.1.2. Fault Diagnosis with TEST Functions
Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable
from the front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational
problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzer’s
principles of operation (see Section 7).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range”
column of the analyzer Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (p/n 04307) shipped
with the instrument. Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of
one or more of the analyzer’s subsystems. Functions whose values are still
within the acceptable range but have significantly changed from the measurement
recorded on the factory data sheet may also indicate a failure. A worksheet has
been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of these test
functions.
Table 8-2 contains some of the more common causes for these values to be out of
range.
07272B DCN6552
228
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Table 8-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures
TEST
FUNCTIONS
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Time of day clock is too fast or slow: To adjust See Section 4.10.
Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead.
TIME
Incorrectly configured measurement range(s) could cause response problems with a Data logger or chart
recorder attached to one of the analog outputs.
RANGE
STABIL
If the Range selected is too small, the recording device will over range.
If the Range is too big, the device will show minimal or no apparent change in readings.
Indicates noise level of instrument or CO2 concentration of sample gas (see Section 8.4.2 for causes).
If the value displayed is too high the IR Source has become brighter:
o Adjust the variable gain potentiometer on the sync/demod board
If the value displayed is too low or constantly changing and the CO2 REF is OK:
o Failed multiplexer on the motherboard
o Failed sync/demod board
o Loose connector or wiring on sync/demod board
Flow of purge gas to the GFC wheel housing may have stopped
If the value displayed is too low or constantly changing and the CO2 REF is BAD:
o GFC wheel stopped or rotation is too slow
CO2 MEAS
&
CO2 REF
o Failed sync/demod board IR source
o Failed IR source
o Failed relay board
o Failed I2C bus
o Failed IR photo-detector
When the analyzer is sampling zero air and the ratio is too low:
o The reference cell of the GFC wheel is contaminated or leaking.
o The alignment between the GFC wheel and the segment sensor, the M/R sensor or both is
incorrect.
MR RATIO
o Failed sync/demod board
o Flow of purge gas to the GFC wheel housing may have stopped
When the analyzer is sampling zero air and the ratio is too high:
o Zero air is contaminated
o Failed IR photo-detector
PRES
SAMPLE FL
SAMPLE TEMP should be close to BENCH TEMP. Temperatures outside of the specified range or
oscillating temperatures are cause for concern
SAMPLE
TEMP
Bench temp control improves instrument noise, stability and drift. Temperatures outside of the specified
Wheel temp control improves instrument noise, stability and drift. Outside of set point or oscillating
If the box temperature is out of range, check fan in the power supply module. Areas to the side and rear
If this drive voltage is out of range it may indicate one of several problems:
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
A poor mechanical connection between the various components in inside the detector housing
An electronic failure of the IR Photo-Detector’s built-in cooling circuitry, or;
A temperature problem inside the analyzer chassis. In this case other temperature warnings would
also be active such as BENCH TEMP WARNING or BOX TEMP WARNING.
PHT DRIVE
07272B DCN6552
229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
TEST
FUNCTIONS
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the zero air or span gas supply
Instrument is miss-calibrated
Blocked gas flow
Contaminated or leaking GFC wheel (either chamber)
Faulty IR photo-detector
Faulty sample faulty IR photo-detector pressure sensor (P1) or circuitry
Invalid M/R ratio (see above)
Bad/incorrect span gas concentration due.
SLOPE
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the zero air supply
Contaminated or leaking GFC wheel (either chamber)
Faulty IR photo-detector
OFFSET
8.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function
Appendix A) combined with a thorough understanding of the instrument’s
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzer’s
critical inputs and outputs.
All of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic
control of the CPU can be manually exercised.
The technician can directly control the signal level of the Analog and Digital
Output signals.
This allows the technician to systematically observe the effect of directly
an example of how to use the signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input
signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal. The specific
parameter will vary depending on the situation.
07272B DCN6552
230
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPM
CO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
8
1
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
DIAG I/O
ENTR
EXIT
0 ) EXT_ZERO_CAL=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
If parameter is an
input signal
If parameter is an output
signal or control
DIAG I/O
28) SAMPLE_PRESSURE=2540 MV
DIAG I/O
22) WHEEL_HTR=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
Toggles parameter
ON/OFF
DIAG I/O
22) WHEEL_HTR=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
OFF PRNT EXIT
Exit returns to
DIAG display & all values
return to software control
Figure 8-2:
Example of Signal I/O Function
8.1.4. Internal Electronic Status LEDs
Several LED’s are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the
analyzer’s CPU, I2C bus and relay board, GFC wheel and the sync/demodulator
board are functioning properly.
07272B DCN6552
231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.1.4.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR
DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the
right of the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop.
After power-up, approximately 30 to 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If
characters are written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the
program files have become corrupted. If after 30 – 60 seconds neither the DS5 is
flashing or no characters have been written to the front panel display then the
CPU is bad and must be replaced.
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 8-3:
CPU Status Indicator
8.1.4.2. SYNC DEMODULATOR STATUS LED’S
Two LEDs located on the Sync/Demod Board and are there to make it obvious
that the GFC Wheel is spinning and the synchronization signals are present:
Table 8-3: Sync/Demod Board Status Failure Indications
LED
FUNCTION
M/R Sensor Status
(Flashes slowly)
FAULT STATUS
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
GFC Wheel is not turning
M/R Sensor on Opto-Pickup Board failed
Sync/Demod Board failed
LED is stuck
ON or OFF
D1
JP 4 Connector/Wiring faulty
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
GFC Wheel is not turning
Segment Sensor on Opto-Pickup Board failed
Sync/Demod Board failed
JP 4 Connector/Wiring faulty
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
Segment Sensor
Status
LED is stuck
ON or OFF
D2
(Flashes quickly)
07272B DCN6552
232
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
D1 – M/R Sensor Status
D2 – Segment Sensor Status
JP4 Connector to Opto-Pickup
Board
Figure 8-4:
Sync/Demod Board Status LED Locations
8.1.4.3. RELAY BOARD STATUS LEDS
There are eight LEDs located on the Relay Board. The most important of which
is D1, which indicates the health of the I2C bus. If D1 is blinking, the other faults
identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the relay (See Section
4.13.2 and Appendix D).
Table 8-4: I2C Status LED Failure Indications
LED
FUNCTION
FAULT STATUS
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Failed/Halted CPU
Faulty Motherboard, or Relay Board
Faulty Connectors/Wiring to/from Relay Board
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
I2C bus Health
(Watchdog
Circuit)
Continuously ON
or
Continuously OFF
D1
(Red)
DC VOLTAGE TEST
POINTS
STATUS LED’s
RELAY PCA
Figure 8-5:
Relay Board Status LEDs
07272B DCN6552
233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 8-5: Relay Board Status LED Failure Indications
SIGNAL I/O PARAMETER
LED
FUNCTION
DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE
ACTIVATED BY
VIEW RESULT
Voltage displayed should change. If not:
Failed Heater
WHEEL_TEMP Faulty Temperature Sensor
Failed AC Relay
D2
Yellow
WHEEL
HEATER
WHEEL_HEATER
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Voltage displayed should change. If not:
Failed Heater
BENCH_TEMP Faulty Temperature Sensor
Failed AC Relay
D3
Yellow
BENCH
HEATER
BENCH_HEATER
N/A
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D4
Yellow
SPARE
N/A
N/A
Sample/Cal Valve should audibly change states. If
not:
SAMPLE/CAL
GAS VALVE
OPTION
Failed Valve
Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay Board
Failed Relay Board
D5
Green
CAL_VALVE
N/A
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Zero/Span Valve should audibly change states. If
not:
ZERO/SPAN
GAS VALVE
OPTION
Failed Valve
Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay Board
Failed Relay Board
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Shutoff Valve should audibly change states. If not:
Failed Valve
Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay Board
Failed Relay Board
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Voltage displayed should change. If not:
Failed IR Source
D6
Green
SPAN_VALVE
SHUTOFF_VALVE
IR_SOURCE
N/A
N/A
D7
Green
SHUTOFF
VALVE OPTION
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
D8
Green
IR SOURCE
CO2_MEASURE Failed Relay Board
Failed IR Photo-Detector
Failed Sync/Demod Board
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
07272B DCN6552
234
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.2. GAS FLOW PROBLEMS
The T360 has two main gas flow path, the sample gas flow path and the GFC
purge gas flow path. Both are controlled by a critical flow orifice. Only the
sample gas path is measured and reported. When the IZS or zero/span valve
options are installed, there are several subsidiary paths but none of those are
displayed on the front panel or stored by the DAS.
With the O2 sensor option installed, third gas flow controlled with a critical flow
orifice is added, but this flow is not measured or reported.
In general, flow problems can be divided into three categories:
Flow is too high
Flow is greater than zero, but is too low, and/or unstable
Flow is zero (no flow)
When troubleshooting flow problems, it is crucial to confirm the actual flow rate
without relying on the analyzer’s flow display. The use of an independent,
external flow meter to perform a flow check as described in Section 6.3.4 is
essential. If this test shows the flow to be correct, check the pressure sensors as
described in Section 8.5.7.5.
The flow diagrams provided in this manual depicting the T360 in its standard
configuration and with options installed can help in trouble-shooting flow
problems. For your convenience they are collected here.
07272B DCN6552
235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Figure 8-7:
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Pressurized Span Valves
Sample / Cal
Valve
NO
NC
COM
COM
NO
NC
Zero / Span
Valve
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
Sample Gas
Flow Control
O3 FLOW
SENSOR
Purge Gas
Pressure Control
Figure 8-8:
Internal Pneumatic Flow – Ambient Zero/Ambient Span
07272B DCN6552
237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Figure 8-9:
T360 – Internal Pneumatics with O2 Sensor Option 65A
8.2.2. Typical Sample Gas Flow Problems
8.2.2.1. FLOW IS ZERO
The unit displays a SAMPLE FLOW warning message on the front panel
display or the SAMPLE FLOW test function reports a zero or very low flow
rate.
Confirm that the sample pump is operating (turning). If not, use an AC voltmeter
to make sure that power is being supplied to the pump. If no power is present at
the electrical leads of the pump.
1. If AC power is being supplied to the pump, but it is not turning, replace the
pump.
2. If the pump is operating but the unit reports no gas flow, perform a flow check
as described in Section 6.3.4.
3. If no independent flow meter is available:
Disconnect the gas lines from both the sample inlet and the exhaust
outlet on the rear panel of the instrument.
Make sure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE Mode.
Place a finger over an Exhaust outlet on the rear panel of the instrument.
07272B DCN6552
238
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
If gas is flowing through the analyzer, you will feel pulses of air being
expelled from the Exhaust outlet.
4. If gas flows through the instrument when it is disconnected from its sources
of zero air, span gas or sample gas, the flow problem is most likely not
internal to the analyzer. Check to make sure that:
All calibrators/generators are turned on and working correctly.
Gas bottles are not empty or low.
Valves, regulators and gas lines are not clogged or dirty.
8.2.2.2. LOW FLOW
Check if the pump diaphragm is in good condition. If not, rebuild the pump
rebuild kits.
or valve and re-check.
Check for the sample filter and the orifice filter for dirt. Replace filters (see
Check for partially plugged pneumatic lines, orifices, or valves. Clean or
replace them.
If an IZS option is installed in the instrument, press CALZ and CALS. If the
flow increases then suspect a bad sample/cal valve.
8.2.2.3. HIGH FLOW
The most common cause of high flow is a leak in the sample flow control
assembly or between there and the pump. If no leaks or loose connections are
found in the fittings or the gas line between the orifice and the pump,
rebuild/clean the sample flow control assembly as described in Section 8.6.1.
8.2.2.4. DISPLAYED FLOW = “XXXX”
This warning means that there is inadequate gas flow. There are four conditions
that might cause this:
A leak upstream or downstream of the flow sensor
A flow obstruction upstream or downstream of the flow sensor
Bad Flow Sensor Board
Bad pump
To determine which case it is, view the sample pressure and sample flow
functions via the front panel. If the sample pressure is reading abnormally low,
then the cause is likely a flow obstruction upstream of the flow sensor. First,
check the sample filter and make sure it is not plugged and then systematically
check all the other components upstream of the orifice to ensure that they are not
obstructed.
07272B DCN6552
239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
If the sample pressure is reading normal but the sample flow is reading low then
it is likely that the pump diaphragm is worn or there is an obstruction downstream
of the flow sensor.
8.2.2.5. ACTUAL FLOW DOES NOT MATCH DISPLAYED FLOW
If the actual flow measured does not match the displayed flow, but is within the
limits of 720-880 cc/min, adjust the calibration of the flow measurement as
8.2.2.6. SAMPLE PUMP
The sample pump should start immediately after the front panel power switch is
turned ON. With the Sample Inlet plugged, the test function PRES should read
about 10”-Hg for a pump in good condition. Readings above 10” Hg indicate that
the pump needs rebuilding. If the test function SAMP FL is greater than 10
cm3/min there is a leak in the pneumatic lines.
8.2.3. Poor or Stopped Flow of Purge Gas
If sufficient purge gas is not supplied to the GFC wheel housing, cyclical
fluctuations in readings at zero or low CO2 concentrations, such as < 100 ppm,
may occur. These fluctuations are the result of changes in the CO2 concentration
of the ambient atmosphere throughout the course of the day and night. In isolated
areas with relatively few people working nearby the ambient CO2 concentration
will fall during the day and rise during the night as rate of photosynthesis of the
plants in the surrounding area decreases and increases. In a lab environment with
a relatively high human occupancy the ambient CO2 concentration will increase
during those parts of the day when the highest number of workers are present. If
the GFC wheel housing is allowed to fill with ambient air, these natural, diurnal
fluctuations might be detected by the instrument and cause it’s in its calculation
of the CO2 concentration of the sample gas to drift.
Another possible symptom of poor or stopped purge gas flow would be the
inability to measure zero concentrations accurately at the end of a work day on a
system that was calibrated at the beginning of a workday. Although this could
also be due to local fluctuations in ambient CO2 concentration during the day.
07272B DCN6552
240
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.3. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS
8.3.1. Miscalibrated
There are several symptoms that can be caused by the analyzer being miss-
calibrated. This condition is indicated by out of range Slopes and Offsets as
displayed through the test functions and is frequently caused by the following:
BAD SPAN GAS. This can cause a large error in the slope and a small error
in the offset. Delivered from the factory, the T360’s slope is within ±15% of
nominal. Bad span gas will cause the analyzer to be calibrated to the wrong
value. If in doubt have the span gas checked by and independent lab.
CONTAMINATED ZERO GAS. Excess H2O can cause a positive or
negative offset and will indirectly affect the slope.
Dilution calibrator not set up correctly or is malfunctioning. This will also
cause the slope, but not the zero, to be incorrect. Again the analyzer is
being calibrated to the wrong value.
Too many analyzers on the manifold. This can cause either a slope or offset
error because ambient gas with its pollutants will dilute the zero or span gas.
07272B DCN6552
241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.3.2. Non-Repeatable Zero and Span
As stated earlier, leaks both in the T360 and in the external system are a common
source of unstable and non-repeatable readings.
Don’t forget to consider pneumatic components in the gas delivery system
outside the T360. Such as:
A change in zero air source such as ambient air leaking into zero air line,
or;
A change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or ambient air
leaking into the span gas line.
2. Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (see Section
6.3.4) to make sure adequate sample is being delivered to the sensor
assembly.
3. A failing IR photo-detector may be at fault. Check the CO2 MEAS and CO2
REF test functions via the front panel display to make sure the signal levels
are in the normal range (see Appendix A) and are quiet.
4. Confirm the sample pressure, wheel temperature, bench temperature, and
sample flow readings are correct and have steady readings.
5. Disconnect the exhaust line from the optical bench near the rear of the
instrument and plug this line into the SAMPLE inlet creating a pneumatic
loop. The CO2 concentration (either zero or span) now must be constant. If
readings become quiet, the problem is in the external pneumatics supplies
for sample gas, span gas or zero air.
6. If pressurized span gas is being used with a zero/span valve option, make
7. If it is the zero point that is non-repeatable, and if that non-repeatability
seems to only occur at a certain time of day, such as when worker
occupancy is highest or lowest, make sure the flow of purge gas to the GFC
information).
8.3.3. Inability to Span – Touchscreen SPAN Button Not Visible
1. Confirm that the carbon dioxide span gas source is accurate; this can be
done by switching between two span-gas tanks. If the CO2 concentration is
different, there is a problem with one of the tanks.
3. Make sure that the expected span gas concentration entered into the
instrument during calibration is the correct span gas concentration and not
too different from expected span value. This can be viewed via the RNGE
Menu (see Section 4.8).
4. Check to make sure that there is no ambient air or zero air leaking into span
gas line.
07272B DCN6552
242
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.3.4. Inability to Zero – Touchscreen ZERO Button Not Visible
1. Confirm that there is a good source of zero air. Dilute a tank of span gas
with the same amount of zero air from two different sources. If the CO2
Concentration of the two measurements is different, there is a problem with
one of the sources of zero air.
3. If the analyzer has had zero/span valve options, the CO2 scrubber may need
maintenance.
4. Check to make sure that there is no ambient air leaking into zero air line.
07272B DCN6552
243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.4. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
Dynamic problems (i.e. problems which only manifest themselves when the
analyzer is monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming
to isolate and resolve. The following provides an itemized list of the most
common dynamic problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and
corrective actions.
8.4.1. Temperature Problems
Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the absorption
bench, filter wheel, and IR photo-detector temperatures. If any of these
temperatures are out of range or are poorly controlled, the T360 will perform
poorly.
8.4.1.1. BOX OR SAMPLE TEMPERATURE
Box Temperature
The box temperature sensor is mounted to the motherboard and cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance. Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using
parameter will vary with ambient temperature, but at ~30oC (6-7° above room
temperature) the signal should be ~1450 mV.
Sample Temperature
The Sample Temperature should closely track the bench temperature. If it does
not, locate the sensor, which is located at the midpoint of the optical bench in a
brass fitting. Unplug the connector labeled “Sample”, and measure the resistance
of the thermistor; at room temperature (25°C) it should be ~30K Ohms, at
operating temperature, 48°C, it should be ~ 12K Ohms
8.4.1.2. BENCH TEMPERATURE
There are three possible failures that could cause the Bench temperature to be
incorrect.
WARNING:
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT DURING THIS TEST
1. The heater mounted to the bottom of the Absorption bench is electrically
shorted or open. Check the resistance of the two heater elements by
measuring between pin 2 and 4 (~76 Ohms), and pin 3 and 4 (~330 Ohms),
of the white five-pin connector just below the sample temperature sensor on
the Bench (pin 1 is the pointed end).
2. Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with
the relay board, the solid-state relay (K2) on the relay board may have failed.
07272B DCN6552
244
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Using the BENCH_HEATER parameter under the signal I/O function, as
described above, turn on and off K2 (D3 on the relay board should illuminate
as the heater is turned on). Check the AC voltage present between pin 2
and 4, for a 100 or 115 VAC model, and pins 3 and 4, for a 220-240 VAC
model.
3. If the relay has failed there should be no change in the voltage across pins 2
and 4 or 3 and 4. NOTE: K2 is in a socket for easy replacement.
4. If K2 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor located on the optical
bench near the front of the instrument could be at fault. Unplug the
connector labeled “Bench”, and measure the resistance of the thermistor. At
room temperature it should have approximately 30K Ohms resistance near
the 48oC set point it should have ~12K ohms.
8.4.1.3. GFC WHEEL TEMPERATURE
Like the bench heater above there are three possible causes for the GFC wheel
temperature to have failed.
1. The wheel heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 1 and 4 on
the white five-pin connector just below the sample temperature sensor on the
bench (pin 1 is the pointed end). It should be approximately 275 ohms.
2. Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with
the relay board, the solid-state relay (K1) on the relay board may have failed.
Using the WHEEL_HEATER parameter under the signal I/O function, as
described above, turn on and off K1 (D2 on the relay board should illuminate
as the heater is turned on). Check the AC voltage present between Pin 1
and Pin 4.
WARNING:
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT DURING THIS TEST
3. If the relay has failed there should be no change in the voltage across pins 1
and 4. NOTE: K1 is socketed for easy replacement.
4. If K1 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor located at the front of
the filter wheel assembly may have failed. Unplug the connector labeled
“Wheel”, and measure the resistance of the thermistor. The resistance near
the 68oC set point is ~5.7k ohms.
8.4.1.4. IR PHOTO-DETECTOR TEC TEMPERATURE
there are two four possible causes of failure.
1. The screws retaining the IR photo detector to the absorption bench have
become loose. Carefully tighten the screws, hand-tight and note whether,
after the analyzer has come up to operating temperature, whether the PHT
DRIVE voltage has returned to an acceptable level.
07272B DCN6552
245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
2. The two large transistor-type devices mounted to the side of the Absorption
Bench have come loose from the bench. Tighten the retaining screws and
note whether there is an improvement in the PHT DRIVE voltage.
3. The photo-detector has failed. Contact the factory for instructions.
4. The sync demodulator circuit board has failed. Contact the factory for
instructions.
8.4.2. Excessive Noise
Noise is continuously monitored in the TEST functions as the STABIL reading
and only becomes meaningful after sampling a constant gas concentration for at
least 10 minutes. Compare the current STABIL reading with that recorded at the
time of manufacture (included in the T360 Final Test and Validation Data Sheet
shipped with the unit from Teledyne API).
1. The most common cause of excessive noise is leaks. Leak check and flow
check the instrument described in Section 6.3.
2. Detector failure – caused by failure of the hermetic seal or over-temperature
due to poor heat sinking of the detector ca To the optical bench. In addition
to increased noise due to poor signal-to-noise ratio, another indicator of
detector failure is a drop in the signal levels of the CO2 MEASURE signal
and CO2 REFERENCE signal.
3. Sync/Demod Board failure. There are many delicate, high impedance parts
on this board. Check the CO2 MEAS and CO2 REF Test Functions via the
Front Panel Display.
4. The detector cooler control circuit can fail for reasons similar to the detector
itself failing. Symptoms would be a change in MR RATIO Test Function
when zero air is being sampled.
Also check the SIGNAL I/O parameter PHT DRIVE. After warm-up, and at
25oC ambient, if PHT DRIVE < 4800 mV, the cooler is working properly. If
PHT DRIVE is > 4800 mV there is a malfunction.
5. The +5 and 15 VDC voltages in the T360 are provided by switching power
supplies. Switch mode supplies create DC outputs by switching the input AC
waveform at high frequencies. As the components in the switcher age and
degrade, the main problem observed is increased noise on the DC outputs.
If a noisy switcher power supply is suspected, attach an oscilloscope to the
DC output test points located on the top right hand edge of the Relay board.
Look for short period spikes > 100 mV p-p on the DC output.
07272B DCN6552
246
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.5. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding s of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying
possible sources of failures or performance problems within the analyzer. In
most cases this included a list of possible causes. This describes how to
determine individually determine if a certain component or subsystem is actually
the cause of the problem being investigated.
8.5.1. AC Mains Configuration
The analyzer is correctly configured for the AC mains voltage in use if:
1. The Sample Pump is running.
2. The GFC wheel motor is spinning. LED’s D1 & D2 (located on the
synch/demod PCA) should be flashing.
3. If incorrect power is suspected, check that the correct voltage and frequency
is present at the line input on the rear panel.
If the unit is set for 230 VAC and is plugged into 115VAC, or 100VAC the
sample pump will not start, and the heaters will not come up to
temperature.
If the unit is set for 115 or 100 VAC and is plugged into a 230 VAC
circuit, the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF Switch on the Front
Panel will trip to the OFF position immediately after power is switched
on.
8.5.2. DC Power Supply
If you have determined that the analyzer’s AC mains power is working, but the
unit is still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the
instrument’s switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely
no DC output, and noisy output.
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the
various printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the
associated test points on the relay board follow a standard color-coding scheme as
defined in the following table:
Table 8-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes
NAME
Dgnd
+5V
TEST POINT#
TP AND WIRE COLOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Black
Red
Agnd
+15V
-15V
Green
Blue
Yellow
Purple
Orange
+12R
+12V
07272B DCN6552
247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the
values in the table below, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting
turned on, can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise
(> 100 mV p-p).
Table 8-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS
POWER
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ASSY
MIN V MAX V
FROM TEST POINT
TO TEST POINT
NAME
Dgnd
#
1
3
3
3
1
6
6
NAME
+5
#
2
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS2
PS2
+5
+15
4.8
5.25
16V
Agnd
+15
4
13.5
-15
Agnd
-15V
5
-14V
-0.05
-0.05
11.75
-0.05
-16V
0.05
0.05
12.5
0.05
Agnd
Chassis
+12
Agnd
Dgnd
Chassis
+12V
Dgnd
1
Dgnd
N/A
7
+12V Ret
+12V Ret
Dgnd
1
8.5.3. I2C Bus
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the
Relay PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA . Assuming that the DC power
supplies are operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if: D1 on the
relay PCA and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of
the Valve Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly (steady lit or steady off)
8.5.4. Touchscreen Interface
Verify the functioning of the touchscreen by observing the display when pressing
a touchscreen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and
that the DC power supplies are operating properly, if pressing a control button on
the display does not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:
The touchscreen controller may be malfunctioning.
The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a
terminal program to any of the communications ports. If the analyzer responds to
remote commands and the display changes accordingly, the touchscreen interface
may be faulty.
07272B DCN6552
248
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.5.5. LCD Display Module
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is
applied to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that
the DC power supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and
show the splash screen with logo and other indications of its state as the CPU
goes through its initialization process.
8.5.6. Relay Board
The relay board PCA (04135) can be most easily checked by observing the
condition of the its status LEDs on the relay board, as described in Section
8.1.4.3, and the associated output when toggled on and off through signal I/O
function in the diagnostic menu, see Section 8.1.3.
1. If the front panel display responds to button presses and D1 on the relay
board is not flashing, then either the I2C connection between the
motherboard and the relay board is bad, or the relay board itself is bad.
2. If D1 on the relay board is flashing and the status indicator for the output in
question (heater power, valve drive, etc.) toggles properly using the signal
I/O function, then the associated control device on the relay board is bad.
Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced.
The table below lists the control device associated with a particular function:
Table 8-8: Relay Board Control Devices
CONTROL
DEVICE
K1
FUNCTION
IN SOCKET
Wheel Heater
Bench Heater
Spare AC Control
IZS Valves
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
K2
K3
U4
IR Source Drive
U5
The IR source drive output can be verified by measuring the voltage at J16 with
the IR source disconnected. It should be 11.5± 0.5 VDC.
8.5.7. Sensor Assembly
8.5.7.1. SYNC/DEMODULATOR ASSEMBLY
To verify that the Sync/Demodulator Assembly is working follow the procedure
below:
wheel drive, Section 8.5.7.3.
If the wheel drive and opto pickup are working properly then verify that
there is 2.4 ±0.1 VAC and 2.5 ±0.15 VDC between digital ground and TP
5 on the sync demod board. If not then check the wiring between the
07272B DCN6552
249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
sync/demod and opto pickup assembly (see interconnect drawing
04216). If good then the sync/demod board is bad.
3. With the analyzer connected to zero air, measure between TP11 (measure)
and analog ground, and TP12 (reference) and analog ground.
If they are similar to values recorded on the factory data sheet then there
is likely a problem with the wiring or the A/D converter.
If they are not then either the sync demodulator board or the IR-
photodetector TEC drive.
8.5.7.2. OPTO PICKUP ASSEMBLY
Operation of the opto pickup PCA (04088) can be verified with a voltmeter.
Measure the AC and DC voltage between digital ground on the relay board, or
touchscreen and TP1 and TP2 on the sync pickup PCA. For a working board,
with the GFC motor spinning, they should read 2.4 ±0.1 VAC and 2.5 ±0.15
VDC.
Further confirmation that the pickups and motor are operating properly can be
obtained by measuring the frequency at TP1 and TP2 using a frequency counter,
a digital volt meter with a frequency counter, or an oscilloscope per the table
below.
Table 8-9: Opto Pickup Board Nominal Output Frequencies
NOMINAL MEASURED FREQUENCY
AC MAINS FREQ.
50 Hz
TP1
25
TP2
300
360
60 Hz
30
8.5.7.3. GFC WHEEL DRIVE
If the D1 and D2 on the sync demodulator board are not flashing then:
1. Check for power to the motor by measuring between pins 1 and 3 on the
connector feeding the motor. For instruments configured for 120 or 220-
240VAC there should be approximately 88 VAC for instruments configured
for 100VAC, it should be the voltage of the AC mains, approximately
100VAC.
2. Verify that the frequency select jumper, JP4, is properly set on the Relay
Board. For 50 Hz operation it should be installed. For 60 Hz operation may
either be missing or installed in a vertical orientation.
3. If there is power to the motor and the frequency select jumper is properly set
and replacing the GFC assembly that the motor is bolted to.
07272B DCN6552
250
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.5.7.4. IR SOURCE
The IR source can be checked using the following procedure:
1. Disconnect the source and check its resistance when cold. When new, the
source should have a cold resistance of more than 1.5 Ohms but less than
3.5 Ohms. If not, then the source is bad.
2. With the source disconnected, energize the analyzer and wait for it to start
operating. Measure the drive Voltage between pins 1 and 2 on the jack that
the source is normally connected to; it should be 11.5 ± 0.25 VDC. If not,
then there is a problem with either the wiring, the Relay Board, or the +12V
power supply.
3. If the drive voltage is correct in step 2, then remove the source from the heat
sink assembly (2 screws on top) and connect to its mating connector.
Observe the light being emitted from the source. It should be centered at the
bottom of the U-shaped element. If there is either no emission or a badly
centered emission then the source is bad.
8.5.7.5. PRESSURE/FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY
The pressure/flow sensor PCA, located on the top of the absorption bench, can be
checked with a Voltmeter using the following procedure which, assumes that the
wiring is intact, and that the motherboard and the power supplies are operating
properly.
For Pressure related problems:
Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 ± 0.25 VDC. If not then
the board is bad.
Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1. With the sample pump
disabled it should be 4500 mV ±250 mV. With the pump energized it
should be approximately 200 mV less. If not, then S1, the pressure
transducer is bad, the board is bad, or there is a pneumatic failure
preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell
pressure properly.
For flow related problems:
Measure the voltage across TP2 and TP1 it should be 10 ±0.25 VDC. If
not then the board is bad.
Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1. With proper flow (800 cc/min
at the sample inlet) this should be approximately 4.5V (this voltage will
vary with altitude). With flow stopped (sample inlet blocked) the voltage
should be approximately 1V. If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor is
bad, the board is bad or there is a leak upstream of the sensor.
07272B DCN6552
251
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.5.8. Motherboard
8.5.8.1. A/D FUNCTIONS
The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the
motherboard is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the
two A/D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a
voltmeter.
value of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND. If both are within 3 mV of nominal
(4096 and 0), and are stable, ±0.5 mV then the basic A/D is functioning
properly. If not then the motherboard is bad.
2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function such as
SAMPLE_PRESSURE, SAMPLE_FLOW, CO2_MEASURE or
CO2_REFERENCE. Compare these voltages at their origin (see
interconnect drawing 04215 and interconnect list 04216) with the voltage
displayed through the signal I/O function. If the wiring is intact but there is a
large difference between the measured and displayed voltage (±10 mV) then
the motherboard is bad.
8.5.8.2. ANALOG OUTPUTS: VOLTAGE
To verify that the analog outputs are working properly, connect a voltmeter to the
output in question and perform an analog output step test as described in
For each of the steps, taking into account any offset that may have been
the nominal value listed in the table below except for the 0% step, which should
be within 2 to 3 mV. If one or more of the steps fails to be within this range then
it is likely that there has been a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their
associated circuitry on the motherboard.
Table 8-10: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs
FULL SCALE OUTPUT VOLTAGE
100MV
1V
5V
10V
STEP
%
0
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
2
20
40
60
80
100
20 mV
40 mV
60 mV
80 mV
100 mV
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
4
6
8
10
07272B DCN6552
252
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.5.8.3. ANALOG OUTPUTS: CURRENT LOOP
To verify that the analog outputs with the optional current mode output are
working properly, connect a 250 ohm resistor across the outputs and use a
For each step the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed in the
table below.
Table 8-11: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Current Outputs
OUTPUT RANGE
2 -20
4 -20
NOMINAL OUTPUT VALUES
STEP
%
0
CURRENT
2 mA
5.6
V(250 OHMS)
CURRENT
V(250 OHMS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
0.5V
1.4
2.3
3.2
4.1
5
4
1
20
40
60
80
100
7.2
1.8
2.6
3.4
4.2
5
9.2
10.4
13.6
16.8
20
12.8
16.4
20
8.5.8.4. STATUS OUTPUTS
The procedure below can be used to test the Status outputs (Figure 4-13):
1. Connect a jumper between the “D“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status
output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being
tested (see table below).
inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question. Alternately turn on and
off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter, it should vary between 0 volts
for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
Table 8-12: Status Outputs Check
PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT)
STATUS
SYSTEM OK
CONC VALID
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
ALRM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ALRM2
07272B DCN6552
253
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.5.8.5. CONTROL INPUTS – REMOTE ZERO, SPAN
The control input bits can be tested by the following procedure:
1. Connect a jumper from the +5 pin on the Status connector to the x5V on the
Control In connector.
2. Connect a second jumper from the ‘-‘ pin on the Status connector to the A pin
on the Control In connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE
mode to ZERO CAL R mode.
3. Connect a second jumper from the ‘-‘ pin on the Status connector to the B pin
on the Control In connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE
mode to SPAN CAL R mode.
4. In each case, the T360 should return to SAMPLE mode when the jumper is
removed.
8.5.9. CPU
There are two major types of failures associated with the CPU board: complete
failure and a failure associated with the Disk on Module (DOM). If either of
these failures occur, contact the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly
and the wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on
the motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the
motherboard, specifically U57, the large, 44-pin device on the lower right hand
side of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the
instrument to start up but the measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or
warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration
and data files have been corrupted.
07272B DCN6552
254
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.5.10. RS-232 Communications
8.5.10.1. GENERAL RS-232 TROUBLESHOOTING
Teledyne API analyzers use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the
instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232
has been used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced,
connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly
difficult. Generally, every manufacturer observes the signal and timing
requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around one of the following
areas:
out information.
3. If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be
4. Incorrect setting of the DTE – DCE Switch is set correctly. See Section
5. Cable (03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12 of the
8.5.10.2. TROUBLESHOOTING ANALYZER/MODEM OR TERMINAL OPERATION
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem
connected to a Teledyne API analyzer.
1. Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
2. Check to make sure the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in
Section 4.11.4.
4. Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T360 sets
pin 7 (RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
5. Make sure the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between
modem and analyzer match, see Section 4.11.10.
6. Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal
or computer; see Section 4.11.11.
7. Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer
(holding down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the
instrument is receiving data.
8. Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software
is functioning properly.
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS-
232 Programming Notes” Teledyne API part number 013500000.
07272B DCN6552
255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.6. REPAIR PROCEDURES
This contains procedures that might need to be performed on rare occasions when
a major component of the analyzer requires repair or replacement.
8.6.1. Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly
The critical flow orifice is housed in the flow control assembly (Teledyne API
part number: 001760400) located on the top of the optical bench. A sintered filter
protects the jewel orifice so it is unusual for the orifice to need replacing, but if it
does, or the filter needs replacement please use the following procedure (see the
Spare Parts list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits):
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
3. Disconnect the pneumatic connection from the flow assembly and the
assembly from the pump.
4. Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the exploded view in
5. Replace the o-rings (p/n OR000001) and the sintered filter (p/n FL000001).
6. If replacing the critical flow orifice itself (P/N 00094100), make sure that the
side with the colored window (usually red) is facing upstream to the flow gas
flow.
7. Apply new Teflon® tape to the male connector threads
8. Re-assemble in reverse order.
9. After reconnecting the power and pneumatic lines, flow check the instrument
as described in Section 6.3.3.
07272B DCN6552
256
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Pneumatic Connector, Male 1/8”
(P/N FT_70
Spring
(P/N HW_20)
Sintered Filter
(P/N FL_01)
Critical Flow Orifice
(P/N 00094100)
Make sure it is placed with the
jewel down)
O-Ring
(P/N OR_01)
Purge Housing
(P/N 000850000)
Figure 8-10:
Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly
8.6.2. Removing/Replacing the GFC Wheel
When removing or replacing the GFC Wheel it is important to perform the
disassembly in the following order to avoid damaging the components:
1. Turn off the analyzer.
3. Open the instrument’s hinged front panel.
5. Unplug the following electronic components:
The GFC wheel housing temperature sensor;
GFC wheel heater
GFC wheel motor power supply
IR source
6. Unscrew the purge gas line hex nut and remove the 1/8 inch FEP purge gas
line.
07272B DCN6552
257
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
10
7
8
9
Figure 8-11:
Opening the GFC Wheel Housing
7. Remove the two (2) screws holding the opto-pickup printed circuit assembly
to the GFC wheel housing.
8. Carefully remove the opto-pickup printed circuit assembly.
9. Remove the four (4) screws holding the GFC wheel motor/heat sink
assembly to the GFC wheel housing.
10. Carefully remove the GFC wheel motor/heat sink assembly from the GFC
wheel housing.
11. Remove the one (1) screw fastening the GFC wheel/mask assembly to the
GFC motor hub.
11
12
Figure 8-12:
Removing the GFC Wheel
12. Remove the GFC wheel/mask assembly.
13. Follow the previous steps in reverse order to put the GFC wheel/motor
assembly back together.
07272B DCN6552
258
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
8.6.3. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure
NOTE
Servicing of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps,
mats and containers. Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it may
also cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the
replacement DOM carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing
the version of installed software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that
memory is reset can cause the analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate
measurements.
After the memory is reset, the A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all
information collected in Step 1 below must be re-entered before the instrument
will function correctly. Also, zero and span calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as
range, auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing
the DOM.
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate
the Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon standoff clip that mounts the DOM over the CPU board,
and lift the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the
socket. Press the chip all the way in.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.
07272B DCN6552
259
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting and Service
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
8.7. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
The following is a list from the Teledyne API’s Technical Support Department of
the most commonly asked questions relating to the Model CO2 Analyzer.
Question
Answer
Why does the instrument not
appear on the LAN or Internet?
Most problems related to Internet communications via the Ethernet
card will be due to problems external to the instrument (e.g. bad
network wiring or connections, failed routers, malfunctioning
servers, etc.) However, there are several symptoms that indicate
the problem may be with the Ethernet card itself. If neither of the
Ethernet cable’s two status LED’s (located on the back of the cable
connector) is lit while the instrument is connected to a network:
Verify that the instrument is being connected to an active
network jack.
Check the internal cable connection between the Ethernet card
and the CPU board.
How do I get the instrument to
zero / Why is the zero button not
displayed?
See Section 8.3.4 Inability to zero.
How do I get the instrument to
span / Why is the span button not
displayed?
See Section 8.3.3 Inability to span.
Why does the ENTR button
sometimes disappear on the
Front Panel Display?
During certain types of adjustments or configuration operations, the
ENTR button will disappear if you select a setting that is
nonsensical (such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00) or
out of the allowable range for that parameter (such as selecting a
DAS Holdoff period of more than 20 minutes). Once you adjust the
setting in question to an allowable value, the ENTR button will re-
appear.
Is there an optional midpoint
calibration?
There is an optional mid point linearity adjustment; however,
midpoint adjustment is applicable only to applications where CO2
measurements are expected above 100 ppm. Call Teledyne
Instrument’s Technical Support Department for more information on
this topic.
How do I make the display and
data logger analog input agree?
This most commonly occurs when an independent metering device
is used besides the data logger/recorded to determine gas
concentration levels while calibrating the analyzer. These
disagreements result from the analyzer, the metering device and
the data logger having slightly different ground levels. Both the
electronic scale and offset of the analog outputs can be adjusted
the metering device during calibrations procedures.
How do I perform a leak check?
See Section 6.3.3.
How do I measure the sample
flow
Sample flow is measured by attaching a calibrated rotameter, wet
test meter, or other flow-measuring device to the sample inlet port
when the instrument is operating. The sample flow should be 800
07272B DCN6552
260
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Troubleshooting and Service
Question
Answer
How long does the IR source
last?
Typical lifetime is about 2-3 years.
Where is the sintered
filter/sample flow control orifice?
These components are located inside the flow control assembly that
is attached to the inlet side of the sample pump, see Figure 3-5.
run a nightly calibration check?
How do I set the analog output
signal range and offset?
analog I/O configuration.
What is the averaging time for a
T360?
The default averaging time, optimized for ambient pollution
monitoring, is 150 seconds for stable concentrations and 10
seconds for rapidly changing concentrations; see Section 7.6.1 for
more information. However, it is adjustable over a range of 0.5
second to 200 seconds (please contact Technical Support for more
information).
07272B DCN6552
261
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
9. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
Teledyne Instruments considers the prevention of damage caused by the
discharge of static electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that
your analyzer continues to provide reliable service for a long time. This section
describes how static electricity occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic
components and assemblies as well as how to prevent that damage from
occurring.
9.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED
Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic
assemblies of your analyzer, are very small, require very little power and operate
very quickly. Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them to do these
things also make them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static
electricity. Controlling electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how
electro-static charges occur in the first place.
Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which
happens whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against
each other. As the atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate, some
electrons from one surface are retained by the other.
Materials
Makes
Contact
Materials
Separate
+
+
+
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = -1
NET CHARGE = +1
NET CHARGE = 0
NET CHARGE = 0
Figure 9-1:
Triboelectric Charging
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not
grounded, the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes
trapped in place, or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging
happens when someone wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a
nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor. With each step, electrons change places and
the resulting electro-static charge builds up, quickly reaching significant levels.
Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a workbench, using a plastic
handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of StyrofoamTM pellets during
shipment can also build hefty static charges
07272B DCN6552
263
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Table 9-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities
MEANS OF GENERATION
Walking across nylon carpet
Walking across vinyl tile
Worker at bench
65-90% RH
1,500V
250V
10-25% RH
35,000V
12,000V
6,000V
100V
Poly bag picked up from bench
1,200V
20,000V
Moving around in a chair padded
with urethane foam
1,500V
18,000V
9.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE
Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with
an electronic device. Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive
circuitry of the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge
overheat the delicate traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even
vaporizing parts of them. When examined by microscope the damage caused by
electro-static discharge looks a lot like tiny bomb craters littered across the
landscape of the component’s circuitry.
News estimates that approximately 60% of device failures are the result of
damage due to electro-static discharge.
Table 9-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE
RANGE
DEVICE
DAMAGE BEGINS
OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC
DAMAGE AT
MOSFET
VMOS
10
100
30
1800
100
NMOS
60
GaAsFET
EPROM
60
2000
100
100
140
150
190
200
300
300
300
500
500
500
JFET
7000
500
SAW
Op-AMP
CMOS
2500
3000
2500
3000
7000
500
Schottky Diodes
Film Resistors
This Film Resistors
ECL
SCR
1000
2500
Schottky TTL
07272B DCN6552
264
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:
Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a
device. Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or
assembly can allow enough discharge to cause damage. A similar discharge
can occur from a charged conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.
When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the
device to another surface such as packaging materials, work surfaces,
machine surfaces or other device. In some cases, charged device
discharges can be the most destructive.
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly
into the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function.
If the assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge
will occur.
Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-
static field, a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the
field onto the device. If the device is then momentarily grounded while within
the electrostatic field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and
grounded somewhere else, a second discharge will occur as the charge is
transferred from the device to ground.
9.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE
I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The
human nervous system isn’t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500
volts. Most devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower tha That.
I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro-static
charges are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or
sometimes even feet away from the surface bearing the charge.
It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by
electro-static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the
device to fail immediately. More likely, the trace will be only partially
occluded by the damage causing degraded performance of the device or
worse, weakening the trace. This weakened circuit may seem to function
fine for a short time, but even the very low voltage and current levels of the
device’s normal operating levels will eat away at the defect over time causing
the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment
in which the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost
productivity, as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment
or property.
Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors
in this statement.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge
will be equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground,
they are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage
when they are discharged.
07272B DCN6552
265
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered
in the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the
surface of a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.
As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage
caused by static discharges: It is true that when properly installed the
chassis ground of your analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic
components are prevented from building static electric charges themselves.
This does not prevent discharges from static fields built up on other things,
like you and your clothing, from discharging through the instrument and
damaging it.
9.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL
It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is
not, however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels
or prevent damage due to electro-static discharge from occurring.
9.4.1. General Rules
Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station.
Setting up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat
properly tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic
anti-ESD workstation (see Figure 9-2).
W ris t S tra p
P ro te c tiv e M a t
G ro u n d P o in t
Figure 9-2:
Basic anti-ESD Work Station
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD
kits are available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include
everything needed to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.
Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic
assemblies of your analyzer. An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person
wearing it at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the
work area and allows static charges to dissipate before they can build to
dangerous levels. Anti-ESD wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are
available for use in work areas where there is no available grounded plug.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one
meg-ohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the
instrument’s power supply.
Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this
may temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time, once you stop
touching the grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re-
07272B DCN6552
266
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
build. In some conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component
can rebuild in just a few seconds.
Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage
bags or bins: Even when you are not working on them, store all devices
and assemblies in a closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will prevent induced
charges from building up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields
from discharging through it.
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive
components and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The famous,
“pink-poly” bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid
(similar to liquid laundry detergent) which very slowly sweats onto the surface
of the plastic creating a slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag.
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it
does not prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive,
grounded surface, these bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very
charges that build up on the surface of the bag itself can be transferred through
the bag by induction onto the circuits of your ESD sensitive device. Also, the
liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up after which the bag is as
useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)
provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when
properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from
discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are
also excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field
effects and discharges.
Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device
or to close an anti-ESD bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic
adhesive tape, such as Scotch® tape, from its roll will generate a static
charge of several thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape
itself and an associated field effect that can discharge through or be induced
upon items up to a foot away.
07272B DCN6552
267
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
9.4.2. Basic anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and
Maintenance
9.4.2.1. WORKING AT THE INSTRUMENT RACK
When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into
a properly grounded power supply.
1. Attach your anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare
metal portion of the instrument chassis. This will safely connect you to
the same ground level to which the instrument and all of its components
are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed
metal casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies
inside from any conducted or induced static charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a
non-ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the
case of the analyzer.
9.4.2.2. WORKING AT AN ANTI-ESD WORK BENCH.
When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on
an anti-ESD work bench:
1. Plug your anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work
station before touching any items on the work station and while standing at
least a foot or so away. This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed
away through the ground connection of the workstation and prevent
discharges due to field effects and induction from occurring.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Only open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or
assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation.
Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static
charges on the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the
workstation’s grounded protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching
or holding an ESD Sensitive Device.
Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the
conductive surface of your workstation. Never lay them down on any
non-ESD preventative surface.
07272B DCN6552
268
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
5. Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti-static storage bags or
bins and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap.
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving
the workbench.
9.4.2.3. TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS FROM RACK TO BENCH AND BACK
When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne Instruments
analyzer to an Anti-ESD workbench or back:
1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and
workstation.
2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag
or bin.
3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to
dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the
conductive work surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
4. Place the item in the container.
5. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with
anti-ESD tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the
effects of static fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed
prevents the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around
the device.
6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that
may have built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:
Connect your wrist strap to ground.
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the
conductive work surface
In either case wait several seconds
7. Open the container.
07272B DCN6552
269
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
9.4.2.4. OPENING SHIPMENTS FROM TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS
Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely
efficient generators of static electric charges. To prevent damage from ESD,
Teledyne Instruments ships all electronic components and assemblies in properly
sealed anti-ESD containers.
Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during
shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent
these static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped
make sure that you always unpack shipments from Teledyne Instruments by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
container at the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic
components or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne Instruments.
9.4.2.5. PACKING COMPONENTS FOR RETURN TO TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS
Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne
Instruments in anti-ESD bins, tubes or bags.
WARNING
DO NOT use pink-poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the
electronic component/assembly directly
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam
peanuts, open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape
1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag
or bin.
2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to
dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your
wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the
conductive work surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
3. Place the item in the container.
4. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with
anti-ESD tape.
07272B DCN6552
270
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the
effects of static fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed
prevents the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around
the device.
NOTE
If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or containers available, Teledyne
Instruments’ Technical Support department will supply them. Follow the instructions listed above
for working at the instrument rack and workstation.
:
07272B DCN6552
271
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
07272B DCN6552
272
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term
Description/Definition
10BaseT
an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at
10 megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT
APICOM
ASSY
same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
Assembly
CAS
Code-Activated Switch
CD
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a
conductor or between two conductors of the same transmission line,
accompanied by ionization of the surrounding atmosphere and often by a power
loss
CE
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is actually converted
into electricity
CEM
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2
C3H8
CH4
H2O
HC
carbon dioxide
propane
methane
water vapor
general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3
H2S
NO
nitric acid
hydrogen sulfide
nitric oxide
NO2
NOX
nitrogen dioxide
nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other
compounds such as HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate
(NO3), PAN, N2O and other compounds as well)
NOy
NH3
O2
ammonia
molecular oxygen
O3
ozone
SO2
sulfur dioxide
cm3
metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)
Central Processing Unit
CPU
DAC
DAS
DCE
Digital-to-Analog Converter
Data Acquisition System
Data Communication Equipment
07272B DCN6552
273
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
DFU
Dry Filter Unit
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet
servers to automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and
any other addressable device connected to the network
DIAG
DOM
Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS
Disk Operating System
DRAM
DR-DOS
DTE
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Digital Research DOS
Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a
FLASH chip or drive
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
Electrical Test
ETEST
Ethernet
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area
networks (LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
FEP
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont
markets as Teflon®
Flash
FPI
non-volatile, solid-state memory
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate
with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC
Gas Filter Correlation
I2C bus
a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual
analyzer components
IC
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized
package used in electronic assemblies
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
Internal Zero Span
Local Area Network
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Liters Per Minute
LAN
LCD
LED
LPM
MFC
M/R
Mass Flow Controller
Measure/Reference
07272B DCN6552
274
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Term
Description/Definition
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely,
MOLAR MASS
one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the
same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of
Carbon is 12 grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of
carbon atoms that weighs 12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NDIR
NIST-SRM
PC
National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
Personal Computer
PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PC/AT
PCB
Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
PFA
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets
as Teflon®
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments
based on a logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLD
PLL
PMT
Programmable Logic Device
Phase Lock Loop
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons
collected and charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN)
PSD
Part Number
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTFE
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases
that may react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
Teflon®
PVC
Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg
Reading
RS-232
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between
DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)
devices, using a maximum cable-length of 50 feet
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method
among multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer
distance between the host and the furthest device
SAROAD
SLAMS
SLPM
Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
Standard Temperature and Pressure
STP
TCP/IP
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications
protocol for Ethernet devices
TEC
TPC
Thermal Electric Cooler
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
07272B DCN6552
275
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API Model T360/T360M Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
USB
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication
between peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or
touchscreen and a personal computer or laptop
VARS
V-F
Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
07272B DCN6552
276
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A – Menu Trees and Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-1: Models T360/T360M and 360E/360EM Software Menu Trees
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Triggering Events
APPENDIX A-6: DAS Parameters
APPENDIX A-7: Terminal Command Designators
APPENDIX A-8: Terminal Key Assignments
APPENDIX A-9: MODBUS Register
A-1
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
This page intentionally left blank.
A-2
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-1: T360, 360E Software Menu Trees
SAMPLE
TEST1
CAL
CO25
MSG1,2
CLR1,3
SETUP
O25
<TST TST>
(Primary Setup Menu)
CFG
DAS
RANG PASS
CLK
MORE
LOW4 HIGH4
RANGE
STABIL
(Secondary Setup Menu)
CO2 MEAS
CO2 REF
MR RATIO
PRES
ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMP FL
SAMPLE TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
COMM VARS
DIAG
OFFSET
IZS TEMP1
1 Only appears when warning messages are activated.
2 Press to cycle through list of active warning messages.
3 Press to clear/erase the warning message currently
displayed
TEST FUNCTIONS
TEST2
TIME
Viewable by user while
instrument is in SAMPLE
Mode.
4 Only appears if reporting range is set for AUTO range
mode.
5
Only appears if the optional 02 sensor is installed.
Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu
A-3
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SAMPLE
TEST1
CALS
MSG1,2
CLR1,3
CAL
CALZ
SETUP
CO25
O25
<TST TST>
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
RANGE
RANGE1*
RANGE2*
STABIL
LOW4 HIGH4
ZERO
SPAN CONC
CO2 MEAS
CO2 REF
MR RATIO
PRES
SAMP FL
(Primary Setup Menu)
ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMPLE TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
CFG
DAS
RANG PASS
CLK
MORE
OFFSET
TEST
TIME
(Secondary Setup Menu)
TEST FUNCTIONS
Viewable by user while
instrument is in SAMPLE Mode.
1 Only appears when warning messages are activated.
2 Press to cycle through list of active warning
messages.
*Only appears when instrument is set
for DUAL or AUTO reporting range
modes.
COMM VARS
DIAG
3 Press to clear/erase the warning message currently
displayed
4 Only appears if reporting range is set for
AUTO range mode.
5
Only appears if the optional 02 sensor is installed.
Figure A-2: Sample Display Menu - Units with Z/S Valve or IZS Option installed
A-4
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
ACAL1
NEXT
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
ON
PREV
NEXT
Go To iDAS
MENU TREE
(Fig. A-5)
PREV
MODE
SET2
OFF
MODEL NAME
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
TIME
DATE
SEQ 1)
SEQ 2)
SEQ 3)
SOFTWARE
REVISION
MODE
SET
UNIT
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE
REVISION1
HESSEN PROTOCOL
REVISION1
PREV
NEXT
ACTIVE
SPECIAL SOFTWARE
OPTIONS1
SNGL DUAL AUTO
CPU TYPE
DATE FACTORY
CONFIGURATION
SAVED
DISABLED
ZERO
PPB
PPM
UGM
MGM
%
ZERO/SPAN
SPAN
ENTR
ENTR
TIMER ENABLE
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
Go To
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
1
2
Only appears if a applicable
option/feature is installed
and activated.
Appears whenever the
currently displayed
sequence is not set for
DISABLED.
Only appears when
reporting range is set to
AUTO range mode.
<SET SET>
EDIT
LOW3 HIGH3
DURATION
CALIBRATE
3
RANGE TO CAL3
Figure A-3: Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)
A-5
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
VIEW
PREV NEXT
EDIT
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
CONC
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
PRNT
PNUMTC
CALDAT
ZTBZRO
STBSPN
TEMP
YES
NO
CONC
PNUMTC
CALDAT
ZTBZRO
STBSPN
TEMP
<SET
SET>
EDIT
PRNT
<PRM PRM> PV10
PREV
NEXT
NX10
Selects data point to view.
Creates/changes name
Cycles through
lists of
parameters
chosen for this
DAS channel
NAME
EVENT
PARAMETERS
REPORT PERIOD
NUMBER OF RECORDS
RS-232 REPORT
Sets the
amount of time
between each
report.
YES
NO
CHANNEL ENABLE
CAL. HOLD
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
Cycles through
available trigger
events
YES
NO
ON
YES
NO
OFF
<SET
SET>
EDIT
Cycles through
already active
parameters
Selects max
no. of records
for this channel
PARAMETER
PREV NEXT
SAMPLE MODE
PRECISION
INST
AVG
MIN
MAX
Cycles through available/active parameters
1 Only appears if a valve option is installed.
Figure A-4: Primary Setup Menu (DAS)
A-6
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
COM1
VARS
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
DIAG
ALRM
ALM1
ALM2
ID
COM2
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRINT
ON
DAS_HOLD_OFF
OFF
<SET
SET>
EDIT
CONC PRECISION
DYN_ZERO OFF
DYN_SPAN OFF
CLOCK_ADJ
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
MODE
BAUD RATE TEST PORT
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
TEST
QUIET
COMPUTER
SECURITY
HESSEN PROTOCOL
COMx E,7,1
RS-485
300
1200
2400
4800
9600
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
19200
38400
57760
115200
MULTIDROP
ENABLE MODEM
ENABLE INTERNET
IGNORE ERRORS
DISABLE XON/XOFF
COMMAND PROMPT
ON
1
Only appears if a valve is installed.
OFF
Figure A-5: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM, VARS & ALRM)
A-7
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
<SET
VARS
DIAG
ALRM
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ID
COM1
Go To
Fig A-6
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRINT
INET2
DAS_HOLD_OFF
CONC PRECISION
DYN_ZERO OFF
DYN_SPAN OFF
CLOCK_ADJ
SET>
EDIT
COMM - MENU TREE
(Fig A-5)
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
DHCP
INSTRUMENT IP
GATEWAY IP
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
SUBNET MASK
TCP PORT3
HOSTNAME4
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
(Fig A-6)
ON
INSTRUMENT IP5
GATEWAY IP5
SUBNET MASK5
TCP PORT3
OFF
EDIT
1 Only appears if a valve option is installed.
2 E-series only: Appears only when the Ethernet card option is installed.
3 Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not change the setting for this property unless
instructed to by Teledyne API Customer Service personnel.
4 HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
5 INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP is OFF.
Figure A-6: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM Menu with Ethernet)
A-8
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
.
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
VARS
DIAG
ALRM
ID
HESSEN2
COM1 COM2
See
Fig A-5
See
Fig A-6
See
Fig A-5
<SET
SET> EDIT
<SET
SET> EDIT
VARIATION RESPONSE MODE GAS LIST STATUS FLAGS
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
BCC
TEXT
CMD
MODE
BAUD RATE TEST PORT
PREV NEXT TEST
CO2, 310, REPORTED
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
PRNT
300
1200
2400
4800
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
BENCH TEMP WARNING
SOURCE WARNING
QUIET
COMPUTER
SECURITY
HESSEN PROTOCOL
COM[1,2] E,7,1
RS-485
BOX TEMP WARNING
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
SAMPLE TEMP WARNING
SAMPLE PRESSURE WARNING
INVALID CONC
9600
19200
38400
57760
115200
MULTIDROP
INSTRUMENT OFF
ENABLE MODEM
ENABLE INTERNET
IGNORE ERRORS
DISABLE XON/XOFF
COMMAND PROMPT
IN MANUAL CALIBRATION MODE
IN ZERO CALIBRATION MODE
IN SPAN CALIBRATION MODE
UGM
1 Only appears if a valve is installed.
2 Only appears when the HESSEN
mode is enabled for either COM1
or COM2.
MGM
See manual for Flag
Assignments
PPB
PPM
ON
OFF
Figure A-7: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM Menu with HESSEN)
A-9
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
SETUP
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
VARS
VARS
DIAG
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
PREV NEXT
SIGNAL
I/O
ANALOG
OUTPUT
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
ELECTRICAL
TEST
DARK
CALIBRATION
PRESSURE
CALIBRATION
FLOW
CALIBRATION
TEST
CHANNEL
OUTPUT
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
PREV NEXT
CAL
EDIT
EXIT
Start step Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
VIEW
CAL
0) EXT ZERO CAL
1) EXT SPAN CAL
2) REMOTE RANGE HI
3) SYNC OK
ENTR
4) MAINT MODE
5) LANG2 SELECT
NONE
CO2 MEASURE
CO2 REFERENCE
AOUTS CALIBRATED
CAL
<SET
SET>
6) SAMPLE LED
7) CAL LED
8) FAULT LED
9) AUDIBLE BEEPER
10) ELEC TEST
11) DARK CAL
12) ST SYSTEM OK
13) ST CONC VALID
14) ST HIGH RANGE
15) ST ZERO CAL
16) ST SPAN CAL
17) ST DIAG MODE
18) ST SYSTEM OK2
19) ST CONC ALARM 1
20) ST CONC ALARM 2
21) ST HIGH RANGE2
22) RELAY WATCHDOG
23) WHEEL HTR
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
SAMPLE TEMP
BENCH TEMP
SAMPLE LOW = XXX.X MV
SAMPLE LOW = X.X IN-HG-A
SAMPLE HIGH = XXX.X MV
SAMPLE HIGH = X.X IN-HG-A
CONC OUT 1
CONC OUT 2
TEST OUTPUT
WHEEL TEMP1
CHASSIS TEMP
PHT DRIVE
ON
EDIT
<SET SET>
OFF
24) BENCH HTR
25) CAL VALVE
26) SPAN VALVE
27) SHUTOFF VALVE
28) IR SOURCE ON
RANGE
REC OFFSET
AUTO CAL
CALIBRATED
CAL
29
INTERNAL ANALOG
VOLTAGE SIGNALS
ON
0.1V 1V
5V
10V CURR
55 (see Test Measurements in table in A.3)
OFF
56) CONC OUT 1
57) CONC OUT 2
58) TEST OUTPUT
1
Only relevant to analyzers with IZS options installed
MV
Figure A-8: Secondary Setup Menu (DIAG)
A-10
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-2: 300 Series Setup Variables For Serial I/O, Revision L.8
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Minutes
—
15
3
0.5–20
Duration of DAS hold off period.
CONC_PRECISION
AUTO,
Number of digits to display to the
right of the decimal point for
concentrations on the display.
0,
1,
2,
3,
4
REM_CAL_DURATION 17
STABIL_GAS
Minutes
—
20
1–120
Duration of automatic calibration
initiated from TAI protocol.
CO 0
CO,
Selects gas for stability
measurement.
CO2 10
O2 14
,
DYN_ZERO
—
OFF
OFF
0
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
-60–60
ON enables remote dynamic
zero calibration; OFF disables it.
DYN_SPAN
—
ON enables remote dynamic
span calibration; OFF disables it.
CLOCK_ADJ
SERVICE_CLEAR
Sec./Day
—
Time-of-day clock speed
adjustment.
OFF
OFF
ON resets the service interval
timer.
ON
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
Hours
Hours
0
0
0–500000
0–100000
Time since last service.
Sets the interval between service
reminders.
Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)
LANGUAGE_SELECT
MAINT_TIMEOUT
—
ENGL 0
ENGL,
SECD,
EXTN
Selects the language to use for
the user interface.
Hours
2
0.1–100
Time until automatically
switching out of software-
controlled maintenance mode.
LATCH_WARNINGS
—
—
ON
ON
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
ON enables latching warning
messages; OFF disables latching
DAYLIGHTSAVING_ENABLE
ON enables Daylight Saving
Time change; OFF disables
DST.
CONV_TIME
—
33 MS 0
33 MS,
66 MS,
133 MS,
266 MS,
533 MS,
1 SEC,
2 SEC
Conversion time for
measure/reference detector
channel.
A-11
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Seconds
Default
Value
Value Range
0.1–30
Description
CO_DWELL
0.2
1
Dwell time before taking
measure or reference sample.
CO_SAMPLE
Samples
1–30
Number of samples to take in
measure or reference mode.
PRE_FILT_SIZE 5, 19
FILT_SIZE
Samples
Samples
16
1–50
Moving average pre-filter size.
Moving average filter size.
750,
1–1000
720 9, 12
200 3, 8
1000 19, 23
48,
20 3, 8
40 20, 22
FILT_ASIZE
FILT_DELTA
Samples
PPM
1–1000
1–1000
Moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
,
4,
0.7 5
Absolute change to trigger
adaptive filter.
15 3, 8
0.15 9, 12
0.4 19, 23
0.2 20, 22
10
FILT_PCT
%
1–100
0–180
Percent change to trigger
adaptive filter.
5 20, 22, 23
FILT_DELAY
Seconds
90,
Delay before leaving adaptive
filter mode.
72 20, 22
ON
FILT_ADAPT
—
ON, OFF
0.1–30
ON enables adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
CO2_DWELL 10
CO2_FILT_ADAPT 10
Seconds
—
0.1
ON
Dwell time before taking each
sample.
ON, OFF
ON enables CO2 adaptive filter;
OFF disables it.
CO2_FILT_SIZE 10
CO2_FILT_ASIZE 10
Samples
Samples
48
12
1–300
1–300
CO2 moving average filter size.
CO2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
CO2_FILT_DELTA 10
CO2_FILT_PCT 10
%
2
0.01–10
0.1–100
0–300
Absolute CO2 conc. change to
trigger adaptive filter.
%
10
90
1
Percent CO2 conc. change to
trigger adaptive filter.
CO2_FILT_DELAY 10
CO2_DIL_FACTOR 10
Seconds
—
Delay before leaving CO2
adaptive filter mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for CO2. Used only
if is dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
O2_DWELL 14
Seconds
—
1
0.1–30
ON, OFF
1–500
Dwell time before taking each
sample.
O2_FILT_ADAPT 14
O2_FILT_SIZE 14
O2_FILT_ASIZE 14
ON
60
10
ON enables O2 adaptive filter;
OFF disables it.
Samples
Samples
O2 moving average filter size in
normal mode.
1–500
O2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
A-12
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
0.1–100
Description
O2_FILT_DELTA 14
%
%
2
Absolute change in O2
concentration to shorten filter.
O2_FILT_PCT 14
2
0.1–100
Relative change in O2
concentration to shorten filter.
O2_FILT_DELAY 14
O2_DIL_FACTOR 14
Seconds
—
20
1
0–300
Delay before leaving O2 adaptive
filter mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for O2. Used only if
is dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
USER_UNITS
—
PPM 0
PPB,
PPM,
UGM,
MGM
Concentration units for user
interface.
4, 5, 9, 18
%
PPM 3, 8
MGM 3, 8
NEG_CONC_SUPPRESS
DIL_FACTOR
—
OFF,
ON 17
OFF, ON
0.1–1000
10–600
ON pegs negative concentrations
at zero; OFF permits negative
concentrations
—
1
Dilution factor. Used only if is
dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
DARK_CAL_DURATION
Seconds
180,
60 4
Duration of dark cal. First two-
thirds is stabilization period; final
third is measure period.
DARK_MEAS_MV
DARK_REF_MV
mV
mV
—
0
-1000–1000
-1000–1000
ON, OFF
Dark offset for measure reading.
Dark offset for reference reading.
0
CO2_COMP_ENABLE
OFF
ON enables CO2 compensation;
OFF disables it.
CO2_COMP_CONC
SOURCE_DRIFT_ENAB 21
SOURCE_DRIFT 21
CO_CONST1
%
0
0–20
CO2 concentration to
compensate for.
—
OFF
0
ON, OFF
-500–500
100–50000
ON enables source drift
compensation; OFF disables it.
PPB/Day
—
Source drift compensation rate of
change.
8000,
CO calculation constant.
50015,20,22,23
9,12
78.8
3020 18
500 4,9,12
39600 8
40000 3
A-13
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
CO_CONST2
—
0.2110
0–10
CO calculation constant.
0.356 20,22,23
0.367 15
9,12
1.458
1.4625 18
1.448 4
0.192 8
0.187 3
0.1196 24
1
ET_MEAS_GAIN
ET_REF_GAIN
—
—
0.0001–9.9999 Electrical test gain factor for
measure reading.
1
0.0001–9.9999 Electrical test gain factor for
reference reading.
ET_TARGET_DET
ET_TARGET_CONC
mV
4375
0–5000
Target detector reading during
electrical test.
PPM
40,
400 3, 8
1–9999.99
Target concentration during
electrical test.
ET_CONC_RANGE
Conc.
50,
0.1–50000
D/A concentration range during
electrical test.
5000 3, 8
321
STD_TEMP
ºK
1–500
1–50
Standard temperature for
temperature compensation.
STD_PRESS
"Hg
28.5,
28.7 8,
Standard pressure for pressure
compensation.
28.8 12, 18
28.1 4
48
,
BENCH_SET
WHEEL_SET
ºC
ºC
0–100
0–100
Optical bench temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
43–53
68,
Wheel temperature set point and
warning limits.
62 19,23
Warnings:
63–73,
57–67 19,23
50
O2_CELL_SET 14
ºC
30–70
O2 sensor cell temperature set
point and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55
323
STD_O2_CELL_TEMP 14
ZERO_APPLY_IN_CAL 5
ºK
—
1–500
Standard O2 cell temperature for
temperature compensation.
ON
OFF, ON
ON applies auto-reference offset
and dilution factor during
zero/span calibration;
OFF disables both.
(Only applicable if
ZERO_ENABLE is ON.)
A-14
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Seconds,
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
ZERO_DWELL 3, 5, 8
7,
1–60,
Dwell time after closing or
Minutes 5
3 5
1–30 5
opening zero scrubber valve.
ZERO_SAMPLES 3, 5, 8
Samples
15,
1–1000
Number of zero samples to
average.
750 5,
1000 19
5,
ZERO_FILT_SIZE 3, 5, 8
ZERO_LIMIT 3, 5, 8
Samples
Ratio
1–100
0–5
Auto-zero offset moving average
filter size.
1 5
1.2,
Minimum auto-zero ratio allowed;
must be greater than this value
to be valid.
1.15 3, 8
1 5
,
ZERO_CAL 3, 5, 8
Ratio
1.18
0
0.5–5
Calibrated auto-zero ratio.
CO_TARG_ZERO1
Conc.
-100.00–
999.99
Target CO concentration during
zero offset calibration of range 1.
CO_TARG_MID1_1
CO_TARG_MID2_1
CO_SPAN1
Conc.
Conc.
Conc.
50 5,
300
0.01–9999.99
0.01–9999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target CO concentration during
mid-point #1 calibration of range
1.
50 5,
300
Target CO concentration during
mid-point #2 calibration of range
1.
40,
400 3, 8
Target CO concentration during
internal span calibration of range
1.
CO_SLOPE1
—
—
ºC
1
0.001–999.999 CO slope for range 1.
CO_OFFSET1
CAL_BOX_TEMP1
0
-10–10
0–100
CO offset for range 1.
30
Calibrated box temperature for
range 1.
CO_TARG_ZERO2
CO_TARG_MID1_2
Conc.
Conc.
0
-100.00–
999.99
Target CO concentration during
zero offset calibration of range 2.
50 5,
300
0.01–9999.99
0.01–9999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target CO concentration during
mid-point #1 calibration of range
2.
CO_TARG_MID2_2
CO_SPAN2
Conc.
Conc.
50 5,
300
Target CO concentration during
mid-point #2 calibration of range
2.
40,
400 3, 8
Target CO concentration during
internal span calibration of range
2.
CO_SLOPE2
—
—
ºC
1
0.001–999.999 CO slope for range 2.
CO_OFFSET2
CAL_BOX_TEMP2
0
-10–10
0–100
CO offset for range 2.
30
Calibrated box temperature for
range 2.
%
%
%
6,
800 16
0.1–1000,
0.1–2000 16
0.1–1000,
0.1–2000 16
0.1–1000,
0.1–2000 16
Target CO2 concentration during
mid-point #1 calibration.
CO2_TARG_MID1_CONC
10
6,
Target CO2 concentration during
mid-point #2 calibration.
CO2_TARG_MID2_CONC
10
800 16
12
Target CO2 concentration during
span calibration.
CO2_TARG_SPAN_CON
C 10
A-15
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
10
CO2_SLOPE
—
%
1
0
0.5–5
CO2 slope.
10
CO2_OFFSET
-10–10,
-100–100 16
0.1–100
CO2 offset.
O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC 14
%
20.95
Target O2 concentration during
span calibration.
O2_SLOPE 14
O2_OFFSET 14
RANGE_MODE
—
%
—
1
0.5–2
O2 slope.
0
-10–10
SNGL,
DUAL,
AUTO
O2 offset.
SNGL 0
Range control mode.
CONC_RANGE1
CONC_RANGE2 1
CO2_RANGE 10
Conc.
Conc.
%
50,
0.1–50000
D/A concentration range 1.
D/A concentration range 2.
200 6,
500 3, 8
50,
200 6,
500 3, 8
15
0.1–50000
0.1–500,
0.1–2000 16
0.1–500
CO2 concentration range.
O2 concentration range.
O2_RANGE 14
RS232_MODE
%
100
0
BitFlag
0–65535
RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add
values to combine flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
8 = enable hardware
handshaking
16 = enable Hessen protocol 11
32 = enable multi-drop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF
support
512 = disable hardware FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1
stop bit
4096 = enable command prompt
8192 = even parity, 8 data bits, 1
stop bit
16384 = enable dedicated
MODBUS ASCII protocol
32678 = enable dedicated
MODBUS RTU or TCP protocol
16384 = enable TAI protocol 17
A-16
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
115200 0
Value Range
Description
BAUD_RATE
—
300,
RS-232 COM1 baud rate.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT
—
“AT Y0 &D0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
RS-232 COM1 modem
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0” 0
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually.
characters
long.
RS232_MODE2
BAUD_RATE2
BitFlag
—
0
0–65535
RS-232 COM2 mode flags.
(Same settings as
RS232_MODE.)
19200 0
300,
RS-232 COM2 baud rate.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT2
—
“AT Y0 &D0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
RS-232 COM2 modem
&H0 &I0 S0=2
&B0 &N6 &M0
E0 Q1 &W0” 0
initialization string. Sent verbatim
plus carriage return to modem on
power up or manually.
characters
long.
RS232_PASS
MACHINE_ID
Password
ID
940331
300,
320 4
0–999999
0–9999
RS-232 log on password.
Unique ID number for instrument.
COMMAND_PROMPT
—
“Cmd> ” 0
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
RS-232 interface command
prompt. Displayed only if enabled
with RS232_MODE variable.
characters
long.
A-17
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
NONE 0
Value Range
Description
TEST_CHAN_ID
—
Diagnostic analog output ID.
NONE,
CO
MEASURE,
CO
REFERENC
E,
VACUUM
PRESSURE,
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
SAMPLE
FLOW,
SAMPLE
TEMP,
BENCH
TEMP,
WHEEL
TEMP,
O2 CELL
TEMP 14
,
CHASSIS
TEMP,
PHT DRIVE,
TEMP4 5
LOW,
REMOTE_CAL_MODE
—
—
LOW 0
OFF
CO range or other gas to
calibrate during contact closure
or Hessen calibration.
HIGH,
CO2 10
O2 14
,
PASS_ENABLE
STABIL_FREQ
ON, OFF
ON enables passwords; OFF
disables them.
Seconds
10
120 19, 23
1–300
Stability measurement sampling
frequency.
STABIL_SAMPLES
PHOTO_TEMP_SET
Samples
mV
25
2–40
Number of samples in
concentration stability reading.
2500
0–5000
Photometer temperature warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
250–4750
29.92
SAMP_PRESS_SET
In-Hg
0–100
Sample pressure warning limits.
Set point is not used.
Warnings:
15–32
A-18
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
SAMP_FLOW_SET
cc/m
800,
2000 13
0–5000
Sample flow warning limits. Set
point is not used.
1800 5,19
Warnings:
640–960,
1400–2200
5,19
1500–2500 13
SAMP_FLOW_SLOPE
VAC_SAMP_RATIO
—
—
1
0.001–100
0.1–2
Slope term to correct sample
flow rate.
4.5 5,19
0.53,
0.61 13
Maximum vacuum pressure /
sample pressure ratio for valid
sample flow calculation.
PURGE_PRESS_SET
SAMP_TEMP_SET 26
BOX_SET
PSIG
ºC
7.5
0–100
0–100
0–100
0–100
Purge pressure warning limits.
Set point is not used.
Warnings:
2.5–12.5
30
Sample temperature warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
10.1–100
30
ºC
Internal box temperature warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
5–48
BOX2_SET 5,
ºC
30
Internal box temperature #2 /
OVEN_SET 19,23
46 19,23
Warnings:
25–35
41–51 19,23
10
oven set point and warning limits.
BOX2_CYCLE 5,
OVEN_CYCLE 19,23
BOX2_PROP 5,
Seconds
1/ºC
0.5–30
0–100
Internal box temperature #2/oven
control cycle period.
1
Internal box temperature #2/oven
PID proportional coefficient.
Proportional band is the
OVEN_PROP 19,23
0.5 19,23
reciprocal of this setting.
BOX2_INTEG 5,
OVEN_INTEG 19,23
BOX2_DERIV 5,
OVEN_DERIV 19,23
BENCH_CYCLE
—
0.1
0.02 19,23
0–100
0–100
0.5–30
0–100
Internal box temperature #2/oven
PID integral coefficient.
—
0
Internal box temperature #2/oven
PID derivative coefficient.
Seconds
1/ºC
2
Optical bench temperature
control cycle period.
15 19,23
BENCH_PROP
BENCH_INTEG
5
100V optical bench temperature
PID proportional coefficient.
Proportional band is the
1.5 19,23
reciprocal of this setting.
—
0.5
1.5 19,23
0–100
100V optical bench temperature
PID integral coefficient.
A-19
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
BENCH_DERIV
—
2
0–100
100V optical bench temperature
PID derivative coefficient.
0 19,23
BENCH_PROP2
1/ºC
5
0–100
200V optical bench temperature
PID proportional coefficient.
Proportional band is the
0.75 19,23
reciprocal of this setting.
BENCH_INTEG2
BENCH_DERIV2
WHEEL_CYCLE
—
0.5
0.75 19,23
0–100
0–100
0.5–30
200V optical bench temperature
PID integral coefficient.
—
2
200V optical bench temperature
PID derivative coefficient.
0 19,23
4
2 4,9,12,18
8 19,23
1
Seconds
Wheel temperature control cycle
period.
WHEEL_PROP
WHEEL_INTEG
1/ºC
—
0–100
0–100
100V wheel temperature PID
proportional coefficient.
Proportional band is the
reciprocal of this setting.
0.3 19,23
0.135
0.035 4,9,12,18
0.06 19,23
2
100V wheel temperature PID
integral coefficient.
WHEEL_DERIV
WHEEL_PROP2
—
0–100
0–100
100V wheel temperature PID
derivative coefficient.
0 19,23
1/ºC
1
200V wheel temperature PID
proportional coefficient.
Proportional band is the
reciprocal of this setting.
0.1 19,23
WHEEL_INTEG2
WHEEL_DERIV2
—
—
0.135
0.035 4,9,12,18
0.01 19,23
2
0–100
0–100
200V wheel temperature PID
integral coefficient.
200V wheel temperature PID
derivative coefficient.
0 19,23
O2_CELL_CYCLE 14
O2_CELL_PROP 14
O2_CELL_INTEG 14
O2_CELL_DERIV 14
BOX_TEMP_GAIN
Seconds
10
0.5–30
0–10
O2 cell temperature control cycle
period.
—
1
O2 cell PID temperature control
proportional coefficient.
—
0.1
0–10
O2 cell PID temperature control
integral coefficient.
—
0 (disabled)
0–10
O2 cell PID temperature control
derivative coefficient.
PPB/DegC
0,
5 9
0–100
Gain factor for box temperature
compensation of concentration.
TPC_ENABLE
—
ON
OFF, ON
ON enables temperature/
pressure compensation; OFF
disables it.
CONC_LIN_ENABLE
—
ON
1
OFF, ON
0.5–120
ON enables concentration
linearization; OFF disables it.
STAT_REP_PERIOD 17
Seconds
TAI protocol status message
report period.
A-20
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
SERIAL_NUMBER
—
—
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
characters
long.
Unique serial number for
instrument.
“00000000 ”
0
DISP_INTENSITY
HIGH 0
HIGH,
MED,
LOW,
DIM
Front panel display intensity.
I2C_RESET_ENABLE
CLOCK_FORMAT
—
—
ON
OFF, ON
ON enables automatic reset of
the I2C bus in the event of
communication failures; OFF
disables automatic reset.
“TIME=%H:%
M:%S”
Any character
in the allowed
character set.
Up to 100
Time-of-day clock format flags.
Enclose value in double quotes
(") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
characters
long.
“%a” = Abbreviated weekday
name.
“%b” = Abbreviated month name.
“%d” = Day of month as decimal
number (01 – 31).
“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format
(00 – 23).
“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01
– 12).
“%j” = Day of year as decimal
number (001 – 366).
“%m” = Month as decimal
number (01 – 12).
“%M” = Minute as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for
12-hour clock.
“%S” = Second as decimal
number (00 – 59).
“%w” = Weekday as decimal
number (0 – 6; Sunday is 0).
“%y” = Year without century, as
decimal number (00 – 99).
“%Y” = Year with century, as
decimal number.
“%%” = Percent sign.
ALARM_TRIGGER 3,4
Cycles
10
1–100
Concentration alarm trigger
sensitivity adjustment.
A-21
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
REF_SDEV_LIMIT
mV
50
0.1–500
Reference detector standard
deviation must be below this limit
to switch out of startup mode.
REF_SOURCE_LIMIT
FACTORY_OPT
mV
3000 (not
used)
1–5000
Reference source warning limits.
Set point is not used.
Warnings:
1100–4800,
25–4800 3, 4, 15
512,
BitFlag
0–0x7fffffff
Factory option flags. Add values
to combine flags.
768 5
1 = enable dilution factor
2 = zero/span valves installed
4 = enable conc. alarms
8 = enable linearity adjustment
factor
16 = display units in
concentration field
32 = enable software-controlled
maintenance mode
64 3, 5 = span valve installed
128 = enable switch-controlled
maintenance mode
256 = compute only offset during
zero calibration
512 = 220 V A/C power
1024 = non-zero offset
calibration (linearity adjustment
must also be enabled)
2048 = enable Internet option 7
4096 = use “old” style numeric
data entry menus when editing
conc. table
8192 = locate high range and
zero cal. status outputs on relays
16384 = enable external analog
inputs 25
A-22
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Setup Variable
Numeric
Units
Default
Value
Value Range
Description
0
Enclose value in double quotes (") when setting from the RS-232 interface
1
Multi-range modes
Hessen protocol
2
3
T300H, 300EH
4
T360, 360E
5
T300U, 300EU
6
Fixed range special
E Series internet option.
T300M, 300EM
7
8
9
GFC7000E
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
CO2 option
Must power-cycle instrument for these options to take effect
T360U, 360EU
Riken Keiki special
O2 option
M320E
CO2 PPM sensor
TAI protocol
T360, 360EM
M300EU2
M320EU
Source drift compensation option
GFC7002EU
M320EU2
N2O compensation option
T Series external analog input option.
Except M300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-23
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-3: 300 Series Warnings and Test Measurements, Revision L.8
Name 1
Message Text
Description
Warnings
WSYSRES
SYSTEM RESET
Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU
was reset.
WDATAINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
Data storage was erased.
WCONFIGINIT
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory
configuration or erased.
WCONCALARM1
WCONCALARM2
WSOURCE
CONC ALARM 1 WARN
CONC ALARM 2 WARN
SOURCE WARNING
Concentration limit 1 exceeded.
Concentration limit 2 exceeded.
Reference reading minus dark offset
outside of warning limits specified by
REF_SOURCE_LIMIT variable.
WAUTOZERO 4, 5
WBENCHTEMP
WWHEELTEMP
WO2CELLTEMP 10
AZERO WARN 1.001
Auto-reference ratio below limit specified
by ZERO_LIMIT variable.
BENCH TEMP WARNING
WHEEL TEMP WARNING
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
Bench temperature outside of warning
limits specified by BENCH_SET variable.
Wheel temperature outside of warning
limits specified by WHEEL_SET variable.
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of
warning limits specified by O2_CELL_SET
variable.
WSAMPFLOW 6
WSAMPPRESS
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
Sample flow outside of warning limits
specified by SAMP_FLOW_SET variable.
Sample pressure outside of warning limits
specified by SAMP_PRESS_SET
variable.
WSAMPTEMP 13
WPURGEPRESS 9
WBOXTEMP
SAMPLE TEMP WARN
PURGE PRESS WARN
BOX TEMP WARNING
BOX TEMP2 WARNING
Sample temperature outside of warning
limits specified by SAMP_TEMP_SET
variable.
Purge pressure outside of warning limits
specified by PURGE_PRESS_SET
variable.
Internal box temperature outside of
warning limits specified by BOX_SET
variable.
WBOXTEMP2 4
Internal box temperature #2 outside of
warning limits specified by BOX2_SET
variable.
WOVENTEMP 11
WPHOTOTEMP
OVEN TEMP WARNING
PHOTO TEMP WARNING
Oven temperature outside of warning
limits specified by OVEN_SET variable.
Photometer temperature outside of
warning limits specified by
PHOTO_TEMP_SET variable.
WDYNZERO
WDYNSPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CANNOT DYN SPAN
Contact closure zero calibration failed
while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.
Contact closure span calibration failed
while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.
A-24
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Name 1
Message Text
Description
WREARBOARD
REAR BOARD NOT DET
Rear board was not detected during
power up.
WRELAYBOARD
WFRONTPANEL
WANALOGCAL
RELAY BOARD WARN
FRONT PANEL WARN
ANALOG CAL WARNING
Firmware is unable to communicate with
the relay board.
Firmware is unable to communicate with
the front panel.
The A/D or at least one D/A channel has
not been calibrated.
Test Measurements
RANGE
RANGE=50.0 PPM 3
CO RANGE=50.0 PPM 3, 7
RANGE1=50.0 PPM 3
CO RANGE1=50.0 PPM 3, 7
RANGE2=50.0 PPM 3
CO RANGE2=50.0 PPM 3, 7
CO2 RANGE=20 % 7
O2 RANGE=100 % 10
STABIL=0.0 PPM 3
D/A range in single or auto-range modes.
D/A #1 range in dual range mode.
D/A #2 range in dual range mode.
RANGE1
RANGE2
CO2RANGE
O2RANGE
STABILITY
CO2 range.
O2 range.
Concentration stability (standard deviation
based on setting of STABIL_FREQ and
STABIL_SAMPLES).
CO STB=0.0 PPM 3, 7, 10
CO2 STB=0.0 % 7
O2 STB=0.0 % 10
RESPONSE 2
RSP=0.20(0.00) SEC
Instrument response. Length of each
signal processing loop. Time in
parenthesis is standard deviation.
COMEAS
CO MEAS=4125.0 MV
CO REF=3750.0 MV
MR RATIO=1.100
Detector measure reading.
Detector reference reading.
Measure/reference ratio.
COREF
MRRATIO
AUTOZERO 4, 5
AZERO RATIO=1.234
Measure/reference ratio during auto-
reference.
SAMPPRESS
PURGEPRESS 9
VACUUM 8
PRES=29.9 IN-HG-A
PURGE=7.5 PSIG
Sample pressure.
Purge pressure
VAC=6.8 IN-HG-A
Vacuum pressure.
SAMPFLOW 6
SAMPTEMP 13
BENCHTEMP
WHEELTEMP
O2CELLTEMP 10
BOXTEMP
BOXTEMP2 4
OVENTEMP 11
PHOTOTEMP
SAMP FL=751 CC/M
SAMPLE TEMP=26.8 C
BENCH TEMP=48.1 C
WHEEL TEMP=68.1 C
O2 CELL TEMP=50.2 C
BOX TEMP=26.8 C
BOX TEMP2=29.6 C
OVEN TEMP=30.1 C
PHT DRIVE=2500.0 MV
Sample flow rate.
Sample temperature.
Bench temperature.
Wheel temperature.
O2 sensor cell temperature.
Internal box temperature.
Internal box temperature #2.
Oven temperature
Photometer temperature.
A-25
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Name 1
Message Text
Description
COSLOPE
SLOPE=1.000
CO SLOPE=1.000 7
CO slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
COSLOPE1
SLOPE1=1.000
CO SLOPE1=1.000 7
CO slope for range #1 in dual range
mode, computed during zero/span
calibration.
COSLOPE2
SLOPE2=1.000
CO SLOPE2=1.000 7
CO slope for range #2 in dual range
mode, computed during zero/span
calibration.
COOFFSET
OFFSET=0.000
CO OFFSET=0.000 7
CO offset for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
COOFFSET1
OFFSET1=0.000
CO OFFSET1=0.000 7
CO offset for range #1 in dual range
mode, computed during zero/span
calibration.
COOFFSET2
OFFSET2=0.000
CO OFFSET2=0.000 7
CO offset for range #2 in dual range
mode, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2SLOPE 7
CO2OFFSET 7
O2SLOPE 10
O2OFFSET 10
CO2 SLOPE=1.000
CO2 OFFSET=0.000
O2 SLOPE=0.980
CO2 slope, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO2 offset, computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2 slope, computed during zero/span
calibration.
O2 OFFSET=1.79 %
O2 offset, computed during zero/span
calibration.
CO
CO2 7
CO=17.7 PPM 3
CO2=15.0 %
CO concentration for current range.
CO2 concentration.
O2 10
O2=0.00 %
O2 concentration.
TESTCHAN
TEST=1751.4 MV
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog
output, selected with TEST_CHAN_ID
variable.
XIN1 12
XIN2 12
XIN3 12
XIN4 12
XIN5 12
XIN6 12
XIN7 12
XIN8 12
AIN1=37.15 EU
AIN2=37.15 EU
AIN3=37.15 EU
AIN4=37.15 EU
AIN5=37.15 EU
AIN6=37.15 EU
AIN7=37.15 EU
AIN8=37.15 EU
External analog input 1 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 2 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 3 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 4 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 5 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 6 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 7 value in
engineering units.
External analog input 8 value in
engineering units.
A-26
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Name 1
Message Text
Description
CLOCKTIME
TIME=09:52:20
Current instrument time of day clock.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”
2
Engineering software
3
Current instrument units
4
T300U, 300EU
5
T300H, 300EH
6
Except T360U, 360EU (APR version)
7
M306E
8
Sample pressure or differential pressure flow measurement option
9
GFC7000E
10
11
12
13
O2 option
M300EU2, M320EU2
External analog input option.
Except M300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-27
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-4: 300 Series Signal I/O Definitions, Revision L.8
M300E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name
Bit or Channel
Number
Description
Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 9–16 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
SYNC_OK
0
1 = sync. OK
0 = sync. error
Spare
1–7
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
ELEC_TEST
DARK_CAL
0
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
1
1 = dark calibration on
0 = off
2–5
6
Spare
I2C_RESET
1 = reset I2C peripherals
0 = normal
I2C_DRV_RST
7
0 = hardware reset 8584 chip
1 = normal
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL
EXT_SPAN_CAL
REMOTE_RANGE_HI
0
1
2
0 = go into zero calibration
1 = exit zero calibration
0 = go into span calibration
1 = exit span calibration
0 = select high range during contact closure calibration
1 = select low range
3–5
6–7
Spare
Always 1
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 325 hex
0–5
6–7
Spare
Always 1
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 321 hex
0–7 Spare
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 9–12 = bits 0–3, default I/O address 325 hex
0–3 Spare
Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 1–12 = bits 4–7, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2
4
5
5
6
1 = system OK
0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
ST_CONC_ALARM_1 8
ST_HIGH_RANGE 10 + 13
ST_CONC_ALARM_2 8
1 = high auto-range in use
0 = low auto-range
1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
A-28
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
ST_ZERO_CAL 10 + 13
ST_HIGH_RANGE2 16
6
7
1 = in zero calibration
0 = not in zero
1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors ST_HIGH_RANGE
status output)
0 = low auto-range
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
ST_CONC_VALID
ST_HIGH_RANGE
ST_ZERO_CAL
ST_SPAN_CAL
0
1
2
3
4
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
0 = conc. valid
1 = hold off or other conditions
0 = high auto-range in use
1 = low auto-range
0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE
5
6
7
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
3
ST_AUTO_REF
0 = in auto-reference mode
1 = not in auto-reference mode
Spare
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 324 hex
ST_AUTO_REF 2
0
0 = in auto-reference mode
1 = not in auto-reference mode
1–5
6
Spare
ST_CO2_CAL 7
ST_O2_CAL 5
0 = in CO2 calibration
1 = not in CO2 calibration
0 = in O2 calibration
1 = not in O2 calibration
7
Front panel I2C keyboard/touchscreen, default I2C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE
LANG2_SELECT
SAMPLE_LED
CAL_LED
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
0 = sample LED on
1 = off
6 (input)
8 (output)
9 (output)
10 (output)
14 (output)
0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED
0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Relay board digital output (PCF8574), default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG
WHEEL_HTR
0
Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep
relay board active
0 = wheel heater on
1 = off
1
A-29
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
BENCH_HTR
2
3
3
4
5
6
0 = optical bench heater on
1 = off
O2_CELL_HEATER 5
0 = O2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
BOX2_HEATER 3,
OVEN_HEATER 15
CAL_VALVE
0 = internal box temperature #2/oven heater on
1 = off
0 = let cal. gas in
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let span gas in
1 = let zero gas in
0 = open zero scrubber valve
1 = close
SPAN_VALVE
ZERO_SCRUB_VALVE 2,3
SHUTOFF_VALVE
IR_SOURCE_ON
6
7 3,15
0 = energize shutoff valve
1 = de-energize
7
0 = IR source on
1 = off
n/a 3,15
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
SAMPLE_PRESSURE
VACUUM_PRESSURE 6
PURGE_PRESSURE 9, 10
CO_MEASURE
0
Sample pressure
1
Vacuum pressure
1
Purge pressure
2
Detector measure reading
Detector reference reading
Temperature MUX
Sample flow
CO_REFERENCE
3
4
SAMPLE_FLOW
PHOTO_TEMP
TEST_INPUT_7
TEST_INPUT_8
REF_4096_MV
O2_SENSOR 5
5
6
Photometer detector temperature
Diagnostic test input
Diagnostic test input
4.096V reference from MAX6241
O2 concentration sensor
Spare
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CO2_SENSOR 7
CO2 concentration sensor
Spare
DAC loopback MUX
Ground reference
REF_GND
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
BOX_TEMP
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
Internal box temperature
SAMPLE_TEMP 18
BENCH_TEMP
WHEEL_TEMP
TEMP_INPUT_4
TEMP_INPUT_5
O2_CELL_TEMP 5
BOX2_TEMP 3
Sample temperature
Optical bench temperature
Wheel temperature
Diagnostic temperature input
Diagnostic temperature input
O2 sensor cell temperature
Internal box temperature #2 / oven temperature
OVEN_TEMP 19,23
7
Spare
A-30
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC_CHAN_1
DAC_CHAN_2
DAC_CHAN_3
DAC_CHAN_4
0
1
2
3
DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
CONC_OUT_1,
DATA_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2,
DATA_OUT_2
CONC_OUT_3, 7, 5
DATA_OUT_3
TEST_OUTPUT,
DATA_OUT_4
0
1
2
3
Concentration output #1 (CO, range #1),
Data output #1
Concentration output #2 (CO, range #2),
Data output #2
Concentration output #3 (CO2 or O2),
Data output #3
Test measurement output,
Data output #4
External analog input board, default I2C address 5C hex
XIN1 17
XIN2 17
XIN3 17
XIN4 17
XIN5 17
XIN6 17
XIN7 17
XIN8 17
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
External analog input 1
External analog input 2
External analog input 3
External analog input 4
External analog input 5
External analog input 6
External analog input 7
External analog input 8
1
Hessen protocol
2
T300H, 300EH
3
T300U, 300EU
4
M320E
5
O2 option
6
Sample pressure or differential pressure flow measurement option
CO2 option
7
8
Concentration alarms option
T360, 360E
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
GFC7000E
T300M, 300EM
Air Products special #1
Air Products special #2
M300EU2
High auto range relay option
External analog input option.
Except M300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-31
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-5: 300 Series DAS Triggering Events, Revision L.8
Name
Description
ATIMER
EXITZR
Automatic timer expired
Exit zero calibration mode
Exit span calibration mode
Exit multi-point calibration mode
Exit CO2 calibration mode
Slope and offset recalculated
CO2 slope and offset recalculated
O2 slope and offset recalculated
Exit diagnostic mode
EXITSP
EXITMP
EXITC2 5
SLPCHG
CO2SLC 5
O2SLPC 7
EXITDG
SOURCW
Source warning
AZEROW 1, 2
CONCW1 1, 3, 4
CONCW2 1, 3, 4
SYNCW
Auto-zero warning
Concentration limit 1 exceeded
Concentration limit 2 exceeded
Sync warning
BNTMPW
Bench temperature warning
Wheel temperature warning
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
Sample temperature warning
Sample flow warning
WTEMPW
O2TMPW 7
STEMPW 9
SFLOWW 6
SPRESW
Sample pressure warning
Purge pressure warning
PPRESW 4
BTEMPW
Internal box temperature warning
BTMP2W 2,
OVTMPW 8
Internal box temperature #2/oven warning
PTEMPW
Photometer detector temperature warning
1
T300H, 300EH
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
T300U, 300EU
M320E
GFC7000E
M306E
Except T360U, 360EU (APR version)
O2 option
M300EU2, M320EU2
Except M300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-32
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-6: DAS Parameters, Revision L.8
Name
Description
Units
DETMES
Detector measure reading
Detector reference reading
M/R ratio.
mV
DETREF
RATIO
mV
none
none
none
none
none
none
%
SLOPE1
SLOPE2
OFSET1
OFSET2
CO2SLP 5
CO2OFS 5
O2SLPE 8
O2OFST 8
AZERO 1,2
ZSCNC1
Slope for range #1
Slope for range #2
Offset for range #1
Offset for range #2
CO2 slope
CO2 offset
O2 slope
none
%
O2 offset
Auto-zero reading
M/R
PPM
Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
ZSCNC2
Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
PPM
%
CO2ZSC 5
O2ZSCN 8
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing
new slope and offset
%
CONC1
Concentration for range #1
Concentration for range #2
CO2 concentration
PPM
PPM
%
CONC2
CO2CNC 5
O2CONC 8
STABIL
O2 concentration
%
Concentration stability
Bench temperature
PPM
C
BNTEMP
BNCDTY
Bench temperature control duty cycle
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
WTEMP
Wheel temperature
C
WHLDTY
Wheel temperature control duty cycle
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
O2TEMP 8
SMPTMP 11
SMPFLW 6
SMPPRS
VACUUM 1, 3, 6
PRGPRS 4
O2 sensor cell temperature
Sample temperature
Sample flow
C
C
cc/m
"Hg
"Hg
PSIG
Sample pressure
Vacuum pressure
Purge pressure
A-33
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Name
Description
Units
BOXTMP
Internal box temperature
C
BX2TMP 2,
OVNTMP 9
BX2DTY 2,
OVNDTY 9
Internal box temperature #2/oven
C
Internal box temperature #2/oven control duty cycle
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
mV
PHTDRV
Photometer detector temperature drive
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7)
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_4)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 1 slope
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 2 slope
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 3 slope
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 4 slope
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 5 slope
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 6 slope
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 7 slope
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 8 value
External analog input 8 slope
External analog input 8 value
TEST7
mV
TEST8
mV
TEMP4
C
TEMP5
C
REFGND
mV
RF4096
XIN1 10
mV
Volts
XIN1SLPE 10
XIN1OFST 10
XIN2 10
XIN2SLPE 10
XIN2OFST 10
XIN3 10
XIN3SLPE 10
XIN3OFST 10
XIN4 10
XIN4SLPE 10
XIN4OFST 10
XIN5 10
XIN5SLPE 10
XIN5OFST 10
XIN6 10
XIN6SLPE 10
XIN6OFST 10
XIN7 10
XIN7SLPE 10
XIN7OFST 10
XIN8 10
XIN8SLPE 10
XIN8OFST 10
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit / V
eng unit
A-34
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Name
Description
Units
1
T300H, 300EH
T300U, 300EU
M320E
2
3
4
GFC7000E
5
M306E
6
Except T360U, 360EU (APR version)
7
The units, including the concentration units, are always fixed, regardless of the current instrument units
8
O2 option
9
M300EU2, M320EU2
10
11
External analog input option.
Except M300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-35
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
APPENDIX A-7: Terminal Command Designators
COMMAND
? [ID]
ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX
DESCRIPTION
Display help screen and commands list
Establish connection to instrument
Terminate connection to instrument
Display test(s)
LOGON [ID]
LOGOFF [ID]
password
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Print test(s) to screen
T [ID]
Print single test
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Disable test(s)
Display warning(s)
Print warning(s)
W [ID]
Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2]
ASEQ number
Clear warning(s)
Enter calibration mode
Execute automatic sequence
Compute new slope/offset
Exit calibration mode
C [ID]
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN
EXIT
ABORT
Abort calibration sequence
Print all I/O signals
LIST
name[=value]
Examine or set I/O signal
Print names of all diagnostic tests
Execute diagnostic test
Exit diagnostic test
LIST NAMES
ENTER name
EXIT
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode]
PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT]
RECORDS ["name"]
Reset instrument
D [ID]
Print iDAS configuration
Print number of iDAS records
REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number] [FROM=<start
date>][TO=<end date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX]
(Print DAS records)(date format: MM/DD/YYYY(or YY)
[HH:MM:SS]
Print iDAS records
CANCEL
Halt printing iDAS records
Print setup variables
LIST
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]]
name="value"
Modify variable
Modify enumerated variable
Print instrument configuration
Enter/exit maintenance mode
Print current instrument mode
Upload iDAS configuration
Upload single iDAS channel
Delete iDAS channels
V [ID]
CONFIG
MAINT ON|OFF
MODE
DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>] DASEND
CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND
CHANNELDELETE ["name"]
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are optional
designators. The following key assignments also apply.
A-36
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
Appendix A-8: Terminal Key Assignments
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS
ESC
Abort line
CR (ENTER)
Ctrl-C
Execute command
Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed)
Execute command
Ctrl-T
Switch to terminal mode
Appendix A-9: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Description
Units
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0
Detector measure reading
Detector reference reading
M/R ratio.
mV
2
mV
4
none
none
none
none
none
PPM
6
Slope for range #1
Slope for range #2
Offset for range #1
Offset for range #2
8
10
12
14
Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
16
Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
PPM
18
20
22
24
26
Concentration for range #1
Concentration for range #2
Concentration stability
PPM
PPM
PPM
Bench temperature
C
Bench temperature control duty cycle
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
28
30
Wheel temperature
C
Wheel temperature control duty cycle
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
32 11
34
Sample temperature
C
Sample pressure
“Hg
C
36
Internal box temperature
38
Photometer detector temperature drive
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7)
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_4)
mV
mV
mV
C
40
42
44
A-37
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
46
Description
Units
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
Purge pressure
C
48
mV
50
mV
52 1
54 1
56 1
58 1
60 1
PSIG
cc/m
"Hg
Sample flow
Vacuum pressure
Internal box temperature #2/oven
Internal box temperature #2/oven control duty cycle
C
Fraction
(0.0 = off,
1.0 = on full)
62 1
100 2
102 2
Auto-zero reading
O2 concentration
M/R
%
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing
new slope and offset
%
104 2
O2 slope
—
106 2
O2 offset
%
108 2
O2 sensor cell temperature
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 1 slope
External analog input 1 offset
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 2 slope
External analog input 2 offset
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 3 slope
External analog input 3 offset
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 4 slope
External analog input 4 offset
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 5 slope
External analog input 5 offset
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 6 slope
External analog input 6 offset
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 7 slope
External analog input 7 offset
External analog input 8 value
External analog input 8 slope
External analog input 8 offset
CO2 concentration
C
130 10
132 10
134 10
136 10
138 10
140 10
142 10
144 10
146 10
148 10
150 10
152 10
154 10
156 10
158 10
160 10
162 10
164 10
166 10
168 10
170 10
172 10
174 10
176 10
200 3
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
%
A-38
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
202 3
Description
Units
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
204 3
206 3
CO2 slope
—
%
CO2 offset
MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)
0
Maps to CO_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Maps to CO_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Maps to O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable
Conc. units
2
Conc. units
100 2
200 3
%
%
Maps to CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
Source warning
0
1
Box temperature warning
2
Bench temperature warning
Wheel temperature warning
Sample temperature warning
Sample pressure warning
3
4 11
5
6
Photometer detector temperature warning
System reset warning
7
8
Rear board communication warning
Relay board communication warning
Front panel communication warning
Analog calibration warning
Dynamic zero warning
9
10
11
12
13
Dynamic span warning
14
Invalid concentration
15
In zero calibration mode
16
In span calibration mode
17
In multi-point calibration mode
System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
Purge pressure warning
18
19 1
20 1
21 1
22 1
23 1
24 1
25 1
26 1
100 2
101 2
102 1,2
Sample flow warning
Internal box temperature #2/oven warning
Concentration limit 1 exceeded
Concentration limit 2 exceeded
Auto-zero warning
Sync warning
In Hessen manual mode
In O2 calibration mode
O2 cell temperature warning
O2 concentration limit 1 exceeded
A-39
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - T360/T360M, 360E/360EM Appendix A Menu Trees (05233C DCN6552)
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
103 1,2
Description
Units
O2 concentration limit 2 exceeded
200 3
In CO2 calibration mode
201 1,3
202 1,3
CO2 concentration limit 1 exceeded
CO2 concentration limit 2 exceeded
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
0
Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)
Triggers zero calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers zero calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
2
3
20 4
21 4
22 4
23 4
1
Optional
2
O2 option
3
CO2 option
4
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a calibration check
is performed.
10
11
External analog input option.
Except T300U, 300EU2 and M320EU configurations.
A-40
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced
Note
Note
Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) may result in non-compliance with European
standard EN 61010-1.
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the TAPI Website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com or call Customer Service at 800-324-5190 for more
recent updates to part numbers.
07272B DCN6552
B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T360 Spare Parts List
053900000
1/4/2011 10:02
PARTNUMBER
000941000
001760400
001761300
003290500
003291500
006110200
006900000
009450300
009550500
009560201
009600400
009690000
009690100
009840300
010790000
010800000
016290000
016300600
019340200
026060000
026070000
035280000
036110300
037250100
037600000
037860000
040010000
040030100
041350000
042410100
042410200
042680000
042690000
042890100
042900100
043250100
043250300
043250400
043940000
045830000
045930000
048620200
050110000
052560000
052830200
053230000
055010000
055100200
058021100
DESCRIPTION
CD, ORIFICE, .013 BLUE/GREEN
ASSY, FLOW CTL, 800CC, 1/4" CONN-B
ASSY, FLOW CTRL, .010, 1/8", SS
ASSY, THERMISTOR, BENCH
ASSY, THERMISTOR, BENCH/WHEEL
ASSY, MOTOR WHEEL HEATER
RETAINER PAD CHARCOAL, SMALL, 1-3/4"
ASSY, ZERO/SPAN VALVES, CO
ASSY, SOURCE
GF WHEEL, CO2, (KB)
AKIT, EXPENDABLES, CO
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6 100=1) 47mm
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6, 30=1) 47mm
ASSY, SHUT-OFF VALVE, (KB)
INPUT MIRROR, REPLICATED(KB)
OUTPUT MIRROR, REPLICATED(KB)
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM, ANG BKT, 5UM
ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR, BRASS
MIRROR, OBJECTIVE, 8 PASS
MIRROR, FIELD, 8 PASS
ASSY, SCRUBBER, CO2, CH47
PCA, SYNC DEMOD, CO2 (BT-KB)
ASSY, BAND HEATER W/TC
AKIT, EXP KIT, SODA LIME CH47
ORING, TEFLON, RETAINING RING, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), w/FM4
PCA, RELAY BOARD, CO
ASSY, PUMP, INT, (CO) W/ 800CC FLOW
ASSY, PUMP, INT, SOX/O3/IR *
ASSY, VALVE (SS)
ASSY, VALVE , 2-WAY, 12V
ASSY, PUMP CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V/60 HZ
PROGRAMMED FLASH
ASSY, PWR CONF, 100-120V/60HZ, CO
OPTION, PWR CONF, 220-240V/50HZ, CO
OPTION, PWR CONF, 220-240V/60HZ, CO
PCA, INTERFACE, ETHERNET
ASSY, CO2 SENSOR, (BF/KB)
ASSY, PURGE REGULATOR
PCA, SERIAL INTERFACE, w/ MD
THERMAL PAD, HEATSINK, CENTER
PCA, OPTO-INTERRUPTER
ASSY, MOTOR HUB, MR7
AKIT, EXPENDABLES, M360E IZS (w OPT 42C)
ASSY, MTR WHL HEATER w/THERM, 200W
ASSY, OPTION, PUMP, 240V *
PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP
07272B DCN6552
B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T360 Spare Parts List
PARTNUMBER
066970000
067240000
067300100
067390000
067410000
068010000
068020000
072150000
072720000
073660100
CN0000458
CN0000520
FL0000001
FL0000003
FM0000004
HW0000020
HW0000036
HW0000090
HW0000101
HW0000379
HW0000453
KIT000219
OP0000009
OR0000001
OR0000002
OR0000025
OR0000034
OR0000039
OR0000041
OR0000047
OR0000077
OR0000088
OR0000094
OR0000096
OR0000097
PU0000022
RL0000015
SW0000051
SW0000059
VA0000014
WR0000008
DESCRIPTION
INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O PCA
CPU USB TO FRONT PANEL, T-SERIES
ASSY, PS37 W/#2 PIN REMOVED
ASSY, PS38 W/#6 PIN REMOVED*
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
MANUAL,T360, OPERATORS
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T360 *
PLUG, 12, MC 1.5/12-ST-3.81 (KB)
PLUG, 10, MC 1.5/10-ST-3.81 (KB)
FILTER, SS (KB)
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
SPRING
TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)
SPRING, SS, LONG
ISOLATOR
SEAL, GFC MOTOR
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
WINDOW (KB)
ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
ORING, 2-023V
ORING, 2-133V
ORING, 2-011V FT10
ORING, 2-012V
ORING, 2-136V
ORING, 2-007V
ORING, 2-018V
ORING, 2-011S, 40 DURO
ORING, 2-228V, 50 DURO VITON(KB)
ORING, 2-532V
ORING, 2-119S
REBUILD KIT, FOR PU20 & 04241 (KB)
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, POWER CIRC BREAK VDE/CE, w/RG(KB
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
REGULATOR
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
B-4
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
044110000
11/19/2010 18:13
PARTNUMBER
003290500
009550500
037250100
040010000
040030100
042410200
042580000
042680000
042690000
052560000
052840200
055010000
055100200
058021100
062870000
DS0000025
KIT000159
KIT000180
KIT000183
PS0000011
PS0000025
RL0000015
DESCRIPTION
ASSY, THERMISTOR, BENCH
ASSY, SOURCE
ASSY, BAND HEATER W/TC
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), w/FM4
ASSY, PUMP, INT, SOX/O3/IR *
PCA, KEYBOARD, W/V-DETECT
ASSY, VALVE (SS)
ASSY, VALVE , 2-WAY, 12V
PCA, OPTO-INTERRUPTER
ASSY, MOTOR HUB, MR7, PURGED, "E", 115V
ASSY, MTR WHL HEATER w/THERM, 200W
ASSY, OPTION, PUMP, 240V *
PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6150E, ICOP (KB)*
DISPLAY(KB)
REPLACEMENT, RELAY BD, M300E, SN >= 100
RETROFIT, SYNC DMOD UPDATE, M360E
REPLACE, CO2 FILTER WHEEL ASSY, E-SERIES
PWR SUPPLY, SW, +5V, +/-15V, 40W (KB)
PWR SUPPLY, SW, 12V, 40W (KB)
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
07272B DCN6552
B-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
B-6
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T360, M360E
(05235C DCN5798)
CUSTOMER: ____________________________________
CONTACT NAME: ________________________________
PHONE: ______________________________________
FAX NO: ______________________________________
SITE ADDRESS: __________________________________________________________________________________
SERIAL NO.: ____________________________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: __________________________
1. Are there any failure messages? ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Please complete the following table:
PARAMETER
DISPLAYED AS
RANGE
OBSERVED VALUE
UNITS
PPM
PPM
mV
NOMINAL RANGE
0 -10, 0 - 2000 Ppm
≤ 0.15 Ppm With Zero Air
3600 – 4800 Mv
1400 – 2000 Mv
2.5 ± 0.02 W/ Zero Air
-2”Ambient Absolute
800 ± 10%
Range
Stability
STABIL
CO2 Measure
CO2 MEAS
CO2 REF
mV
CO2 Reference
Measure/Reference Ratio
Pressure
MR RATIO
INHG
CC
ºC
PRES
Sample Flow
SAMP FL
48 ± 4
Sample Temp
SAMPLE TEMP
BENCH TEMP
WHEEL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PHT DRIVE
SLOPE
ºC
48 ± 2
Bench Temp
ºC
68 ± 2
Wheel Temp
ºC
Ambient + 7 ± 10
250 Mv TO 4750 Mv
1.0 ± .3
Box Temp
mV
.
Photo Drive
Slope
0 ± 0.3
Offset
OFFSET
O2 Sensor Temperature3
Slope of O2 Measurement3
Offset of O2 Measurement3
Dark Cal Reference signal
Dark Cal Measurement Signal
O2 CELL TEMP
O2 SLOPE
ºC
50 ± 5
O2 OFFSET
REF DARK OFFSET
MEAS DARK OFFSET
mV
mV
125 ± 50 Mv.
125 ± 50 Mv
PPM
40 ± 2 Ppm
Electric Test
Values are in the Signal I/O
4096mv±2mv And Must Be
Stable
REF_4096_MV
REF_GND
0± 0.5 And Must Be Stable
2. Have you performed a leak check and flow check? ______________________________________________________
3. What is the sample flow & sample pressure with the sample in-let on rear of machine capped?
SAMPLE FLOW _________________________ CC
SAMPLE PRESSURE ______________________ IN-HG-A
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-1
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T360, M360E
(05235C DCN5798)
3. What are the failure symptoms? ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. What test have you done trying to solve the problem? ___________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Please check these signals and verify the correctness. Look for the signals annotated on the diagram. What are the
peak-to-peak voltages?
TP 5
TP 5
TP 2
2v/DIV
10 mS
2v/DIV
.5 mS
5. If possible, please include a portion of a strip chart pertaining to the problem. Circle pertinent data.
Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne API to respond faster to the problem that you
are encountering.
OTHER INFORMATION: ____________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
07272B DCN6552
D-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interconnect List, T300/M T360/M
(Reference 0691201B DCN5947)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
03995
CBL, MOTOR TO RELAY PCA
GFC Drive - A
GFC Drive - B
Motor Return
Chassis Gnd
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
J6
J6
J6
J6
1
2
3
4
GFC Motor
GFC Motor
GFC Motor
GFC Motor
052380200
052380200
052380200
052380200
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
3
4
04103
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO THERMISTORS
+5V Ref
Bench Temp
+5V Ref
Wheel Temp
+5V ref
+5V Ref
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay PCA
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
041350000
041350000
041350000
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J4
6
Bench Temp Snsr
003291500
003291500
003291500
003291500
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
13 Bench Temp Snsr
Wheel Temp Snsr
12 Wheel Temp Snsr
5
1
7
Shield
Sample Temp Snsr
019340200, -06
019340200, -06
043420000
043420000
043420000
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
3
1
4
2
Sample Temp
14 Sample Temp Snsr
2
9
1
2
3
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
Shield
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
J4
J4
043420000
04105
04146
CBL, LCD INTERFACE PCA TO MOTHERBOARD
Kbd Interupt
DGND
SDA
SCL
Shld
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
7
2
5
6
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
10 Motherboard
CBL, SYNC DEMOD
DGND
Segmentg Gate
No Connection
DGND
Opto Pickup
Opto Pickup
Opto Pickup
Opto Pickup
Opto Pickup
Opto Pickup
05032 or 05256
05032 or 05256
05032 or 05256
05032 or 05256
05032 or 05256
05032 or 05256
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
JP4
JP4
JP4
JP4
JP4
JP4
6
5
4
3
2
1
M/R Gate
+5V
04237
04671
CBL ASSY, 12V VALVE CBLS
+12
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
6
8
2
4
5
7
Zero/Span Vlv
Zero/Span Vlv
Samp/Cal Vlv
Samp/Cal Vlv
Shutoff Valve
Shutoff Valve
042680000
042680000
042680000
042680000
042690000
042690000
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
1
2
Zero/Span Drv
+12
Samp/Cal Drv
+12
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Shutoff Vlv
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION)
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
2
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
9
7
5
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
06737
CBL, I2C TO AUX I/O PCA (ANALOG IN OPTION)
ATX-
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1+
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION)
RXD1
DCD1
DTR1
TXD1
DSR1
GND
CTS1
RTS1
RI1
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10 AUX I/O PCA
07272B DCN6552
D-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interconnect List, T300/M T360/M
(Reference 0691201B DCN5947)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
06738 CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION)
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
06739
CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O PCA
ATX-
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
AUX I/O PCA
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1
LED1+
06741
06746
CBL, CPU USB TO LCD INTERFACE PCA
GND
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
USB
USB
USB
USB
8
6
4
2
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
JP9
JP9
JP9
JP9
LUSBD3+
LUSBD3-
VCC
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
2
Shield
14 CPU PCA
13 CPU PCA
12 CPU PCA
11 CPU PCA
10 CPU PCA
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
485
485
06809
CBL ASSY, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Chassis Gnd
10 Motherboard
06811
06815
CBL ASSY, BENCH HEATER
Wheel Heater
AC Return
Bench Htr, 115V
Bench Htr, 230V
AC Return
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
4
2
3
4
5
Wheel Heater
Wheel Heater
Bench Htr
Bench Htr
Bench Htr
055010000
055010000
037250000
037250000
037250000
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
1
2
1
2
3
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Chassis Gnd
CBL ASSY, AC POWER
AC Line
AC Neutral
Power Grnd
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
L
N
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
SW0000025
SW0000025
L
N
Chassis
L
N
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
Relay
068020000
068020000
068020000
068010000
068010000
068010000
041350000
041350000
041350000
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
L
N
L
N
Relay
Relay
J1
J1
D-4
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interconnect List, T300/M T360/M
(Reference 0691201B DCN5947)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
06816
CBL ASSY, DC POWER
+15
+5
DGND
AGND
-15
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS2
PS2
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068020000
068020000
SK1
SK1
SK1
SK1
SK1
SK1
SK1
6
1
3
4
5
1
3
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
J13
J13
J13
J13
J13
J13
J13
4
3
1
5
6
8
7
+12
+12 RET
06817
06917
CBL, RELAY BD TO SOURCE
IR Source Drv
IR Source Drv
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
J16
J16
1
2
IR Source
IR Source
009550500
009550500
P1
P1
1
2
CBL, DC POWER & SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION
+5V
DGND
+5V
SDA
SCL
DGND
Shield
+12V Ret
+12V
AGND
+15V
Cell Pressure
Pump Vaccum
Sample Flow
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Fan
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
040010000
040010000
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
J14
P1
P1
J1
J1
J1
1
2
3
5
6
8
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J12
J11
J11
J5
J5
J12
J5
J11
J11
J11
J11
J109
J109
J109
J109
J109
J109
J109
2
1
2
2
1
1
5
7
8
3
4
5
6
2
9
4
1
3
10 Relay PCA
1
2
3
6
4
2
5
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Shield
Fan
Flow Module
Flow Module
Flow Module
Flow Module
Flow Module
Shield
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
J1
J1
Measure
PD Temp
Reference
AGND
Dark Switch
Sync Error
Etest
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
5
6
4
7
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
J108
J108
J108
16
4
8
06925
CBL ASSY, SYNC DEMOD , DC POWER
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
DGND
+5V
+12V ret
+12V
O2-
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
O2 Sensor
O2 Sensor
Shield
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
041350000
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
P1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
7
8
9
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
Sync Demod
O2 Sensor
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
032960000
049210000
049210000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
P1
P1
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
6
GND
+L
10
4
7
8
O2 Sensor
CO2 Sensor
CO2 Sensor
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
O2+
P1
10 Motherboard
Motherboard
0
CO2-
CO2+
CO2 Sensor
CO2 Sensor
Motherboard
Motherboard
V
2
06746
CBL, MOTHERBOAD TO CPU
RXD(0)
RTS(0)
TXD(0)
CTS(0)
GND(0)
RXD(1)
RTS(1)
TXD(1)
CTS(1)
GND(1)
485+
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
CN5
1
8
4
7
6
1
8
4
7
6
1
2
3
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
J12
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
9
7
5
2
485-
GND
Shield
CN5
CN5
WR256
CBL, TRANSMITTER TO LCD INTERFACE PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J15
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J1
07272B DCN6552
D-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
D-6
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07272B DCN6552
D-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
TP
C11 100pf
R18 10K
+5V RETURN IS A SEPARATE GROUND
RETURN, IT MUST BE RUN DIRECTLY
BACK TO JP2-1. (30 MIL TRACE WIDTH)
DGND
PREAMP
+15V_A
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
+5V RETURN
VBIAS
V= 50-55 VOLTS
TP4
JP2
TP
VCC
TP
Power, Minifit, 10 Pin
C10
VCC
1
2
R4
R5
VBIAS
3
2
R17
10K
1
6
5
499K
1M
3
See Page 3 for Bias supply
7
0.1/100V, Film
4
+15V
-15V
C1
PREAMP OUT
U2A
C17
5
C6
C9
LF353
100UF/25V
R6
R7
U2B
LF353
10/35V, tantalum
6
TP
10/100V, Elect
10M
See Below
7
0.01, 100V, CERAMIC
AGND
8
VERSION R7 VALUE
9
-15V_A
10
00
01
03
100K
24.9K
75K
R55
100
R27
100
C68
0.1, Ceram
C33
+15V_A
TP
R16
0.1, Ceram
MT1
4.99K
L1
MOUTING HOLE
+15V
+15V_A
4.7UH
C2
C18
100UF/25V
10/35V, tantalum
DETECTOR+
0.047, Ceram, 1206 ChipC12
R35
VCC
TP3
JP1
-15V_A
TP
Mounted on Bench
LT1084CT
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2.2M
Mounted on Bench
R54
U14
VIN
L2
1
2
COMEASTOA/D
PDETTEMP
-15V
-15V_A
+5VREF
3
2
VOUT
4.7UH
100UF/25V
C3
C19
3
R26
10K
2 OHM 35W
JP3
4
VCC
5
6
COREF TO A/D
SYNC ERROR
10/35V, tantalum
C8
C7
10/35V, tantalum
R30
51K
R31
51K
7
DARKSWITCH
10/35V, tantalum
Signal
8
R19
2
3
+5V RETURN
MICROFIT, 8 pin
DETECTOR
Analog GND
VCC
R50
6
+15V_B
TP
10.0K
R25
10K
2.2K
U3
OPA340UA
R51
JP1
Function
C13
0.022, Ceram
L3
2.55k
+15V
+15V_B
R34
7.5K
1
2
6
7
8
9
Thermistor
4.7UH
ETEST
R61
100
C27
Thermistor Return
Detector
10/35V, tantalum
+5VREF
TEC CONTROL
Detector Return
TEC Return
TEC Return
VCC
PDETTEMP
THERMISTOR+
R71
-15V_B
TP
GFC Wheel Position Interface
JP4
0 ohm
R28
10K
Detector is in a TO-37 package
(10 pin circular) with only pins
1,2,6,7,8 & 9 present.
L4
Opto
1
2
3
4
5
6
-15V
-15V_B
M/R_DET
4.7UH
C28
SEGMENT_DET
10/35V, tantalum
R73
R74
0 ohm
10K
MICROFIT, 6 Pin
VCC
+15V_A
U15
LM78L05ACM(8)
+5VREF
SEGMENT_DET
JP6
8
4
1
5
IN
NC
OUT
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
TDIN
TCK
C14
C15
0.68uf/25V, Ceram
TMS
0.68uf/25V, Ceram
TDOUT
Programming
Note: 1. This schematics is for PCA 03296.
2. Use PCB 03295.
VCC
Revision History
BM06B-SRSS-TB (mfg: JST)
Rev.K - DCN5067
-03 option, R7 value = 75K
Rev J - DCN 4242 - RJ
DCR 6270
DIGITAL GND
The information herin is the
property of TAPI and is
submitted in strictest
APPROVALS
Schematics for PCA 03296, Sync Demod
DRAWN
DATE
confidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purpose is
Change C14 & C15 from 1206 to 1210,
From CA0000144 to CA0000201.
Clear out solder mask from Detector (JP1).
Add test points TP16 & TP17, 0.50 pad.
CHECKED
APPROVED
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
SIZE
prohibited. This document or
any informatin contained in it
may not be duplicated without
proper authorization,.
03297
K
B
LAST MOD.
S1HEET
3
of
17-Sep-2008
Printed documents are Uncontrolled.
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-8
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
-15V_A
U8C
C22 1.0, Poly
R401M
DG444
TP
C20
1.0, Poly
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
TP1
TP2
11
10
3
2
+15V_A
TP11
PREAMP OUT
S3 D3
1
TP16
VCC
R9 100k
R11 100K
U5C
U5A
R56
619K
R20
10K
LF444
U10A
DG444
C26
1000PF/50V, 0805
R8
6
5
PREAMP_ENAB'
R21
R36
1M
R37
1M
7
3
2
13
12
U5D
100K
+15V_A
S1 D1
VR1
5K
R10
14
9
10K
R29
2
R58
200
U5B
LF444
8
100K
COMEASTOA/D
C29
C30
0.22, Poly
LF444
10
0.22, Poly
LF444
R57
10K
-15V_A
TV1
TP6
324
MEAS_1
-15V_A
TP
R38
1M
R39
1M
14
15
S2 D2
D5
DG444
TP10
R42
1M
C31
0.22, Poly
C32
0.22, Poly
C21
R41
1M
+5VREF
2
3
3
U10B
DG444
1.0, Poly
D1 S1
MEAS_2
LM385
6
7
S4 D4
U8A
-15V_A
110K
R14
-VREF
100k
R22
C24 1.0, Poly
R60
200
U8D
DG444
0.1, Ceram
C63
U4A
LF444
VCC
+15V_A
TV_ENAB'
+5VREF
TP17
R48
1M
R64
4.99K
3
TP12
R47
1M
1
50K
R62
2
39.2k
R15
R13
U8B
-15V_A
100K
R43
1M
R44
1M
11
10
6
5
15
14
S3 D3
R12
D2 S2
7
9
TP7
R59
200
8
100K
+15V_A
COREF TO A/D
C34
0.22, Poly
C35
U10C
DG444
U4B
LF444
10
DG444
U4C
LF444
0.22, Poly
REF_1
TV2
TP5
M/R_DET
R45
1M
R46
1M
6
7
S4 D4
VCC
R49
1M
U12
U10D
DG444
C36
C37
C23
TP9
XC9536-15VQ44I(44)
0.22, Poly
0.22, Poly
1.0, Poly
9
10
11
24
TDIN
TMS
TCK
TD IN
TMS
TCK
TD OUT
TDOUT
REF_2
33
IO/GSR
36 SYNC_10
IO/GTS1
IO/GTS2
IO
43
44
1
34
19
20
TV2
IO/GCK1
TV_ENAB'
REF_2
IO/GCK2
IO/GCK3
IO
ETEST
VCC
IO
2
21 REF_1
R1 681
IO
R32
R24
51K
3
22
23
27
TP8
IO
IO
5
TP14
U7
PCP
IO
IO
PREAMP_ENAB'
6
D6
681
IO
IO
R2
D1
7
28
29
30
31
14
3
1
PCP
PC1
MEAS_2
MEAS_1
PCP
D2
IO
IO
AIN
BIN
8
IO
IO
5.1K
1N4148
12
13
14
16
18
40
41
42
2
PC1
IO
IO
PC1
PC2
9
5
IO
IO
VCIN
INH
32 TV1
13
IO
IO
C67
0.1, Ceram
37
38
39
0.01 Ceramic
C61
M/R Status
IO
IO
TP15
SYNC_10
6
7
IO
IO
CA
CB
Segment Status
4
IO
IO
VCOUT
R66
75K
IO
SYNC ERROR
11
12
IO
R1
R2
R23
10K
10
15
R65
R53
16.9K
1M
SF
ZEN
DARKSWITCH
SEGMENT_DET
CD4046 PLL
SEGMENT_DET
C39
0.1, Poly
R67
80.6K
C25
1.0, Poly
The information herin is the
property of TAPI and is
submitted in strictest
APPROVALS
Schematics for PCA 03296, Sync Demod
DRAWN
DATE
confidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purpose is
CHECKED
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
SIZE
prohibited. This document or
any informatin contained in it
may not be duplicated without
proper authorization,.
03297
K
B
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
S2HEET
3
of
17-Sep-2008
1
2
3
4
5
6
07272B DCN6552
D-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
V= 65 +/- 1 VOLTS
C50
BIAS SUPPLY
+15V_B
U1
C38
0.01, 100V, CERAMIC
LM78L12ACM(8)
0.01, 100V, CERAMIC
8
1
5
VBIAS
IN
NC
OUT
NC
4
C5
D3
D4
D7
D8
C51
1N4148
1N4148
1N4148
1N4148
C4
0.1, Ceram
100/100V, ELECTROLYTIC
10/35V, tantalum
C40
0.01, 100V, CERAMIC
R3 39.2k
+15V_B
C62
0.1, Ceram
+15V_A
U9
C66
3
2
6
U10
0.01, 100V, CERAMIC
F= 19-27 Khz
U2
C41
U4
C42
U5
C43
U8
C44
LF351
R33
20K
C46
0.1, Ceram
0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram
C64
0.1, Ceram
V= 27 +/- 2 VOLTS
-15V_B
R52
100K
U2
C52
U4
C53
U5
C54
U8
C55
U10
C57
0.1, Ceram
C65
330PF, Ceram, 0603 Chip
0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram
-15V_A
VCC
MT2
MOUNTING HOLE
MT3
MOUNTING HOLE
MT4
MOUNTING HOLE
MT5
MOUNTING HOLE
U4D
LF444
U7
C59
U8
C60
U10
C49
U12
C48
0.1, Ceram
13
12
14
0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram 0.1, Ceram
MF1
MF2
MF3
MF4
MF6
MF5
The information herin is the
property of TAPI and is
APPROVALS
Schematics for PCA 03296, Sync Demod
submitted in strictest
DRAWN
DATE
confidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purpose is
CHECKED
DRAWING NO.
REVISION
SIZE
prohibited. This document or
any informatin contained in it
may not be duplicated without
proper authorization,.
03297
K
B
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
S3HEET
3
of
17-Sep-2008
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-10
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
I
S
O
V
+
+
1
5
V
I
S
O
V
+
C
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
C
6
C
1
0
I
S
O
_
G
N
D
I
S
O
_
G
N
D
0
.
1
1
u
F
1
u
F
R
3
T
P
2
0
V
O
U
T
C
0
4
0
1
0
p
F
O
P
A
2
7
7
U
T
P
1
2
3
T
P
6
V
I
N
6
R
1
R
2
V
O
U
T
2
7
V
I
N
1
3
U
2
G
N
D
9
.
7
6
K
4
.
7
5
K
I
S
O
4
1
2
4
U
D
1
J
n
1
B
U
C
5
R
B
5
2
0
S
3
0
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
O
o
t
t
o
m
-
S
i
d
e
2
2
0
P
F
1
2
3
5
7
9
4
6
8
0
V
I
N
0
.
1
C
1
1
I
S
O
_
+
1
5
V
1
C
8
C
7
I
S
O
_
G
N
D
I
S
O
V
-
H
E
A
D
E
R
5
X
2
1
u
F
1
u
F
-
1
5
V
+
1
5
V
X
T
R
1
1
0
U
3
1
u
F
-
1
5
V
1
6
1
1
1
5
2
1
+
S
V
R
V
R
E
S
F
C
1
2
1
3
4
S
E
N
E
I
S
O
V
-
V
R
A
D
J
1
1
S
S
E
N
S
E
G
N
D
I
I
O
O
U
T
+
4
G
A
T
E
D
R
V
V
I
N
(
1
0
)
U
T
-
Q
1
P
7
6
8
0
9
O
F
F
F
A
D
J
J
F
D
N
5
6
1
8
3
5
O
F
A
D
V
V
R
E
F
I
5
N
S
P
A
N
I
N
(
V
)
1
4
M
A
2
1
6
M
A
G
N
D
+
1
5
V
I
S
O
_
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
+
U
1
C
1
T
I
P
3
1
4
1
2
2
.
2
u
F
S
O
_
+
1
5
V
S
I
N
V
0
S
V
D
2
6
5
7
I
S
O
_
+
1
5
V
+
V
O
U
T
I
S
O
V
+
0
V
C
2
8
T
P
5
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
S
O
U
T
-
V
O
U
T
0
.
4
7
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
_
G
N
D
D
C
P
0
1
0
5
1
5
C
3
9
4
8
0
C
a
r
r
o
l
l
P
a
r
k
D
r
i
v
e
,
S
a
n
D
i
e
g
o
,
C
A
9
2
1
2
1
T
e
l
e
d
y
n
e
A
P
I
0
.
4
7
I
S
O
_
-
1
5
V
T
P
4
I
S
O
V
-
T
i
t
l
e
I
S
O
_
-
1
5
V
S
C
H
,
0
-
2
0
M
A
O
U
T
P
U
T
,
E
S
E
R
I
E
S
D
3
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
D
C
N
:
6
4
1
5
C
0
3
6
3
2
A
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
1
n
1
R
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
1
2
/
2
0
1
2
S
h
e
e
t
o
f
T
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
3
6
3
2
-
C
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
B
y
:
1
2
3
4
07272B DCN6552
D-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
D-12
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
D
C
B
A
+5V
R5
150K
R1
357
R2
2K
U1A
3
TP1
C2
+5V
O1
U1B
1
2
4
5
R6
150K
6
C1
1.0uF
1.0uF
OPB804
R9
200
MC74HC132A
MC74HC132A
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
+5V
R7
R3
1 K
R4
2K
151K
TP2
C3
U1C
8
O2
U1D
11
9
12
13
R8
150K
10
1.0uF
R10
OPB804
MC74HC132A
200
MC74HC132A
Schematics for PWB 04087
and PCA 04088
OPTO-INTERRUPTER
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
A
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRAWN
DATE
4/30/01
CAC
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04089
A
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
SHEET
1
1
of
2-Apr-2002
1
2
3
4
5
6
07272B DCN6552
D-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
JP1 Configurations
Spare Powered: 7-14
JP4 Configuration
Standard Pumps World Pumps
60 Hz: 3-8
50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10 50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10
60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6
J1
60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7
AC_Line
1
2
3
4
100V: 1-8, 5-12, 3-10, 4-11
115V: 6-13, 2-9, 3-10
230V: 6-2, 11-4
AC_Neutral
50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10
J3
D
C
B
A
CON4
D
C
B
A
1
WHEEL HTR
BENCH HTR
+5V
2
3
4
5
RN1
330
R3
R4
WHEEL
K1
BENCH
K2
SPARE
K3
2.2K 2.2K
J4
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
2
4
1
2
3
JP6
I2C_Vcc
I2C_Vcc
3
SPARE
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
+-
+-
+-
J6
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
F1
1
2
3
4
HEADER 4X2
GFC MOTOR
FUSE2
I2C_Vcc
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
GRN
D1
RED
YEL
YEL
YEL
GRN
GRN
GRN
C3
C2
C1
0.1
0.3/250 1.3/250
U1
PCF8574
1
2
3
JP1
T1
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
JP4
AO
A1
A2
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
J5
14
15
9
1
2
3
4
5
SCL
SDA
10
11
12
8
U2D
MLX 7X2 HDR
PUMP
J2
9
3
5
8
MINI-FIT 10
13
SPW-3108
+5V
INT
1
CON5
2
3
4
SN74HC04
U2B
+5V
Q1
4
+12V
R2
20K
VALVES
J7
R7
U4
10K
WATCHDOG TIMER
16
15
14
10
9
1
2
3
6
7
8
SAMPLE
IN 4
IN 3
ENABLE
IN 2
IN 1
OUT4
K
OUT 3
OUT 2
K
8
4
7
3
6
2
5
1
U2C
U3
I2C_Vcc
SPAN/ZERO
SHUTOFF
SPARE
IRF7205
JP8
6
+5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
VBATT
RESET
RESET'
WDO'
CD IN'
CD OUT'
WDI
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
VOUT
VCC
GND
OUT 1
U2E
1
2
3
C5
1.0
R5
10K
UDN2540B(16)
BATT_ON
LOW LINE'
OSC IN
OSC SEL
11
10
MOLEX8
PFO'
PFI
WTCDG OVR
U5
+
U2A
C7
2200/25
+
MIC29502
C8
10/16
JP5
R1
1M
C6
D9
RLS4148
MAX693
+
1
2
1
2
10/16
C4
0.001
+5V
HEADER 1X2
TP1
DGND +5V
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
AGND +15V -15V +12RT +12V
+5V
R6
10K
R8
8.25K
R9
1.0K
J16
SOURCE
1
2
DC PWR IN
J11
KEYBRD
MTHR BRD
J13
SYNC DEMOD
J14
1
SPARE
J15
JP7
C10
10/16
J12
1
+
1
2
3
U2F
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12RET
+12V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CON2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
12
+12V
HEADER 3
C9
10/16
+
Title
Schematic, PCA 04135 Revision A, M300E Relay PCA
EGND
CHS_GND
10
10
Size
B
Number
Revision
10
04136
B
NOTE: 1. Use PWB 04134
CON10
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
Te
CON10THROUGH
Date:
File:
17-Jul-2002
Sheet of
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\04135dn\Source\0D4r1a3w5n.dBdyb:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Te
D-14
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R1
Not Used
R2
22
Title
SCH, E-Series Analog Output Isolator, PCA 04467
Size
A
Number
Revision
B
04468
Date:
File:
6/28/2004
N:\PCBMGR\..\04468B.sch
Sheet of
Drawn By:
1
2
3
4
07272B DCN6552
D-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉꢁ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,.1ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,41ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ6-6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢅ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢘ0ꢎꢘꢚꢓ6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢄ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢃ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆꢚ;ꢉ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢂ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢕ(ꢍꢍꢋꢁ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢁ1ꢕꢛ(
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ!6*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
ꢆ
ꢆ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢀ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$ꢂ'"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
ꢂ
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-16
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀꢆ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
;ꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢀꢄꢃ
ꢆꢁ&ꢂ
ꢆꢁꢀꢁ
ꢆꢁꢀ
ꢆꢁꢂ&
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢆ
=&
=ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢀ
ꢚꢇ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
ꢁ.
ꢁ4
ꢁꢅ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢀ
ꢁ&
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢁ
ꢀꢀ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢆ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢅꢆ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢇ
ꢈ
=ꢁ
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
'
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢆꢀ
=ꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
/ꢀ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢁ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
=ꢃ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈꢚꢀ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈ6&
ꢈ6ꢅ
ꢆꢂ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
=ꢄ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢀꢃꢁ
ꢆꢀꢄꢂ
4
ꢁ
ꢉ,ꢁ
ꢆꢃ
=ꢅ
;4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀꢅ ꢃ4?A.
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6&
ꢆꢄ
ꢅ
'
.
ꢂ
;ꢄ&
ꢆꢄ
=4
ꢆꢅ
.
0ꢀꢆ
ꢁ
'
ꢃ
;ꢄ&ꢇ
ꢆꢅ
=.
ꢀ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈ64
ꢆ4
ꢀ&
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈ
ꢆ4
='
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
6ꢚꢓ ꢀ'
ꢈ
ꢆ.
ꢅ
ꢆ.
=ꢀ&
=ꢀꢀ
=ꢀꢁ
=ꢀꢂ
=ꢀꢃ
=ꢀꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ'
4
ꢆ'
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
&<ꢂꢁꢇ
&<ꢂꢁꢈ
&<ꢂꢁ0
&<ꢂꢁ*
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
;.
.
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
ꢆꢀꢅ
ꢆꢀ4
ꢆꢀ.
ꢆꢀ'
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁꢃ
ꢆꢀꢂꢄ
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢄ
;ꢄ&ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢄ
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
;ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢅ..
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢄ
ꢁ&
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢅ
;ꢄ&ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢄ
6ꢚ7 ꢀ
ꢈ64
&
4
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢃꢃ
ꢓꢄ'
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢉ,ꢄꢅ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢅ
4
ꢀ'
;ꢄꢀꢈ
,H@
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢚꢇ8ꢓꢈ=
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ&
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀꢀ
.
ꢉꢇꢀ
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢄ*#ꢀ&ꢚ8$
<ꢂ
ꢈꢀ
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"%ꢂꢀꢃ9@A6VGUꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢄ
ꢈꢂ
ꢆꢀ&
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"!ꢂꢀꢃEQ ꢀDITU6GG@9ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢆ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&ꢅꢀ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢆꢀꢀ ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
,ꢊꢗꢕ!ꢀIꢁ!ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !ꢖꢗ!,ꢇ
ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ ꢀꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4 ꢀꢂ
ꢆ.
ꢆ' ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
/,4
;ꢃ
ꢀ&
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
@
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
ꢆ0ꢀ
'
.
ꢁ
ꢀ
,ꢓ0
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢈ4
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ& ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀ
0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
ꢃ
6ꢚꢇ80ꢇ?
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢓꢂ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ
ꢂ
@
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉ,ꢅꢀꢉ,ꢅ&ꢉ,ꢄ'
.
ꢇꢂ.
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢇ>ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
/ꢀ&ꢀ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓꢂ#ꢈ0*ꢆ;>ꢉ0ꢈ#ꢀ
/ꢀ&4
ꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢅꢃ
ꢅꢂ
ꢅꢁ
ꢅꢀ
ꢅ&
ꢄ'
ꢄ.
ꢄ4
ꢄꢅ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢁ
ꢄꢀ
ꢄ&
ꢃ'
ꢃ.
ꢃ4
ꢃꢅ
ꢃꢄ
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢂ
ꢃꢁ
ꢃꢀ
ꢃ&
ꢂ'
ꢂ.
ꢂ4
ꢂꢅ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
-ꢀꢈ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢚꢘꢇ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ>0
ꢉꢇ
/,ꢀ
ꢓꢂ.
ꢁ
ꢀ
;ꢃꢆ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
;ꢂ'
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
;ꢄꢀ
;ꢀ&
ꢀ
,ꢇ*.ꢄ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢇ>?
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢃ
ꢄ
6ꢆꢇ?
ꢇ>ꢓ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ&
6ꢀꢉ
ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢅ
ꢅ
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
ꢆ&
4ꢃꢆ8ꢇꢀ-;&ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀ'
ꢉ,ꢅꢃ
ꢉ,ꢅꢁ
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢉ,ꢅꢂ
/,ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢃ
ꢀ
6ꢓ@ꢄ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
/ꢀ&ꢅ
ꢇꢘ
ꢓꢈ
7ꢓ
6ꢓ@ꢅ
ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !#!ꢕꢌ ꢒ!ꢕꢊ ꢍ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
ꢂ
ꢁ
?
6ꢀꢉ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢘꢇ>
ꢘꢈꢆ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
6ꢓ@4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢓ0*ꢓ0ꢘ8
ꢈꢓ@ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢀ
ꢈꢓ@ꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢂ
6ꢚꢓ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢂ 6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
/ꢀ&ꢁ
ꢈ&
4
.
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢘꢇ>
ꢇꢂ'
ꢓꢄ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
;ꢄꢆ 4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢀ&9
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#.
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
9ꢘꢘ
/,ꢅ
ꢘ$0$ꢓ
ꢘ$0$7
C?0=D
Bꢀꢁ9
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
'
ꢅ
@
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢆ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢁ4
ꢁ.
ꢁ'
ꢂ&
ꢂꢀ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢅ
ꢂ4
ꢂ.
ꢂ'
ꢃ&
ꢀ&
0ꢀꢈ<*ꢓ
#ꢀꢁ9
ꢂ
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀꢃ
ꢓꢂ'
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈꢓ@ꢁ
#ꢄ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢓꢃ&
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
;ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
6ꢓ@'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
'
.
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
Bꢄ9
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢈꢓ9
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢀꢀ
ꢈꢘꢅ
T8G ꢈꢘ4
T96
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢈ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.4
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
7GV@
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
7GV@
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢄ
'
6ꢓ@ꢀ&
6ꢓ@ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢀ&
?
6ꢀꢉ
;ꢂ
/,ꢃ
ꢊ ꢍ ꢕ ! ꢌ ! ꢒ ꢕ ! ꢋ # ꢍ ( ꢕ ꢖ ꢒ
ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢁ
ꢘꢈꢆꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢇꢂ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
7ꢈ6
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
;ꢁ&ꢈ
ꢓꢅꢀ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢆ
ꢆ
>ꢉꢇꢅ''ꢇꢘ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢀꢖꢋꢍꢕ"
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
!ꢀD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇꢆ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
!ꢁD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇ !&ꢄ.&ꢀ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
7
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!ꢖ)!
'
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃꢇꢈ
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
07272B DCN6552
D-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀ&
'!*0$ꢆ>0
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢈꢘꢁ
ꢈꢘꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢆ
?
?
ꢆ
ꢉ9ꢀ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
ꢓꢀꢀꢀ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢀꢀ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢀꢁ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
/ꢀ&ꢀꢂ
/ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢇ0!ꢕꢊ ꢍ!ꢖ)!ꢕ2ꢊꢋꢛ(!ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢊ ꢍ!ꢋꢖ2ꢜꢒ ꢕ!Jꢊꢗ!ꢀF
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀꢇ
ꢓ<&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓ<ꢈ
ꢉ<ꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘ&
ꢉ<&
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢇꢉꢘ&
ꢃ
ꢃ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢅ
ꢓꢉꢘ
ꢇꢉꢘ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
4
4
.
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
.
ꢀꢀ
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
'
ꢈ
'$
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
9U@
ꢀ&
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁ
ꢓꢀꢂ
ꢓꢀꢃ
ꢓꢀ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢀꢁ
ꢘ7ꢀ&&ꢀ
ꢘ7!ꢘ>6ꢈ0#ꢃ,ꢈꢉ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢓꢀ&
ꢉ9ꢁ
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢃ
ꢈꢘꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
Lꢀ
Lꢁ
Lꢂ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
$ꢉꢅ
$ꢉ4
$ꢉ.
$ꢉ'
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
ꢉ,ꢀꢂ ꢉ,ꢀꢃ
ꢉ,ꢀꢄ ꢉ,ꢀꢅ ꢉ,ꢀ4 ꢉ,ꢀ.
9ꢇꢇ
Bꢀꢁ9 Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉBꢀꢄ9
#ꢀꢄ9
$ꢉꢀ
$ꢉꢁ
$ꢉꢂ
$ꢉꢃ
$ꢉꢄ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
/ꢀꢄ
.
4
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢉꢏꢐꢀꢑꢀꢄꢀꢒꢓꢔꢕꢆꢀꢖꢗ
Bꢀꢁꢓ0ꢉ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
0-ꢀꢈ
ꢇ8ꢆꢘ-ꢀꢈ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢄ
'
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢇꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢀ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
B
B
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
$ꢚ>0<#ꢀ&
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢈ'
ꢈꢀF!ꢈ'!I!ꢓꢂꢄ!ꢐꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ
!2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!/ꢀꢄ
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ!
ꢓꢂꢄ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-18
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
!
"
#
$
%
6ꢘꢚ>ꢆꢉ0ꢈ!&#ꢁ&$ꢆ!ꢚ,ꢉ6ꢚꢀꢆ>! ꢚꢆꢓꢈꢘ
;ꢁ&
ꢈꢆꢇ9
6ꢚ7
#
$
968W
DPX
%
ꢉ,ꢁꢅ
W88
!"
U8!
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
;ꢁ&ꢇ
;ꢂꢀ
ꢇꢀ.
#
"
!
$
9PVU WP6
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
%
&
'
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
ꢆꢀꢆ>ꢚ-!9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!I!ꢇ;ꢓꢓ0ꢀꢉ!ꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉꢘ
(
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢀ
/ꢀ&ꢁ&
ꢇ>?
'
ꢅ $W
/ꢀ'
!
ꢇ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
8GF WP7
>ꢀ
>ꢁ
>ꢂ
>ꢃ
>ꢄ
>ꢅ
>4
>ꢀꢄ
ꢂ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢇꢀ&
;ꢂꢄꢆ
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
;ꢂꢁ
6
9
8
7
6
XS968
ꢂ
9
8
7
6
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
"
$
&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢀ
X
7
6BI9
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
ꢂB
ꢓꢅꢃ ꢁꢁ
#
%
'
!
B
!
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃꢁꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
!B
"
!
#
"
6ꢈꢇ#.
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢂ&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
T9D
8GF
T9P
"B
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢁ.
ꢇꢀꢁ
ꢅ $W
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
P8
8GF
/ꢁꢀ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#.
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
ꢈ&
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
( ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
#
!
$
%
B
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
9'
R
R!
R"
R#
R$
R%
R&
R'
8T9686
8T9687
X!
7!
6BI9!
"
$
&
ꢓꢀ'
ꢓꢀ4
ꢇꢁꢀ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
' ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢀ
&
;ꢂꢄ
& ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
W88
"
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
ꢀ.14?
6!
% ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢁ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
$
#
"
!
$
ꢂ
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇ4
968ꢂ
968
968!
968"
ST
TC9I
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
/ꢁꢂ
ꢇꢀꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
%
(
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
W88
W88
!
#
%
'
ꢇꢀꢃ
"
$
&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9bꢂꢆꢆ&d
ꢇꢁ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9BI9
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢓꢆꢀ-0!I!ꢚ**ꢘ0ꢉ!,ꢓꢚ-ꢓꢆ$
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
TC968
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
;ꢂꢄꢇ
/ꢁꢃ
6"
X"
7"
ꢓꢅꢄ ꢁꢁ
ꢇꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
'
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
#
6BI9"
"
$
&
ꢇ $W
ꢉ,ꢁꢀꢉ,ꢄ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!/ꢁꢃ!)ꢖꢒ
!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(
!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ1
ꢇꢀꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢓꢀꢄ ꢃ&?
ꢇꢅ
'
%
$
!
"
B
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ#6ꢈꢇ.
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀ.14?
ꢇꢀ'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
"
!
B
#
;ꢂꢄꢈ
WS@A
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!ꢓꢂꢅ!I
!ꢓꢂ4!ꢊ)!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ
!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ
!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢏꢕꢍ 1
ꢓꢂꢅ
ꢓꢂ4
&
&
&
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'ꢆ
6#
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀ&!
ꢇꢄꢂ
ꢓꢅꢂ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉ,ꢁ4
W88
/ꢁꢁ
ꢇ.
;ꢂꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢅ $W
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
!
!
ꢇꢀ4
#
"
!
$
%
&
'
"
9PVU WP6
"
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ&
#
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
#
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢁ
$
$
ꢇ>?
%
8GF WP7
%
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢁ
ꢇ'
&
;ꢂꢃ
6
&
;ꢂꢅꢆ
!"
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
'
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢂ
X
7
6BI9
'
ꢓꢅꢅ
ꢁꢁ
(
(
!
ꢂ
ꢂ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀ&
!
#
"
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
ꢇꢀꢀ
T9D
8GF
T9P
ꢉ,ꢁ'
ꢅ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
968"W
968!W
968 W
968ꢂW
;ꢂꢅ
W88
#
!
$
%
B
#
X!
7!
6BI9!
ꢓꢀꢅ
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢀ.
$
%
B
#
&
&
"
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'
6!
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
$
ꢂ
ST
TC9I
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
%
(
W88
W88
ꢇꢀꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
9BI9
ꢈ4
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢇ
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
#
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
6"
6#
X"
7"
6BI9"
ꢓꢅ4
ꢁꢁ
'
ꢈ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢂ
!
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢈ
$
'
%
$
B
#
Uv‡yr
Tv“r
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢁ&
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
#
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢈ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢈ.
&
"
$ꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ!ꢌꢖꢛꢜꢋꢍ
2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!;ꢂꢁ!I
Iˆ€irꢁ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
Sr‰v†v‚
7
Pꢁphqꢀ7
9h‡r)
Avyr)
ꢅHh’ꢅ!ꢂꢂ(
Turr‡ꢀꢀ"ꢀꢀ‚sꢀ
'
I)cQ87HBScꢂ$'ꢂ SEꢅ@ꢅ†rꢁvr†ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚9hꢁꢁhqꢀBꢀr7’r)ꢁh‡v‚ꢀ$cT‚ˆꢁprcꢂ$'ꢂ iꢆqqi
%
!
"
#
$
07272B DCN6552
D-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8'
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢇ8.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
4
ꢓꢃꢂ
ꢀ&&
.
.
#ꢀꢄ9Bꢀꢄ9
'
'
Bꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢂꢆ
B
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇꢃ&
ꢇꢃꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉꢗꢉꢘꢓꢙꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
ꢇꢄꢄ
ꢉ,ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢂ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢓ0* ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
/ꢀꢀ&
/ꢀ&'
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.ꢁ
ꢀ1&?
;ꢄꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
ꢆꢈꢇ9ꢓ0*
4
ꢓ4ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢀ'
ꢁ.
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
#
6ꢀ!ꢀ
ꢚ;ꢉ
B9ꢘꢘ
#9ꢘꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓꢃꢄ!ꢊꢗ ꢏꢛꢍꢕ!ꢜꢗ
!ꢖ))ꢕꢍꢋ!ꢊꢗ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM
!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!ꢋꢖ!Mꢊꢔꢍ!ꢜ
!Nꢌꢊꢔꢍ!&N!)ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢍꢗꢕꢖꢒꢕ
!2ꢊꢋ(!&!ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢗꢍMꢜꢋꢊꢔꢍ!ꢖꢏꢋJꢏꢋ
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ
ꢀ$F!ꢀGF!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ!ꢇ86,
ꢓꢃꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢁ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢇꢃꢁ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
6ꢀ!ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢅ
B
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
6ꢀ!ꢃ
;ꢄꢂ
ꢁ4
ꢀꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢀ!ꢄ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢃꢅ
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8.
ꢇ8'
ꢇꢃꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢇꢃꢃ
;ꢄꢃ
6ꢀ!4
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀ!.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
6ꢀ!'
9ꢓ0*
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
0ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
1&ꢁꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ&&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ.
ꢇꢃꢄ
B
6ꢀ!ꢀ&
6ꢀ!ꢀꢀ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢁ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢃ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢅ
ꢚ,!ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚ,#
ꢇꢚ$,B
ꢀ4
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢓꢃꢅ
ꢇꢚ$,#
ꢀꢅ
.
ꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢘꢂ
ꢘꢃ
6ꢀꢀ
6ꢀꢁ
6ꢀꢂ
6ꢀꢃ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
B9ꢘ
ꢚ,B
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ1ꢀ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ4
4
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢄ96
ꢀ&96
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
ꢆꢁ
*ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢄ
9ꢓ0*ꢇ>6,
ꢓꢃ. ꢁ&&
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢆ&
ꢀꢅ
'
.
ꢇꢃ4
ꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢂ
ꢆꢈꢅꢄꢁ?,
ꢉ,ꢃ.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢄꢃ
ꢆꢀ!$;<
ꢇ
ꢇ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢀꢀꢃ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓꢀꢀꢄ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓ44
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢃ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢓꢃ.!ꢒꢍ ꢏꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍ!Mꢜꢊꢗ
!)ꢖꢒ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM!ꢊꢗJꢏꢋꢕ!ꢑ%!ꢀGF!ꢕꢖ
!ꢋ(ꢜꢋ!2ꢍ!ꢛꢜꢗ!ꢒꢍꢜ !ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢜꢑꢖꢔꢍ!)ꢏꢌꢌ!ꢕꢛꢜꢌꢍF!ꢋꢖ!Jꢒꢍꢔꢍꢗꢋ
!ꢖꢔꢍꢒ)ꢌꢖ2!ꢖ)!ꢆꢈꢇ!ꢒꢍꢜ ꢊꢗM
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢅ1ꢂ9!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
;ꢄꢅ
#ꢀꢄ9
B
ꢀ&1&?
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢆꢀꢀ.ꢄ
ꢇꢃ.
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢆꢄꢆ0#ꢃ1.$8L
<ꢁ
ꢓꢃ'
ꢀ&&
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢇꢃ'
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
96ꢀ
,>ꢆꢇ0!ꢀ&&
<ꢀ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃ&'
!ꢚ8$
ꢀ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢄ9
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀꢀ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
9ꢓ0*
9ꢚ;ꢉ ꢀꢓ
ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
ꢇꢄ&
!ꢓ0ꢘ6ꢘꢉꢚꢓ!ꢆꢘ
!ꢇ>ꢚꢘ0!ꢆꢘ
!,ꢚꢘꢘ6 >0!ꢉꢚ
!<ꢀ!ꢆꢀꢈ!<ꢁ
ꢀ1&!ꢏ*F!ꢁꢄ9
$
ꢄ
ꢀ&&8#ꢃ1.$8L
ꢓ4.
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
ꢉꢓ6$ -ꢀꢈ
ꢃ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢄ.
ꢀ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ4'
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
ꢓ' ꢀ&&
ꢁ&1&?
;ꢅꢀꢆ
#
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢅ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ4ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢃ'
ꢀ
ꢁ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢇꢀ&ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢄ4
;ꢄ'ꢆ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢄ!
ꢈꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
;ꢄ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆꢘ4&#&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉꢇ.
ꢓ.&
ꢀꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀ4
ꢀ&&?A.
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈ4
4
.
'
ꢂ'
ꢁ&1&?
ꢈ
ꢃ
ꢉ60
ꢂ.
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
B
;ꢅꢀ
#
ꢓꢈ$ =ꢉ0
ꢉ60
ꢂ4
ꢀ.
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢇꢄꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
@ꢁ
ꢈ
ꢂ
ꢉ60
ꢂꢅ
ꢓ.ꢀ
ꢀ4
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
@ꢂ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢉ60
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
ꢀꢅ
;ꢄ4
ꢂꢄ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢈꢀꢁ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
@ꢃ
ꢈ
4
*ꢓ0@
ꢀꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
@ꢄ
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢀꢃ
@ꢅ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢇꢄꢁ
@4
ꢈ
&
9ꢇꢇ6ꢚ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓ.ꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
'
<ꢊꢌꢊꢗA!ꢇ,>ꢈ
@.
ꢇ
ꢉꢈ6
ꢉ$ꢘ
ꢉꢇ?
ꢀ&1&?
ꢉꢈꢚ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢈ3&1145
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢉ,ꢄ&
;ꢅ&
ꢉ,ꢄꢀ
ꢉ,ꢄꢁ
ꢉ,ꢄꢂ
ꢉ,ꢄꢃ
ꢉ,ꢄꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
;ꢄ'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘꢆ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢘ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘꢇ
ꢘꢉꢆꢓꢉ
$ꢘ
$6ꢈ
>ꢘ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!)ꢖꢒ!0!ꢘꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!-ꢄ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒ !,ꢇꢆ!,ꢀ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
&ꢄ.&ꢂ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
.
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!#!!!ꢖ)!
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-20
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
Bꢀꢄ9
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
;ꢁꢂ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢃ
=,ꢆꢘꢘ!ꢇꢆ,ꢘ
!$;ꢘꢉ! 0!76ꢉ86ꢁ
!ꢀOꢁK!ꢚ*!ꢉ80
!ꢓ0-;>ꢆꢉꢚꢓ
!6ꢁ,;ꢉOꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉ
!,6ꢁꢘ
6ꢁ
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚꢁOꢚ** ꢁꢇ
ꢇꢅ&
B
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢁꢉꢆ>;$
>,ꢁ'.ꢀ6$ꢄ
ꢇꢁ'
ꢀ!ꢏ*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
<ꢉꢀ
9ꢇꢇ Bꢀꢄ9
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!<ꢉꢀ!Cꢋ(ꢒꢖꢏM(!(ꢖꢌꢍD
;ꢃ.
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
!ꢚꢓ!<ꢉꢁ!Cꢘ$ꢈDF!
$ꢆ<ꢂ.ꢁꢇ7ꢁ
ꢂꢏꢋ!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢂꢖꢋ(1
'
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢃ
<ꢉꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
/ꢁ4
B9ꢘꢘ
ꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
-ꢁꢈ
9#
6ꢁ!ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
6ꢁ!ꢁ
6ꢁ!ꢂ
6ꢁ!ꢃ
6ꢁ!ꢄ
6ꢁ!ꢅ
6ꢁ!4
6ꢁ!.
ꢁ
ꢂ
4
.
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
0ꢁ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
ꢁ
9ꢂ
9
9!
ꢃ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
ꢀ
ꢆꢀ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
ꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢁ
ꢓꢘ
4
7ꢓ
.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
'
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢉ0$,
6ꢚ7
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢈ
ꢓ4ꢄ
ꢓ4ꢃ
ꢓ4ꢂ
ꢓ4ꢁ
ꢓ4ꢀ
ꢓ4&
ꢓꢅ'
ꢓꢅ.
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢃ
Bꢀꢄ9#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢃ'
ꢓꢁꢀ. ꢀ?Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
968ꢂW
968 W
968!W
968"W
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇꢂꢅ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢘꢂ
ꢀ&?
ꢈꢃ
ꢘꢃ
ꢓꢂꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢁꢈ
B9ꢘ
6ꢁꢀ
6ꢁꢁ
6ꢁꢂ
6ꢁꢃ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢀꢅ
'
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
.
ꢇꢂ4
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢁꢁꢀ ꢀ&?Aꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
$
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
07272B DCN6552
D-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢃ4&A.
ꢉ,4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢀ
;ꢀꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
/ꢀ&&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
>ꢀ'
>ꢁ&
>ꢁꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
@YU@SI6G
ꢃ
8PIUSPG
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>.
ꢄ
>ꢁꢁ
DI
6
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
.
ꢈ3&1145
'
.
'
ꢀ&
>'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁ4 ꢓꢁ. ꢓꢁ'
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢓꢂꢀ ꢓꢂꢁ ꢓꢂꢂ
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢓꢁꢅ
ꢓꢂ&
ꢀ&&
ꢀ&&
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
;ꢀꢂ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
>ꢁꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
>ꢁꢃ
>ꢁꢅ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢁꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
,ꢌꢜꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍꢕꢍ!ꢋꢍꢒꢐꢊꢗꢜꢋꢊꢖꢗ!ꢒꢍꢕꢊꢕꢋꢖꢒꢕ!ꢜꢋ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢍꢗ !ꢖ)!ꢍꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ
!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ1!!0ꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ!
ꢕ(ꢖꢏꢌ !ꢂꢍ!ꢌꢜꢊ !ꢖꢏꢋ!ꢜꢕ!ꢜ! ꢜꢊꢕ%#ꢛ(ꢜꢊꢗF!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!JꢜꢕꢕꢊꢗM
!)ꢒꢖꢐ!ꢖꢗꢍ!6ꢇ!ꢋꢖ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢗꢍAꢋ1
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢃ
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢂꢂ&Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ. ꢈ&
ꢀ4 ꢈꢀ
ꢀꢅ ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢄ ꢈꢂ
ꢀꢃ ꢈꢃ
ꢀꢂ ꢈꢄ
ꢀꢁ ꢈꢅ
ꢀꢀ ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
;ꢀꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
/ꢀ&&ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
@YU@SI6G
>ꢁ.
>ꢁ'
>ꢂ&
>ꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
8PIUSPG
ꢂ
DI
7
ꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢅ
4
>ꢀꢀ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
.
>ꢀ&
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ&
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
.
'
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
%
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-22
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀꢀ&
ꢃ4&A.
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢇ.&
;ꢁꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢇ.ꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢀ'
ꢇ4'
ꢇ.ꢀ
TC9I
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢁꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃꢂ
ꢅ
;ꢅ
DPX
ꢄ
>ꢃꢃ
>ꢃꢄ
9ꢂ
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢃꢅ
.
'
/ꢀ&ꢀ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢉꢄ ꢚꢉꢚꢏ ꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢂ
;ꢁꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢃ
>ꢃ.
ꢀ
ꢄ
>ꢃ'
>ꢄ&
ꢈ3&1145
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢃ4
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇ.ꢃ
ꢇ.ꢅ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
>ꢀꢁ
.
'
ꢇ.ꢂ
ꢇ.ꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢇꢁꢅ
ꢇꢁ4
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢉꢆ >0!*;ꢘ0F!&1ꢂꢆF!ꢅ&9
*ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
>ꢀꢂ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
0<ꢉꢂBꢄ9ꢂꢚ;ꢉ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢂꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
&
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢂꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢂ1 ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
07272B DCN6552
D-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀ4
ꢄꢀ&A.
;ꢀꢅ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢀ4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
.
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢂꢁ
>ꢂꢂ
>ꢂꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂꢀ
.
ꢀ
'
/ꢀ&&.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
;ꢀ.
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢃ
>ꢂꢅ
>ꢂ4
>ꢂ.
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢂꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢚꢂ0<ꢉꢂꢓ0ꢉ
ꢇ
ꢇ
.
'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢃ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢄ'
9ꢇꢇ
ꢕꢐꢚꢕꢆꢗꢉꢘꢄꢀꢓꢗꢗꢕꢀꢚꢓꢆ
ꢓꢘꢑꢕꢆꢄ ꢖꢑꢕ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓꢀꢄ
ꢄꢀ&A.
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
;ꢀ'
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
;ꢁꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃ&
>ꢃꢀ
>ꢃꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢀ
;ꢁ&ꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂ'
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
/ꢀ&&'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢓꢄ.
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ
ꢈꢂ
ꢀ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
?ꢁ
@YU@SIꢀG
ꢄ
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
S@ꢀSꢀQꢀI@G
ꢀGꢀSHꢀPVUQVUT
ꢅ
4
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
.
?ꢂ
'
ꢓꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢃ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢂ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢄ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢓ4
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢃ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢓ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢃꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
'
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢃꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢃ1 ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
D-24
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
3
M
T
4
M
T
5
M
T
6
M
T
7
M
T
8
M
T
9
S
D
A
S
D
A
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
P
1
T
P
2
J
1
J
1
4
+
5
V
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
T
P
3
T
P
4
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
F
B
1
+
5
V
F
B
1
6
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
S
C
L
S
C
L
F
B
2
F
B
1
7
R
6
R
1
R
2
R
3
R
4
R
5
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
D
0
i
K
1
U
0
/
K
D
1
L
0
K
1
a
0
H
K
S
1
a
0
V
K
1
M
0
o
K
d
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
t
h
B
/
R
y
n
c
s
y
n
c
e
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
2
1
B
k
l
g
h
t
+
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F
B
3
B
k
l
g
h
t
-
i
B
a
c
k
L
i
g
h
t
D
R
N
r
i
4
I
v
e
6
R
4
7
R
N
4
I
8
0
J
7
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
V
c
o
m
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
a
a
a
G
G
G
2
4
6
a
G
G
G
3
5
7
C
1
M
o
d
e
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
a
a
2
3
2
1
u
6
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
C
2
a
a
a
D
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
3
.
3
V
J
M
K
J
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
V
s
S
y
y
n
c
+
5
V
J
P
2
C
A
_
1
1
2
H
n
c
I
n
t
e
0
1
r
n
a
l
D
i
t
h
e
r
i
n
g
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
a R
a R
a R
2
4
6
a R
a R
a R
3
5
7
a
B
B
B
B
B
B
7
1
3
E
n
=
a
b
l
e
J
3
1
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
5
8
1
4
7
a
a
a
a
a
6
5
4
3
2
D
i
=
s
a
b
l
e
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
N
I
F
B
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
4
6
S
U
c
a
n
D
L
i
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
a B
a B
a B
2
4
6
a B
a B
a B
3
5
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
/
D
/
R
S
c
a
n
D
i
r
.
0
U
D
U
D
D
,
L
R
1
J
8
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
9
1
0
1
U
,
R
L
L
0
0
1
a
a
B
B
1
N
I
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
D
,
,
R
0
G
G
G
0
2
4
G
G
G
1
3
5
a
D
C
L
K
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
7
6
5
4
3
2
U
L
R
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
7
6
5
4
3
2
a
a
a
a
a
1
1
0
2
1
1
1
D
E
N
(
1
=
H
,
0
L
)
=
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
R
2
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
2
1
B
R 0
R 2
R 4
R 1
R 3
R 5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
3
5
j
u
m
p
e
r
B 5
B 4
B 3
a
a
G
G
1
M
o
d
e
1
1
6
8
0
B 0
B 2
B 4
B 1
B 3
B 5
B
A
C
K
L
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
b
D
C
L
K
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
7
6
5
4
3
2
C
3
a
a
a
a
a
2
1
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
3
V
C
4
B 2
B 1
B 0
6
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
M
K
3
6
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
A
.
0
_
0
2
2
D
E
N
C
1
1
2
0
R
2
8
C
5
G
G
G
5
4
3
2
2
u
F
/
J
6
2
.
3
V
C
6
a
R
1
0
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
1
a
R
C
A
_
1
2
G
G
G
2
1
0
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
U
/
R
D
/
V
g
h
R 5
R 4
R 3
R
7
V
g
d
l
1
0
0
K
A
V
d
J
P
3
a
R
e
s
e
t
1
3
C
7
V
c
o
m
2
R 2
R 1
R 0
1
J
.
1
0
0
D
i
t
h
B
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
5
K
A
4
6
5
8
1
L
/
R
7
9
4
4
1
2
G
M
8
0
0
4
8
0
X
C
-
7
0
-
T
6
T
X
2
9
N
-
L
2
W
U
/
D
L
5
8
-
0
5
2
1
1
0
2
1
C
L
5
8
6
-
0
5
2
7
-
7
4
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
Make
FEM A
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01 3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
JP2
JP3
D
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
T
i
t
l
e
Dat a Image
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
United Radiant Tech. UMSH-8173MD-1T
2-3, 4/5/6 NC, 7/8/9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/18 NC
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
1
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
1
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07272B DCN6552
D-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
T
P
5
A
V
d
d
:
+
1
0
.
4
V
R
8
R
9
T
P
6
3
0
9
K
C
8
0
.
0
0
1
4
8
7
K
C
D
2
1
4
A
-
B
1
4
0
L
F
D
1
+
5
V
A
V
d
d
D
2
L
1
3
.
3
V
L
2
B
k
l
g
h
h
t
t
+
-
2
1
2
2
u
H
K
A
C
1
1
3
.
9
u
H
C
9
C
1
u
0
F
R
8
1
1
T
P
7
2
2
6
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
M
B
R
M
1
2
0
L
T
1
G
R
1
K
0
C
1
2
4
.
7
u
F
/
1
6
V
T
P
8
4
.
7
/
1
6
V
C
1
4
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
J
M
K
3
1
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
6
K
C
1
3
T
M
K
3
2
5
B
J
2
2
6
M
M
V
g
l
:
-
7
V
U
1
1
0
1
.
0
2
4
p
f
2
2
u
f
/
2
5
V
5
4
1
3
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
C
1
5
V
i
n
S
W
1
.
0
R
1
2
V
g
l
S
H
D
N
F
B
B
k
l
g
D
B
3
A
1
K
R
6
1
3
R
2
1
4
T
5
4
S
9
C
1
6
9
.
7
.
0
S
U
P
R
1
5
1
2
2
1
8
1
0
9
7
8
3
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
R
V
N
1
0
0
K
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
.
3
3
F
B
F
B
N
D
4
C
1
7
R
1
4
6
K
7
C
A
T
4
1
3
9
T
D
-
G
T
3
U
2
D
R
V
P
B
A
T
5
4
S
F
D
V
3
0
5
N
C
1
8
4
6
0
.
3
3
1
R
E
F
0
.
3
3
G
Q
1
T
P
S
6
5
1
5
0
P
W
P
6
2
5
0
3
C
P
I
G
N
D
?
F
B
P
P
G
N
D
D
R
8
1
0
7
6
V
G
H
R
1
.
8
6
K
3
.
3
V
P
G
N
8
0
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
V
C
O
M
C
0
1
.
9
1
2
C
T
R
L
3
3
G
D
R
6
1
6
9
.
C
O
M
P
5
K
C
2
0
T
P
9
+
5
V
0
.
2
2
0
2
5
H
T
S
N
K
V
g
h
:
+
1
6
V
B
A
C
K
L
C
2
1
4
7
0
p
f
3
.
3
V
V
g
h
R
2
7
C
3
5
C
2
6
C
2
3
C
2
4
C
2
5
j
D
u
m
p
a
e
u
r
T
P
1
0
R
2
3
C
2
2
e
f
l
t
:
R
2
7
B
0
.
1
3
3
K
2
4
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
0
.
1
V
c
o
m
:
+
4
V
R
3
1
R
2
4
R
1
2
0
5
K
R
0
2
K
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
A
B
V
c
o
m
+
5
V
1
0
K
1
3
.
3
V
U
3
C
2
7
1
0
K
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
3
1
B
1
.
0
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
1
1
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
N
I
A
O
P
P
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
1
R
2
2
j
u
m
p
e
r
A
2
P
P
P
P
P
P
B
a
c
k
l
l
i
g
h
t
e
P
B
r
i
g
h
t
n
e
s
2
s
2
C
o
n
t
R
r
o
2
l
7
A
B
B
1
1
4
5
S
S
C
D
L
A
S
S
C
D
L
A
0
M
a
i
n
_
t
_
S
S
W
S
1
R
R
N
N
3
1
O
O
C
o
n
t
r
o
M
o
d
1
L
a
n
g
e
l
e
c
t
2
S
2
R
e
m
o
t
e
V
–
i
d
e
o
o
r
t
N
O
S
W
_
4
6
1
3
R
e
m
o
r
t
e
I
–
2
C
f
Y
E
S
O
p
t
.
M
a
i
n
S
w
I
N
T
S
W
_
4
6
P
C
F
8
5
7
4
O
p
t
.
L
a
n
g
.
S
w
.
F
i
x
e
d
B
i
g
h
t
(
d
e
a
u
l
t
)
N
O
B
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
2
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
2
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-26
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
5
V
U
S
B
-
B
-
M
I
N
I
6
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
-
R
E
G
O
J
9
1
4
8
6
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
U
T
I
N
J
P
4
S
H
T
D
N
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
B
P
C
2
8
1
u
F
C
2
9
U
4
4
7
0
p
f
D
_
N
P
C
3
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
u
F
D
_
F
B
1
3
J
P
5
J
1
0
C
3
8
R
3
4
5
V
-
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
T
1
0
0
K
1
Y
E
L
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
1
u
F
R
L
2
3
4
5
S
D
C
3
7
0
.
0
1
u
F
1
K
D
S
1
L
L
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
T
R
2
9
R
3
5
U
5
R
3
0
1
0
0
K
T
o
n
e
w
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
4
1
S
C
L
+
V
E
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
S
C
L
2
4
M
H
Z
S
D
A
3
2
S
D
A
O
U
T
-
V
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
J
1
1
F
B
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
L
N
I
R
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
R
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
4
3
2
1
S
D
G
N
+
-
D
1
8
7
6
5
R
T
C
3
1
D
D
2
3
4
L
T
U
S
B
-
A
_
R
/
A
0
.
1
u
F
J
4
+
5
V
R
3
9
R
3
3
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
0
0
K
T
o
o
l
d
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
U
7
F
1
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
R
4
5
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
1
2
+
5
V
N
I
+
5
V
F
B
8
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
T
A
S
1
H
A
R
C
-
1
2
C
R
2
0
0
.
1
C
3
9
C
4
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
4
9
.
9
3
7
B
U
S
+
5
G
N
D
0
.
1
B
A
C
H
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
5
9
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
5
1
8
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
W
R
3
2
2
S
U
S
/
R
0
1 7
1 6
1 5
1 4
1 3
1 2
1 1
1 0
V
B
U
S
C
H
S
O
C
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
+
3
.
3
V
C
4
1
P
W
R
F
B
9
C
3
2
F
U
U
X
S
B
B
-
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
C
R
G
N
D
1
u
0
.
1
S
+
2
U
8
1
1
2
3
4
8
+
1
.
8
V
D
+
-
T
L
7
6
5
U
S
B
2
5
4
-
A
E
Z
G
O
C
S
1
D
U
J
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
C
L
K
-
I
N
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
P
W
R
1
+
5
V
5
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
.
8
V
P
L
L
R
3
6
T
E
S
3
T
R
B
I
3
A
S
U
9
+
3
.
V
C
6
0
u
1
2
K
+
3
.
P
L
L
F
2
0
.
1
F
C
3
3
C
3
4
+
5
V
+
5
V
0
.
1
u
F
0
.
1
F
B
1
0
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
D
D
1
_
N
P
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
_
D
D
D
D
D
D
4
_
_
_
_
_
_
P
4
3
3
2
2
N
P
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
1
N
P
4
3
2
1
C
4
3
C
4
F
4
G
N
D
R
3
8
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
D
S
2
0
.
1
u
F
D
+
-
1
u
N
D
G
R
N
U
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
R
3
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
+
5
V
J
6
1
0
0
K
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
1
1
C
3
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
F
3
+
5
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
2
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
5
0
.
1
u
F
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
o
d
n
e
u
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
3
S
e
l
e
c
t
M
o
a
R
2
A
B
R
4
5
D
e
f
l
t
A
B
B
D
M
B
U
1
S
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
0
0
K
f
o
r
A
,
O
0
h
m
f
o
r
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
3
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
3
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07272B DCN6552
D-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
3
.
3
V
T
O
U
C
H
S
C
R
E
E
N
I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
R
Y
(
T
B
D
)
F
B
1
1
N
5
T
C
6
1
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
0
.
1
J
1
3
J
1
5
0
0
0
R
R
R
4
5
5
9
0
1
M H 1
M H 2
M H 3
M H 4
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y
0
_
P
1
U
6
Y
0
_
_
N
P
1
Y
0
_
P
9
8
1
0
4
5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
5
4
Y
1
1
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
P
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
Y
0
_
N
6
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
M
P
0
R
5
2
Y
1
_
P
1
1
1
1
7
9
0
1
3
4
5
7
9
0
1
3
5
6
7
Y
1
_
N
1
1
Y
1
_
N
Y
2
_
N
M
M
P
0
R
5
3
Y
2
_
N
P
0
R
5
4
Y
2
_
Y
2
_
P
1
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
0
R
5
5
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
B
B
B
B
B
B
2
1
1
3
6
7
b
D
C
L
K
C
C
C
L
L
L
K
O
U
T
M
P
R
5
6
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
1
K
I
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
K
I
N
D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
6
H
E
A
D
E
R
-
7
X
2
S
H
T
D
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
N
C
2
3
4
4
8
6
2
8
V
V
V
V
C C
C C
C C
C C
R
4
0
R
4
3
R
4
1
R
1
4
2
R
4
4
3
.
3
V
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
2
0
2
-
0
0
1
0
K
F
B
1
8
1
2
2
0
L
P
V
D
S
/
V
C
C
B
D
A
a
C
K
L
3
.
3
V
L
L
V
C
C
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
3
8
N
O
T
E
:
L
V
D
D
D
S G
S G
S G
ND
ND
ND
3
2
3
3
4
1
1
G
N D
N D
N D
N D
N D
C
6
2
T
o
r
e
c
e
i
v
e
b
a
c
k
l
i
g
h
t
c
o
n
t
L
r
o
l
D
(
B
A
C
K
L
)
f
r
o
m
C
P
U
b
o
a
r
d
L
V
5
2
8
4
G
G
G
G
w
h
e
n
u
s
i
n
g
I
C
O
P
_
0
0
9
6
V
S
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
.
F
B
B
6
L
V
T
h
e
c
o
n
C
n
)
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
-
r
o
m
p
i
n
4
2
o
n
t
h
e
e
T
n
T
L
n
v
i
d
o
e
o
c
e
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
1
2
9
1
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
0
.
1
(
V
S
Y
N
t
o
U
1
2
3
m
u
s
t
b
e
b
r
o
k
a
d
c
n
n
c
t
e
d
t
o
F
1
4
L
L
G
N
p
i
n
4
3
.
V
c
c
P
I
N
2
8
V
c
c
P
I
N
3
6
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
2
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
8
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
6
A
C
4
6
C
4
9
C
4
7
C
5
0
C
4
8
C
5
1
C
5
3
C
5
2
C
5
4
2
3
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
K
C
5
5
C
5
6
C
5
7
C
5
8
J
M
K
1
6
J
2
6
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
4
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
4
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-28
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
M
T
1
M
T
2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
o
L
C
D
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
F
r
o
m
I
C
O
P
C
P
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
U
1
+
3
.
3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
1
3
4
6
7
9
0
2
3
5
6
8
9
0
2
3
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
0
9
8
5
4
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
_
_
_
_
_
_
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Y
0
M
7
8
9
1
1
P
Y
0
P
J
1
N
P
N
P
Y
1
M
Y
1
P
Y
2
_
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
M
M
M
M
H 1
H 2
H 3
H 4
H
e
a
d
e
r
2
2
X
2
0
J
2
Y
2
M
1
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
2
Y
2
P
Y
2
_
_
N
P
V
A
D
0
V
A
D
1
3
1
0
1
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
2 6
3 3
3 2
C
L
K
I
N
Y
1
V
A
D
2
V
A
D
1
C
L
K
I
N
C
C
L
K
O
O
U
T
T
_
N
P
0
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
L
K
O
U
T
M
L
K
U
_
Y
1
_
_
N
P
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
6
8
1
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
7
9
1
C
L
K
O
U
T
P
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
Y
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
7
0
1
S
H
T
D
N
+
3
.
3
V
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
Y
0
_
O
N
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
4
3
N
N
C
C
C
L
K
T
_
P
1
1
4
2
8
2
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V
C
C
C
C
C
C
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
2
4
6
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
3
5
7
V
1
V
3
7
9
B
V
A
B
C
D
K
L
L
V
P
D
L
S
V
C
C
C
C
2
V
B
D
1
0
V
B
D
1
1
E
L
V
+
3
.
3
V
2
2
.
1
4 2
3 6
3 1
V
B
G
D
C
E
L
K
5
1
7
4
6
V
V
V
L
L
L
D S
D S
D S
G N
G N
G N
D
D
D
R
1
K
G
G
G
G
G
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
V
B
1
1
2
4
R
2
1
0
3
0
8
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
2
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
1
0
1
-
0
0
L
L
G
N
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
4
A
+
3
.
3
V
B
A
C
K
L
J
3
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
Y
0
_
P
Y
0
_
N
N
Y
1
_
P
Y
1
_
Y
2
U
_
N
T
Y
C
2
L
_
K
P
O
1
1
1
C
L
K
O
_
N
U
T
_
P
1
3
+
3
.
3
V
H
e
a
d
e
r
7
X
2
C
1
T
i
t
l
e
C
2
C
3
C
4
C
5
C
6
C
7
C
8
C
9
C
1
0
C
1
1
2
2
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
L
V
D
S
,
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
B
o
a
r
d
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
A
0
6
8
8
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
7
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
1
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
8
8
2
-
P
1
-
R
0
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07272B DCN6552
D-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
U
6
1
2
6
5
R
1
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
.01/2KV
C18
R
1
3
7
5
R
2
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
7
5
3
4
J
1
S
P
3
0
5
0
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
J
2
A
A
A
T
T
R
X
+
-
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
X
1
6
5
X
D
+
1
L
E
0
-
L
E
D
0
+
1
4
A
R
X
-
1
3
L
E
D
1
+
-
L
E
D
1
1
0
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
D
F
1
1
-
8
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
O
N
N
_
R
J
4
5
_
L
E
D
T
P
1
+
5
V
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
T
P
2
S
D
A
P
2
P
3
U
8
L
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
S
D
A
4
2
1
1
5
1
1
7
+
5
V
-
O
U
T
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
D
D
1
V
D
D
2
1
1
4
3
4
7
u
H
L
M
E
0
5
0
5
S
C
L
G
N
D
1
G
N
D
2
R
1
6
C28
4.7uF
1
k
+
C17
100uF
R
1
0
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
S
C
L
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
2
.
2
k
T
P
3
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
D
S
3
G
R
N
G
N
D
G
N
D
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
P
W
R
-
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
1
_
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
.
S
c
h
D
o
D
c
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
D-30
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
V
-
B
U
S
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
V
-
B
U
S
C19
0.1uF
C20
0.1uF
C21
R
2
1
1
4.7uF
C24
0.1uF
.
2
k
C22
0.1uF
3
.
3
V
G
N
D
U
9
C23
2
8
2
2
3
2
6
D
S
4
0.1uF
G
N
D
C
C
C
C
1
1
2
2
+
V
C
C
2
4
1
2
3
-
O
N
L
I
N
E
G
N
D
R
1
2
+
-
V
-
7
4
.
7
5
k
V
+
G
R
N
J
3
6
9
1
2
2
2
6
4
8
T
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
4
3
2
9
1
1
T
X
D
-
B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
V
D
D
T
X
D
T
I
1
T
T
T
O
1
2
3
R
C
X
D
R
T
S
-
A
0
1
R
T
S
-
B
R
S
T
R
T
S
T
I
2
O
O
T
S
1
1
D
T
R
-
A
D
T
R
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
D
T
R
T
I
3
D
S
R
N
/
C
2
2 5
2 3
2 7
1
2
3
R
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
1
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
8
R
X
D
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
R
X
D
R
R
R
R
R
O
O
O
O
O
1
2
3
4
5
R
R
R
R
R
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
I 5
T
R
X
T
D
J
4
C
T
S
-
A
C
T
S
-
B
C
T
S
R
S
3
2
1
4
D
+
-
4
5
7
8
D
S
R
-
A
D
S
R
-
B
B
D
+
D
D
V
V
+
D
S
D
T
R
D
U
1
0
D
D
C
D
-
A
D
C
D
-
D
-
-
D
C
D
D
C
V
-
B
U
S
R
I
-
A
R
I
-
B
1
0
V
B
U
D
S
R
B
E
G
-
I
R
I
R
I
6
G
N
U
S
G
N
D
G
N
D
2
2
1
2
2
0
5
S
S
T
A
T
R
O
2
U
1
1
2
U
S
B
H
T
D
N
G
N
D
D
F
1
1
-
1
0
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
P
2
1
0
2
1
2
6
5
0
R
S
P
3
2
4
3
E
U
1
4
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
C25
0.1uF
C26
1uF
G
N
D
R
1
5
3
4
n
c
n
c
N
U
P
2
2
0
2
W
1
G
N
D
G
N
D
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
U
S
B
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
2
o
f
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
2
_
U
S
B
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07272B DCN6552
D-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
9
9
4
.
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
+
5
V
-
A
D
C
A
G
N
D
C27
C1
0.1uF
4.7uF
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
P
1
U
1
A
H
N
1
-
C
H
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V
D
D
D
D
D
N
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
N
-
C
V
A
N
-
C
H
2
3
S
H
T
A
H
N
-
C
H
3
A
N
-
C
4
9
5
1
1
6
S
S
D
A
A
N
-
C
H
5
C
L
A
N
-
C
H
6
0
2
A
2
A
N
-
C
H
7
A
1
4
7
8
1
2
4
4
A
0
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
N
N
N
N
N
A
C
U
2
C
C
C
C
C
G
2
7
6
U
3
R
F
E
F
J
A
N
A
L
O
G
I
N
P
U
T
1
2
3
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
5
4
2
1
2
2
1
R
E
-
A
C8
0.1uF
C9
2
2
3
8
C10
4.7uF
C11
0.01uF
N
N
D
C
C
0.1uF
5
N
D
D
G
N
S
M
S
1
2
S
M
S
1
2
C30
1nF
C29
1nF
M
A
X
1
2
7
0
B
C
A
I
+
T
P
4
A
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
C15
.01/2KV
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
4
9
.
9
R
1
7
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
4
9
.
9
R
1
8
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
+
5
V
T
P
5
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
3
R
4
T
P
6
1
K
1
K
C12
0.1uF
N
C
7
6
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
R
5
R
6
1
2
.
2
k
2
.
2
k
S
D
A
S
C
L
D
S
1
D
S
2
U
5
U
4
A
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
T
P
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
3
0
1
6
9
3
2
5
4
8
6
1
7
V
D
D
2
V
D
D
1
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
B
L
U
B
L
U
S
D
A
S
D
A
2
S
D
A
1
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
C
N
C
N
3
4
4
7
S
C
L
S
C
L
2
S
G
G
C
L
D
D
1
1
1
U
N
B
G
N
D
2
2
N
N
C
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
G
N
D
T
P
8
A
D
u
M
2
2
5
0
T
i
t
l
e
G
N
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
A
D
C
)
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
3
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
3
_
A
D
C
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
D-32
07272B DCN6552
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|